Skip to main content

Full text of "Stories of standard teaching pieces; containing educational notes and legends pertaining to the best known and most useful pianoforte compositions in general use by students of music and designed as a companion volume to the author's Descriptive analyses of pianoforte compositions"

See other formats


CBIES  OF  STANDARD 
ACHING  PIECES 
Hf HE  PIANO-FORTE 


IDWARD  BAXTER  PERRY 


Barton,  Dursttoe  &  Osborn 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 


SDWARO  JOHNSON 
MUSIC 


STORIES  OF  STANDARD 
TEACHING  PIECES 


CONTAINING  EDUCATIONAL  NOTES  AND 
LEGENDS  PERTAINING  TO  THE  BEST 
KNOWN  AND  MOST  USEFUL  PIANOFORTE 
COMPOSITIONS  IN  GENERAL  USE  BY 
STUDENTS  OF  MUSIC  AND  DESIGNED  AS 
A  COMPANION  VOLUME  TO  THE  AUTHOR'S 
"DESCRIPTIVE  ANALYSES  OF  PIANO- 
FORTE  COMPOSITIONS"  X  X  X  X 


BY 

EDWARD  BAXTER  PERRY 


THEO.  PRESSER  CO., 
1712  Chestnut  St., 
PHILADELPHIA,  PA. 


Copyright,  1910.  by  fheo.  Preset  Co, 
British  Rights  Secured. 


Contents 

BMB 

Introduction 11 

Esthetic  Analysis  Possible  for  Pupils 15 

Six  Easy  Classics  for  Students 21 

Some  Noted  Compositions  by  Mendelssohn 31 

Robert  Schumann's  Carnaval 47 

Schumann's  Fantasy  Pieces,  Opus  12 64 

Schumann's  Novelletten. 74 

The  Arabesque,  by  Schumann 78 

Schumann's  Nachstiick  in  F  Major 81 

The  Traumerei,  by  Schumann 83 

Schumann's  Romance  in  F  Sharp 86 

Schumann's  Cradle  Song  in  E  Flat 88 

Schumann's  Vogel  als  Prophet  (Bird  as  Prophet) 90 

Some  Familiar  Compositions  by  Franz  Liszt 93 

Compositions  by  Godard 105 

L'Indienne,  by  Godard 110 

Trilby,  by  Godard 112 

Pan's  Flute,  by  Godard 116 

Schytte's  Compositions  as  Teaching  Material 119 

Nevin's  Compositions 127 

Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions 132 

Teaching  Pieces  for  Second  and  Third  Grades 166 

Inflection  in  Music 179 

DANCE  FORMS 

The  Story  of  the  Waltz 183 

The  Story  of  the  March 190 

The  Story  of  the  Polonaise 205 

The  Story  of  the  Gavotte 216 

The  Story  of  the  Tarantelle 218 

The  Story  of  the  Minuet 221 

Composers'  Index 229 

Alphabetical  Index 233 


Stories  of  Standard 
Teaching  Pieces. 


Introduction. 


[INCH  the  publication,  some  years  ago, 
of  my  "Descriptive  Analyses  of  Piano 
Works,"  and   the   gratifying  reception 
accorded  it  by  the  public,  there   has 
been  a   general  and   growing  demand, 
especially  among  teachers,  for  a  volume 
of    similar    analyses,    dealing   with  an 
easier  grade  of  compositions  suited  to  the  needs  of 
students. 

It  is  in  response  to  this  request  that  this  book  has 
been  prepared. 

It  contains  analyses  of  one  hundred  pieces  available 
for  teaching  purposes,  while  the  other  volume  dealt 
almost  exclusively  with  the  artist's  repertoire. 

The  aim  of  this  work  has  been  the  same  as  in  the 
former  volume,  viz. :  to  emphasize  the  descriptive, 
emotional,  imaginative  and  suggestive  elements  in 

ti 


12         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

the  compositions  treated,  rather  than  their  mechanical 
structure  or  technical  details. 

It  cannot  be  too  often  or  too  forcefully  reiterated 
that  good  music  is  a  form  of  ART,  a  medium  of  expres- 
sion, appealing  to  the  intelligence,  the  emotions,  and 
the  imagination,  not  merely  to  the  ear. 

It  is  an  important  element  in  education,  not  a 
mere  pleasant  pastime;  an  ethical  and  cultural  force, 
not  a  competitive  exhibition  of  mechanical  skill. 
It  is  becoming  more  and  more  fully  recognized  as  a 
subtle  but  powerful  factor  in  the  upbuilding  of  human 
character,  capacity  and  perceptive  faculty;  in  the 
development  of  emotional  force,  which  is  the  main- 
spring of  action,  and  of  self-control,  which  is  the 
balance-wheel  of  the  whole  life  mechanism. 

As  such,  it  cannot  be  ignored  and  should  not  be 
treated  merely  as  a  pretty  toy,  a  parlor  decoration, 
or  a  means  of  vain  display,  but  should  demand  our 
serious  attention,  our  careful  study,  from  its  inner  and 
more  profoundly  significant,  not  its  sensuous  and 
superficial  side. 

A  good  composition  is  a  thought,  a  mood,  or,  in 
some  cases,  a  scene;  expressed  or  embodied  in  a 
beautiful  form;  the  constituent  elements  of  which 
are  rhythm,  melody  and  harmony.  But  the  form 
exists  merely  as  the  means  of  expression.  Hence 
any  effort  to  focus  the  mind  of  the  player  or  listener 
upon  this  inner  meaning  is  legitimate  and  helpful  if 
rightly  understood. 

That  is  the  sole  purpose  and  aim  of  this  book.  If  it 
serves  this  purpose  the  object  of  the  writer  will  be 
attained,  and  his  labor  repaid. 


Introduction.  13 

The  compositions  herein  discussed  are,  with  few 
exceptions,  of  a  much  easier  grade,  technically,  than 
those  in  the  former  volume;  hence  it  is  hoped  the 
book  will  prove  of  greater  practical  value  to  the 
average  teacher  and  student. 

It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  for  that 
very  reason  the  collection  of  authentic,  historical, 
legendary  and  personal  data  concerning  them  has 
been  the  more  difficult. 

The  great  composers  naturally  put  their  best  efforts 
and  embodied  their  most  important  subjects  in  their 
larger  works;  reserving  their  lighter,  less  dramatic 
themes  for  their  smaller  compositions,  so  that  from  a 
purely  literary  standpoint,  as  reading  matter,  it  has 
been  extremely  difficult  to  maintain  the  same  standard 
of  interest.  I  can  only  hope  that  any  deficiencies 
along  this  line  may  be  compensated  for  by  the  greater 
pedagogic  usefulness  of  this  second  volume.  It  must 
also  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  subject  matter  is  too 
vast  to  be  entirely  covered  by  any  two,  or  even  any 
twenty  such  books.  I  have  done  what  I  could  and 
hope  still  to  continue  the  work. 

I  have  only  gathered  a  few  shining  pebbles  and 
bright  shells  scattered  on  the  shore  of  this  great 
ocean,  which  I  offer  for  whatever  they  may  be  worth. 
If,  by  chance,  my  readers  find  a  few  pearls  among 
them,  I  shall  be  content. 

EDWARD  BAXTER  PERRY. 


Aesthetic  Analysis  Possible 
for  Pupils. 


Y  aesthetic  analysis  I  do  not  mean  musi- 
cal analysis,  that  common  and  neces- 
sary branch  of  instruction  more  or 
less  efficiently  dwelt  upon  by  all  the 
advanced  teachers  of  the  age.  This 
latter  concerns  itself  exclusively  with 
the  form  and  workmanship,  the  archi- 
tectural structure  and  details  of  a  composition,  which 
will  be  good  or  bad  according  to  the  amount  of  skill, 
the  command  of  mechanical  resources,  possessed  by 
the  composer.  ^Esthetic  analysis  deals  with  the 
principles  of  aesthetics,  which  are  back  of  all  mechani- 
cal means  and  underlie  every  form  of  art  work.  It 
has  to  do  rather  with  the  essence  than  with  the  sub- 
stance, rather  with  the  matter  expressed  than  with  the 
manner  of  its  expression.  It  is  the  analysis  of  es- 
sences or  properties ;  the  last  crucial  test  of  the  musical 
chemist,  reducing  a  work  to  its  simple  elements,  in 
order  the  more  fully  to  understand  and  utilize  its  real 
value,  power  and  influence  in  human  life. 

JSsthetic  analysis  concerns  itself  with  the  spiritual 
germ,  from  which  every  art  product  is  evolved;  that 

15 


1 6         Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

conception,  evoked  from  nihility  by  the  creative  power 
of  the  composer,  through  a  stimulus,  which  may  be 
either  objective  or  subjective,  applied  to  his  imagina- 
tion and  emotions;  which  conception  must  always 
exist  prior  to  any  material  embodiment,  and  alone 
vitalizes  such  material  when  embodied. 

Let  us  take  for  illustration  an  example  of  objective 
stimulus  to  the  artistic  activity  of  a  person  fittingly 
constituted  and  endowed,  resulting  in  an  art  product, 
because  the  sources  of  subjective  stimulus  are  more 
difficult  to  trace  and  expound. 

Suppose  some  grand  and  inspiring  but  not  uncom- 
mon event,  such  as  a  storm  at  sea,  be  experienced  by 
a  poet,  a  painter,  and  a  musician,  all  of  whom  are 
endowed  with  the  artistic  temperament  and  talent, 
and  all  laborers  in  the  domain  of  art,  though  in  different 
departments.  Each  is  stirred  to  his  being's  core,  and 
the  activity  thus  engendered  seeks  to  find  vent  in  ma- 
terial expression  along  the  channel  familiar  to  it. 

The  poet  describes  to  us  in  words  the  terror  of  the 
tempest-torn  deep,  the  wild  winds  and  weltering 
waters,  the  vain  struggles  of  wrecked  mariners,  and 
the  corpses  drifting  shoreward  in  the  wan  light  of  a 
murky  dawn.  The  painter  seizes  one  climactic 
moment  as  characteristic  of  the  whole,  and  gives  us  in 
colors,  in  an  expressive  tableau,  this  one  single  signifi- 
cant situation,  from  which  we  must  infer  what  has 
gone  before  and  what  will  inevitably  follow.  His 
canvas  shows  us  a  pall  of  cloud  above  a  heaving  waste 
of  sea,  a  dismantled  ship,  just  disappearing  beneath  a 
sheet  of  foam,  and  the  tossing  arms  and  blanched  faces 
of  her  crew  in  their  last  brief  struggle.  The  composer, 


^Esthetic  Analysis  Possible  for  Pupils.        17 

restricted  to  the  medium  of  tone,  gives  us  all  the  dis- 
cordant minor  voices  of  the  storm  and  its  impetuous 
and  resistless  movement;  the  shriek  of  the  gale,  the 
roar  of  answering  billows,  the  mighty  sweep  of  mam- 
moth surges,  and  the  crash  of  shattering  timbers; 
closing,  perhaps,  with  the  remorseful  sobbing  of  the 
sea,  in  its  subsiding  fury,  upon  a  wreck-strewn  shore. 

Bach  has  treated  the  theme  from  a  different  stand- 
point, aiming  at  the  same  results  and  effects,  but 
subjecting  it  to  the  inherent  laws  of  his  own  peculiar 
medium,  embodying  it  in  different  material,  and 
emphasizing  different  component  elements  and  their 
appeal  to  various  faculties  and  senses.  But  it  is  the 
dread  spirit  of  the  storm,  which  they  have  caught  and 
imprisoned  in  every  case,  and  which  thrills  us  with  its 
terrific  presence. 

Now,  while  the  technical  analysis  of  these  different 
art  products  would  be  radically  diverse,  and  in  each 
case  is  wholly  concerned  with  elements,  none  of  which 
can  be  found  to  figure  at  all  in  either  of  the  others,  the 
aesthetic  analysis  would  be  precisely  identical  in  every 
instance,  and  would  lead  us  directly  to  the  fear,  the 
fury,  and  the  struggle,  the  quickened  and  intensified 
life,  aroused  by  the  storm,  which  agitated  the  breast 
of  the  artist  at  the  time  of  the  conception  of  his  work. 

Words  and  colors  are  so  universally  familiar  that  all 
perceive  more  or  less  clearly,  and  feel  •  more  or  less 
keenly,  according  to  temperament,  the  artistic  inten- 
tion of  poet  and  painter,  however  ignorant  of  the 
technical  means  used  to  embody  it;  but  tone  is  to 
many  so  new  and  strange  a  medium  of  expression 
that  they  are  susceptible  only  to  the  sensuous  effect 


1 8         Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

of  music,  just  as  a  savage  would  see  only  a  blaze  of 
color  in  a  painting,  and  catch  only  the  rhythmic  jingle 
of  a  poem. 

I  have  selected  a  simple  incident  in  nature  to  illus- 
trate my  idea.  A  battle-field,  a  love-scene,  a  death- 
bed, a  religious  ceremony — any  one  of  the  thousand 
episodes  of  life  which  awake  emotion  and  quicken 
imagination — might  have  been  equally  well  chosen  as 
furnishing  inspiration  to  poet,  painter,  and  musician. 
Oftener  still,  some  purely  subjective  experience  of  the 
composer  himself  must  be  sought  as  the  impulse  which 
quickened  his  artistic  activity  to  fruition,  and  will  be 
found  in  his  perfected  work  by  those  who  have  eyes 
to  see  and  ears  to  hear. 

This  inner  meaning  is  often  vague,  subtle,  ethereal, 
a  shadowy  emanation  from  that  mysterious  under- 
world of  consciousness,  with  which  music  deals  more 
successfully  and  satisfactorily  than  any  other  language, 
and  which,  in  fact,  in  its  ultimate  perfection  of  utter- 
ance, baffles  every  resource.  It  is  this  inner  meaning 
which  it  is  the  duty  and  privilege  of  the  artist  or  the 
teacher  to  discover  and  make  plain  to  others  by  any 
and  every  possible  means. 

"What  is  expression  in  piano  playing?  and  how 
shall  I  acquire  it?"  are  perhaps  the  most  frequent  ques- 
tions asked  by  all  music  students,  and  are  certainly 
among  the  most  important,  to  which  the  teacher  is  ex- 
pected to  give  a  ready,  concise,  and  intelligible  answer. 

Expression  in  playing  is  precisely  the  same  as  in 
reading  or  declamation.  It  consists  in  making  unmis- 
takably clear  to  the  listener,  by  means  of  the  proper 
tone,  emphasis,  and  inflection,  the  true  meaning  of  a 


^Esthetic  Analysis  Possible  for  Pupils.        19 

composition,  whether  musical  or  literary.  The  first 
essential  step  toward  acquiring  the  ability  to  do  this  is 
to  grasp  clearly  and  feel  vividly  for  oneself  the  meaning 
which  is  to  be  impressed  upon  others;  to  separate  this 
meaning  from  the  merely  sensuous  beauty  of  the 
medium  and  ornamental  elaboration  of  the  form  in 
which  it  is  embodied.  To  be  able  to  express  the  sig- 
nificance of  a  composition,  at  least  the  pith  of  it, 
briefly  and  plainly  in  one's  own  words  is  always  proof 
of  this  power  already  possessed  to  considerable  ex- 
tent, and  practice  in  doing  so  will  develop  it  amazingly. 
When  a  player  has  no  more  definite  idea  of  a  compo- 
sition, and  can  give  no  more  comprehensible  descrip- 
tion of  it,  than  that  it  is  a  pretty  piece,  be  sure  that 
he  or  she  does  not  understand  its  artistic  import  any 
more  than  if  it  were  a  poem  in  Choctaw,  and  will  be 
equally  unable  to  make  others  comprehend  it. 

The  pupil  should  be  led  by  easy  stages,  from  the 
very  beginning,  to  seek  and  recognize  the  intention 
and  effect  of  every  strain  of  music,  even  the  simplest. 
In  addition  to  the  works  he  is  himself  studying,  the 
teacher  should  frequently  play  for  him  short  musical 
periods  of  a  distinct  but  widely  varied  character, 
either  improvised,  or  taken  from  compositions  with 
which  the  pupil  is  unfamiliar;  and  then,  by  judicious 
questions,  he  should  be  trained  to  think  and  talk 
about  the  impressions  so  produced  upon  him.  To 
tell,  for  instance,  whether  the  music  is  fast  or  slow, 
major  or  minor,  cheerful  or  sad,  exciting  or  soothing; 
whether  he  thinks  it  would  be  suited  for  a  wedding 
or  a  funeral,  a  hunt  or  a  cradle  song,  a  battle-field 
or  a  ball-room;  to  the  bright,  exhilarating  hours  of 


2O        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

morning,  the  dreamy  twilight  of  evening,  or  the  gloom 
of  winter  midnight.  Let  him  select  an  appropriate 
descriptive  name  for  the  strain,  and  in  every  possible 
way  characterize  it  as  a  distinct  entity  in  its  appeal 
to  his  own  nature. 

Object  lessons  of  this  kind,  continued  and  gradually 
increasing  in  comprehensiveness  and  delicacy  of  dis- 
crimination, supplemented  by  hints  and  suggestions 
from  the  teacher,  by  the  study  of  writers  on  music  and 
of  the  works  of  the  best  composers,  will  work  wonders, 
even  with  the  most  unpromising  pupils.  I  speak  from 
experience,  having  tried  the  plan  many  times,  and 
almost  always  with  results  as  surprising  as  they  are 
gratifying.  The  teacher  will  be  astonished  to  find  how 
much  may  be  done  in  a  few  months,  with  bright  pupils, 
in  stimulating  activity  of  feeling  and  fancy,  in  culti- 
vating imagination  and  perception,  and  in  establish- 
ing that  instantaneous  and  sympathetic  connection 
between  the  merely  physical  effect  of  music  on  the 
ear  and  the  responsive  echoes  of  thought  and  mood 
within,  upon  which  connection  music  must  base  its 
only  just  claim  to  be  called  an  art. 

From  this  cultivation  of  perception  and  appreciation 
an  improvement  in  interpretation  follows  as  a  matter 
of  course.  What  is  felt  will  be  expressed  the  moment 
the  pupil  has  the  technical  power  of  expression  neces- 
sary, and  there  will  be  no  more  trouble  from  rushing  a 
funeral  march  into  a  quickstep,  or  dragging  a  hunting 
gallop  down  to  the  amble  of  a  tired  cart-horse. 

The  tendency  of  this  training,  moreover,  is  to  make 
better  listeners,  who  are  about  as  rare  and  as  much 
needed  in  our  concert-rooms  as  are  good  performers. 


Six  Easy  Classics  for  Students. 


LL    intelligent    teachers    recognize   the 
importance  of  familiarizing  pupils  with 
the  names  and  works  of  the  old  masters. 
Not    that    these    compositions    are 
intrinsically  any  better  than  the  best 
modern  works,  in  fact  many  of  them 
are  really  less  interesting  and  musical 
and  no  whit  better  made. 

But  the  old  standard  names  carry  a  certain  weight 
and  dignity  and  the  student's  education  is  incomplete 
without  some  acquaintance  with  the  old  forms  and 
methods  of  expression  and  the  various  stages  of  evolu- 
tion through  which  the  art  of  music  has  passed. 

It  is  well  to  select  a  few  of  the  best  and  most  dis- 
tinctively representative  of  these  old,  time-honored 
works,  of  moderate  technical  difficulty,  insist  on  a 
careful  study  of  them,  and  let  them  serve  as  land- 
marks in  musical  history  in  the  memory  of  the  pupil, 
as  well  as  typical  specimens  of  the  forms  and  manner 
of  musical  thought  in  those  earlier  days.  The  perma- 
nent impression  made  upon  the  mind  of  the  child  by 
pieces  of  this  kind  is  of  utmost  importance. 

The  first  choice  of  half  a  dozen  such  works  would 
most  naturally  include  the  following: 

21 


22         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

The  Largo  in  G,  by  Handel. 

This  is  a  fine  study  in  the  production  of  a  broad, 
sonorous,  yet  mellow  tone  in  full  chords,  with  a  sus- 
tained melody  which  must  be  given  special  promi- 
nence, and  also  in  a  grave  dignified  style  of  playing 
seldom  demanded  by  the  modern  works.  The  very 
term  largo,  which  means  large,  broad,  or  in  other 
words  massive  and  very  slow,  is  seldom  seen  now. 
Most  of  our  modern  music,  like  our  manner  of  living, 
is  too  hurried  and  impetuous  for  such  a  style. 

This  composition  is  distinctly  religious  in  character 
and  should  be  given  with  a  serious,  almost  devotional 
spirit.  It  suggests  the  vast  dim  aisles,  the  stately  pil- 
lars, the  lofty  vaulted  dome,  of  some  solemn  cathedral, 
where  the  reverential  hush,  and  vague  awe  of  bygone 
generations  and  dead  ages  seem  to  linger  in  the  air 
like  the  faint  odor  of  incense,  and  the  lightest  footfall 
echoes  weirdly  above  the  tombs  of  the  forgotten  dead. 

The  Harmonious  Blacksmith,  Handel. 

This  is  decidedly  the  most  famous  of  all  Handel's 
works  for  the  piano,  was  formerly  in  universal  use, 
and  still  holds  its  own  to  some  extent  in  popular  favor, 
even  appearing  at  times  on  the  concert  programs  of 
prominent  artists.  It  is  a  good  study  in  clear,  melodic 
phrasing,  and  crisp,  clean-cut  finger  work. 

It  consists  of  a  simple,  cheerful  theme  with  several 
increasingly  difficult  variations,  a  form  once  very 
much  in  vogue  but  now  rather  antiquated  and  seldom 
used.  It  is  said  to  have  been  conceived  under  the 


Six  Easy  Classics  for  Students.  23 

following  circumstances.  Handel,  who  was  living  in 
England  at  the  time,  was  on  his  way  one  summer 
afternoon  to  the  chapel  at  Cannons  to  use  the  organ. 
He  was  caught  in  a  sudden  thunder  shower  and  took 
temporary  refuge  in  the  village  smithy.  The  sturdy, 
cheery  smith  was  hard  at  work  at  his  anvil  and  sang 
to  himself  as  he  worked,  keeping  time  with  the  ring- 
ing rhythmic  blows  of  the  hammer. 

This  lusty,  jovial  song,  to  the  fitting  accompani- 
ment of  the  hammer  strokes  on  the  iron,  while  the 
sparks  flew  in  bright  showers  and  the  ruddy  forge-fire 
glowed  in  the  background,  furnished  Handel  with  the 
actual  theme,  as  well  as  the  general  idea  for  this  com- 
position. This  picture  of  simple  village  life  and  honest 
cheerful  toil  in  old  England  should  be  borne  clearly 
in  mind  by  the  player,  and  its  mood  reproduced  in  the 
music.  Alas !  for  the  hearty,  healthy,  happy  yeoman 
of  the  old  days  whom  it  recalls !  The  type  is  well- 
nigh  obsolete  in  our  time. 

The  melody  is  supposed  to  be  the  song  of  the  smith, 
note  for  note,  as  he  sang  it,  and  the  suggestions  of 
rhythmic  hammer  strokes,  and  clanging  anvil,  and 
flying  sparks,  are  obvious  and  unmistakable.  The 
atmosphere  of  the  forge  has  been  retained,  but  at  the 
same  time,  medocrity  has  been  avoided. 

This  work  is  a  bit  of  avowed  realism,  though  writ- 
ten at  a  time  when  descriptive  music  was  supposed 
to  be  unknown  or  disdained. 

The  fact  is  that  its  beginnings  are  to  be  found  even 
among  the  works  of  Handel,  Haydn,  and  most  of  the 
other  so-called  severe  classicists.  Even  Bach  in  his 
dance  forms  was  pictorial. 


24        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces, 


The  Loure   in   G,  by  Bach. 

The  Loure  is  an  antique  rustic  dance  originating 
in  Normandy.  It  is  somewhat  slower  than  the  jig 
and  was  named  after  the  Loure,  a  local  form  of  bag- 
pipe which  usually  furnished  the  music  for  the  danc- 
ing. I  have  found  this  composition  one  of  the  most 
useful  and  practicable  teaching  pieces  by  this  old, 
scholarly,  ponderous  giant  in  the  realm  of  tone, 
whose  very  name  is  a  terror  to  most  pupils  at  first, 
but  whom  it  is  not  possible  or  desirable  to  ignore  in 
the  study  of  the  art  in  which  he  ranks  as  one  of  the 
greatest. 

The  involved,  polyphonic  style  of  music,  appealing 
chiefly  to  the  intellect  and  the  sense  of  mathematical 
relation  and  proportion,  so  much  in  vogue  in  his  time, 
and  in  which  he  immeasurably  excelled  all  other  writers 
of  any  age,  is  not  attractive  to  most  young  students 
in  the  beginning.  It  demands  more  intelligent  in- 
sight into  form,  more  depth  and  gravity  of  thought 
and  mood  than  they  have  at  command,  to  be  appre- 
ciated. It  does  not  interest  them  and  ought  not  to 
be  expected  to,  because  there  is  no  developed  faculty 
in  them  as  yet  which  grasps  or  responds  to  it.  We 
do  not  teach  geometry  in  a  kindergarten,  neither 
should  we  try  to  cram  a  fugue  into  the  immature 
brain  of  a  musical  infant,  for  a  fugue  is  only  a  geomet- 
rical problem,  interestingly  worked  out  in  tone. 

The  student's  approach  to  these  heavier,  more  com- 
plex forms,  and  the  powerful,  but  somewhat  ponderous, 
minds  which  produced  them,  should  be  gradual  and 


Six  Easy  Classics  for  Students.  25 

carefully  guided.  Much  is  gained  if  the  player's  intro- 
duction to  Bach  can  be  made  a  pleasurable,  rather 
than  a  painful,  experience;  to  be  remembered  with 
affectionate  reverence  for  the  name  and  personality  of 
this  new  acquaintance,  not  with  weariness  and  detes- 
tation. 

True  education  is  the  drawing  out  of  latent  capacity, 
not  stuffing  in  of  unwelcome  material  by  force.  We 
enjoy  and  assimilate  only  what  we  can  understand 
at  a  given  time,  hence  it  seems  to  me  wise  to  begin 
the  study  of  Bach  with  some  of  his  lighter,  more  easily 
grasped  forms. 

The  "Loure"  is  a  very  old,  now  obsolete,  rustic 
dance,  stately  but  cheerful  and  bright,  full  of  the 
lusty  vigor  and  rude  jollity  of  a  simple,  light-hearted 
peasantry,  accustomed  to  an  active  "out-of-doors" 
life  and  to  noisy,  rough  hilarity.  It  is  a  little  clumsy 
and  grotesque,  perhaps,  like  an  elephant  dancing  a 
skirt  dance,  but  all  the  more  humorous  for  that,  and 
bold  and  brilliant  and  vivacious;  interesting  to  the 
pupil  and  pleasing  to  an  audience,  which  is  always 
gratified,  in  spite  of  its  prejudices,  if  it  finds  that  it 
can  really  enjoy  what  is  called  classic  music,  after  all. 
This  is  a  point  worth  considering  by  the  progressive 
teacher,  as  he  finds  that  he  must  educate  his  public 
as  well  as  his  pupils. 

The  Gipsy  Rondo,  by  Haydn. 

Probably  no  composition  of  the  old  school  is  so 
universally  known  and  used  as  the  Gipsy  Rondo.  It 
is  a  stock  piece  in  the  repertory  of  every  teacher,  a 


26        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

fine  study  in  finger  technic,  a  perfect  specimen  of  the 
fully  developed  rondo  form,  and  a  bright,  showy, 
pleasing  number,  attractive  to  all  pupils,  while  bear- 
ing the  magical  name  of  classical  music  by  a  standard 
composer.  "Old  Papa  Haydn,"  as  he  was  called, 
with  his  good-natured  optimism,  his  easy,  cheerful 
melodious  style,  and  his  almost  invariable  adherence 
to  the  simpler  major  keys,  with  few  of  those  objec- 
tionable accidentals,  the  bugbear  of  young  players, 
has  always  been  a  favorite  with  teachers  because  he  is 
a  safe,  conservative  classic  writer,  and  with  pupils  and 
their  friends  because  he  does  not  sound  classical. 

This  best  known  of  his  small  works  is  not,  in  any 
sense,  a  realistic  imitation  of  gipsy  music.  It  has 
none  of  the  distinguishing  characteristics  of  the  music 
of  that  singular  race;  none  of  the  strange  melodic 
progressions,  augmented  seconds,  and  the  like,  and 
none  of  those  wild,  weird  minor  harmonies  which  are 
the  ear-marks  of  their  musical  productions.  But  it  is 
bright,  spirited,  full  of  life  and  verve,  expressing  the 
mood  of  the  gipsy,  as  Haydn  conceived  it. 

Imagine  a  gipsy  camp,  with  the  rude  tents  scattered 
here  and  there  among  the  trees,  a  big  cheerful  fire 
blazing  and  crackling  in  the  centre,  and  around  it, 
in  the  flickering  light  and  shifting  shadows,  a  crowd  of 
young  gipsies  bent  on  a  frolic,  dancing  gaily  to  the 
music  of  fiddle  and  guitar. 

The  music  should  be  given  with  dash  and  brilliancy, 
a  clear,  crisp  tone  and  well-marked  accents.  Its  under- 
lying mood  is  that  of  joyous  youth,  unrestrained 
hilarity,  and  primitive,  somewhat  rough,  out-of-door 
life.  Its  chief  element  of  interest  is  a  pronounced, 


Six  Easy  Classics  for  Students.  27 

pulse-stirring  rhythm.  It  contains  no  hint  of  serious 
thought  or  profound  emotion,  only  the  joy  of  swift, 
free  movement. 

Sonata  in  C  Major,   by  Mozart, 
Op.  112. 

This  much-used,  much-abused,  long-suffering  little 
sonata,  which  generally  serves  the  reluctant  student 
as  a  study  in  rhythm  and  finger  technic,  and  which  is, 
of  course,  valuable  along  these  lines,  is  nevertheless  a 
musical  gem,  replete  with  fine  ethereally  beautiful 
melody  and  graceful  embellishments.  It  is  more  than 
an  etude,  or  a  mere  sample  of  the  strict  old  sonata 
form.  It  represents  Mozart  at  his  best,  expressing 
in  a  form  as  clear  and  finely  finished  as  a  delicate 
ivory  carving,  that  mood  of  restful,  sunny,  imper- 
sonal optimism  which  is  the  essence  of  most  of  his 
musical  creations. 

It  is  like  some  finely  wrought  Greek  idyl,  the 
apotheosis  of  the  pastoral,  perfect  in  detail,  without 
apparent  effort,  gently,  tenderly  emotional,  without 
a  trace  of  passionate  intensity  or  restless  agitation; 
the  mood  of  a  bright,  cloudless  June  day  on  the  up- 
land pastures,  where  happy  shepherds  watch  their 
peaceful  flocks  untroubled  by  the  storm  and  stress, 
the  vexing,  unanswered  questions  and  feverish  long- 
ings of  our  modern  life;  a  mood  so  foreign  to  the 
hearts  and  environments  of  most  present-day  human 
beings,  that  it  is  rarely  understood  by  player  or  hearer 
and  still  more  rarely  enjoyed. 

It  seems  flat,  and  insipid  as  tepid  water,  to  the 


28         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

fevered  lips  of  the  young,  passion-driven,  ambition- 
goaded  soul  in  its  first  stormy  period  of  struggle  and 
achievement ;  but  later,  it  is  welcomed  as  the  answer 
to  that  inarticulate,  but  ever  increasingly  frequent 
sigh  for  peace  and  tranquil  beauty,  and  escape  from 
futile  strife,  and  vain  seeking  after  lasting  happiness. 

The  first  movement  gives  us  the  pastoral  scene 
complete;  the  green  stretches  of  meadow,  and  sum- 
mer breezes  softly  breathing  among  swaying  grasses 
and  clover-tops;  the  floating  shadows  of  passing  mist- 
wreaths  across  the  azure  sky,  the  silvery,  flute-like 
notes  of  the  shepherd's  pipe,  drifting  through  the 
sunlit  spaces. 

The  second  movement  is  like  the  song  of  the  shep- 
herd, tender  but  hopeful  and  contented,  sure  of  his 
loving  welcome  when  he  wends  his  leisurely  way  back 
to  his  simple  home  in  the  valley  as  the  twilight  shadows 
fall.  The  last  suggests  the  gay,  but  innocent  frolic 
on  the  village  green  in  the  later  evening.  Throughout 
the  entire  movement  one  is  continually  impressed  by 
Mozart's  melodic  inventiveness  and  inborn  skill. 

The  whole  is  a  musical  picture  of  the  simple  life, 
lived  in  all  sincerity  by  simple  folk,  not  played  at 
with  labored  affectation  by  the  city- jaded  modern 
victim  of  the  relentless  Juggernaut  we  call  the  higher 
civilization. 

It  is  a  backward  glimpse  into  the  heart  of  the  golden 
age. 

The  work  requires  the  utmost  repose  and  tran- 
quillity of  style,  an  ethereal  beauty  of  tone,  soft  and 
pure  as  the  petals  of  a  white  rose,  and  an  easy  fluent 
technic. 


Six  Easy  Classics  for  Students.  29 


Andante  Favori,  by  Beethoven. 

This  work,  now  published  separately,  and  popular, 
the  world  over,  among  all  classes  of  players,  was 
originally  written  as  the  slow  movement  in  the  great 
C  major  sonata,  known  as  the  Waldstein,  also  as  the 
Aurora  sonata,  full  description  of  which  may  be  found 
in  my  volume  of  Descriptive  Analyses. 

As  there  stated,  the  whole  work  was  dedicated  to 
the  Count  Waldstein  of  Vienna,  a  descendant  of  the 
famous  general  and  statesman  Waldstein,  or  Wallen- 
stein,  who  figured  so  prominently  during  the  thirty 
years'  war. 

The  work  was  composed  as  a  tribute  and  with  ref- 
erence to  the  life,  character,  historical  importance,  and 
personal  peculiarities  of  this  great  field-marshal  who 
was,  at  the  same  time,  one  of  the  leading  astrologers 
of  his  day. 

The  sonata  was  considered  too  long  by  the  pub- 
lishers, in  fact  was  so,  and  is  so  still. 

The  Andante  was  cut  out  and  published  separately, 
and  a  brief,  unimportant  introduction  to  the  Rondo 
substituted  in  its  place. 

The  Andante  deals  with  the  astrological  investiga- 
tions and  calm  reflective  mood  of  Wallenstein,  the 
student  of  the  heavens,  rather  than  with  the  more 
active  stirring  episodes  of  his  public  life. 

The  opening  theme  portrays  the  quiet  starry  night 
with  its  hushed  solemnity,  its  vast  inspiring  majesty 
and  the  deep  reflective  mood  of  the  solitary  beholder 
alone  in  b^s  observatory. 


30        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

Then  follows  a  series  of  variations,  or  rather  a 
progressive  development  of  the  theme,  suggesting  the 
growing,  broadening  current  of  thoughts  induced  by 
the  sublime,  the  limitless  host  of  inconceivably  dis- 
tant stars,  gleaming  through  immeasurable  spaces,  the 
other  planets,  wheeling  in  silent  splendor,  all,  as  he 
fully  believes,  exercising  an  irresistible  influence  upon 
human  life  and  destiny,  including  his  own. 

The  heavier,  more  agitated  octave  passages  later 
in  the  work,  indicate  his  memories  of  the  stormy, 
eventful  hours  in  his  own  life,  with  their  struggles  and 
conflicts  and  victories  or  defeats,  whose  origin,  signifi- 
cance, and  ultimate  outcome  he  is  striving  to  discover 
from  these  mighty,  inscrutable  arbiters  of  his  fate. 

The  close  is  eminently  reflective,  and  its  slow,  hesi- 
tating, sorrow-fraught  minor  cadences  show  his  long- 
ing for  the  ever-sought  but  never  found  solution  of 
life's  great  problem,  one  more  voice  added  to  the  volume 
of  that  great  human  chorus  that,  from  all  times  and 
lands,  comes  echoing  down  the  ages  the  same  refrain; 
the  old  unanswered  questions,  How,  and  whence  and 
why? 

The  true  musician  will  render  this  work  with  ex- 
treme gravity,  with  serious,  reverent,  thoughtful  tran- 
quillity, yet  with  a  certain  repressed  intensity. 


Some  Noted  Compositions  by 
Mendelssohn. 


T  has  come  to  be  quite  the  fashion  of 
late  years,  among  a  large  class  of  musi- 
cians, to  sneer  at  the  piano  composi- 
tions of  Mendelssohn  as  shallow  and 
superficial,  and  to  relegate  them  more 
and  more  to  oblivion;  and  not  without 
a  certain  excuse. 
His  unvarying,  blandly  complacent  optimism,  his 
smoothly  rounded  periods,  his  graceful,  but  never  pro- 
found ideas,  and  his  occasional  unblushing  use  of 
pleasing  but  century-old  musical  platitudes  are  all  out 
of  keeping  with  the  intensity  and  complexity  of  modern 
thought  and  feeling  and  cannot  but  remind  us  of  a 
very  slender-waisted  gentleman  in  full  evening  dress. 

Compared  with  the  vigor  and  variety,  the  uncom- 
promising directness  of  the  giant,  Beethoven,  or  the 
fervid  emotionality  of  Chopin,  or  the  subtle  mysticism 
and  rugged  force  of  the  dual  Schumann,  Mendelssohn's 
style  and  prevalent  mood  suggest  the  perfect  manners 
of  the  cultured  man  of  the  world,  the  social  favorite, 
rather  than  the  fine  frenzy  of  that  genius  which  to 
madness  is  allied. 

31 


32        Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

But  this  very  happy  serenity  and  polished  elegance 
constitute  his  peculiar  charm  and  one  which  has  its 
legitimate  place  and  use  in  the  realm  of  music  and 
should  not  be  ignored. 

To  some  natures,  and  they  are  not  few  nor  the  most 
unworthy,  all  extreme  emotion,  which  they  are  not  so 
constituted  as  to  share  or  even  understand,  seems 
unreal,  hysterical,  delirious,  and  its  unveiled  embodi- 
ment in  art  strikes  them  as  indelicate,  even  vulgar; 
while  to  those  more  richly  though  perhaps  less  for- 
tunately endowed  emotionally,  who  demand  in  art 
the  fullest,  strongest  possible  expression  of  life  as 
they  know  it,  with  its  stress  and  strife,  its  tempests 
and  conflicts,  its  unanswered  questions  and  unsatis- 
fied longings,  even  to  these  there  come  moments  of 
lassitude  when  weary  alike  of  the  heights  of  fevered 
ecstasy  and  the  depths  of  despair  they  sigh  for  the 
quiet  valley  of  repose.  Moments  when  it  seems  better 
to  give  over  the  struggle  and  the  protest,  and  drift 
smoothly  on  the  stream  of  chance  with  shipped  oars 
and  slackened  sails,  with  the  will  dozing  beside  the 
helm,  and  ambition  gagged  and  fettered  in  the  hold. 
To  these,  at  such  moments,  and  to  the  former  class 
at  all  times,  Haydn,  Mozart,  and  Mendelssohn  stand 
as  the  exponents  of  restful  content,  of  delicate  fancy, 
which  pleasantly  occupies  without  violently  arousing 
the  mind;  of  gentle  moods,  which  lightly  touch  the 
surface  of  emotion  as  a  swallow  skims  the  sunlit  lake 
without  disturbing  its  darker  depths;  above  all,  of 
abstract  beauty  of  form,  of  symmetry  and  finish, 
which  gratifies  the  taste  without  exciting  the  feelings 
or  arousing  the  intellect. 


Some  Noted  Compositions  by  Mendelssohn.  33 

There  are  those  who  claim  that  this  is  the  only 
true  music,  which  is  manifestly  absurd.  As  well  say 
that  Wordsworth  and  Longfellow  wrote  the  only 
true  poetry.  It  is  merely  the  expression  of  one  of 
the  infinitely  varied  phases  of  human  life  and  ex- 
perience— more  or  less  persistent  or  recurrent  ac- 
cording to  individual  temperament  and  circum- 
stances. It  is  not  the  highest  or  the  best,  but  it  has 
its  place  and  use,  and  the  first  duty  of  the  musician 
is  to  learn  to  recognize  and  appreciate  all  forms  and 
shades  of  experience  as  expressed  in  music,  and  to 
render  them  all  with  equal  fidelity  and  sympathy. 

An  art  which  met  only  the  needs  of  a  certain  lim- 
ited class,  or  of  certain  special  occasions,  would  be 
limited  indeed ! 

As  a  study  of  pure  musical  form  the  compositions 
of  Mendelssohn,  especially  his  "  Songs  Without  Words," 
are  unequaled.  Their  symmetry  is  perfect,  though 
simple,  free  from  elaborate  embellishment  and  con- 
fusing complexity — reminding  one  of  the  earlier  Greek 
architecture,  restful  but  satisfactory.  Although  these 
compositions  are  written  in  a  great  variety  of  rhythms 
and  meters,  and  although  the  harmonies  are  distinctive 
and  individual,  they  never  lose  the  unforgetable  Men- 
delssohn flavor. 

His  periods  are  clear-cut,  definite  and  well-balanced, 
easily  grasped  by  the  student,  and  there  are  few  episodical 
or  parenthetical  passages  and  almost  no  interpolated  ca- 
denzas to  distract  the  attention  from  the  general  outline. 

One  may  select  almost  at  random  any  one  of  these 
wordless  songs  to  illustrate  to  a  class  the  distinct 
eight-measure  period,  with  the  thesis  and  antithesis. 
3 


34        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 


The  Spring  Song. 

This  is  probably  the  most  famous  of  the  "Songs 
Without  Words/'  and  is  written  in  Mendelssohn's 
happiest  vein. 

The  mood  it  expresses  is  thoroughly  in  keeping 
with  his  prevalent  mental  attitude — sunny,  joyous 
and  hopeful,  full  of  love  of  life  and  a  mild,  pleasur- 
able exhilaration.  It  was  written  in  London  on  the 
first  day  of  June,  1842,  and  is  a  perfect  embodiment 
of  the  composer's  impressions  of  an  English  spring, 
so  well  described  by  Browning  in  the  lines: 

Oh,  to  be  in  England  now  that  April's  there, 

And  whoever  wakes  in  England  sees,  some  morning  unaware, 

That  the  lowest  boughs  and  the  brushwood's  sheaf 

Round  the  elm-tree  bole  are  in  tiny  leaf, 

While  the  chaffinch  sings  on  the  orchard  bough 

In  England — now! 

And  after  April  when  May  follows, 
And  the  white-throat  builds,  and  all  the  swallows! 
Hark,  where  my  blossomed  pear  tree  in  the  hedge 
Leans  to  the  field  and  scatters  on  the  clover 
Blossoms  and  dew  drops  at  the  bent  spray's  edge — 
That's  the  wise  thrush :   He  sings  each  song  twice  over 
Lest  you  should  think  he  never  could  recapture 
The  first,  fine,  careless  rapture! 

The  melody  is  a  pure  lyric  suggesting  a  fresh  young 
soprano  voice,  thrilling  with  exuberant  gladness  tuned 
to  harmonious  accord  with  the  manifold  voices  of 
nature,  wakening  from  their  long  winter  silence  in 
bubbling  brooks,  rustling  leaves,  and  jubilant  bird 
calls.  Like  the  English  skylark,  it  soars  and  floats  in 
the  upper  air,  pouring  forth  its  overflowing  delight  in 
a  shower  of  golden  notes  like  sunbeams  made  audible. 


Some  Noted  Compositions  by  Mendelssohn.  35 

The  light  rippling  arpeggio  chords  of  the  accom- 
paniment should  simulate  the  swaying  branches,  nod- 
ding their  cheery  greeting  to  the  passing  breeze  or 
the  white  fleecy  clouds  adrift  upon  an  azure  sky. 

The  whole  composition  is  instinct  with  delicate 
grace,  yet  with  a  certain  joyous  freedom  and  abandon 
only  fully  appreciated  "when  the  heart  is  young." 

The  Spinning  Song. 

One  of  the  universal  favorites  is  "The  Spinning 
Song,"  a  very  clever  bit  of  realism,  as  well  as  of  tuneful 
melodic  writing. 

"The  Spinning  Song"  has  always  been  a  familiar 
and  much-used  subject  among  piano  composers,  on 
account  of  the  tempting  facility  with  which  the  idea 
can  be  expressed  on  the  piano  and  the  variety  of 
moods  which  may  be  coupled  with  it. 

Every  spinning  song  contains  two  distinct  elements, 
the  literal  imitation  of  the  buzz  and  hum  of  the 
spinning  wheel  in  the  accompaniment  and  the  lyric 
melody  representing  the  song  of  the  maiden  or  matron 
who  sings  at  her  work. 

This  melody  may  vary  in  mood  through  all  the 
gamut  of  feeling  from  rapture  to  despair,  according  to 
the  emotional  state  of  the  supposed  singer  which  it  is 
intended  to  indicate.  As,  for  example,  in  Schubert's 
"Gretchen  at  the  Spinning  Wheel,"  the  heart  of  the 
singer  is  breaking,  and  every  throb  of  anguish  quivers 
through  the  song,  while  the  very  wheel  drones  sympa- 
thetically in  the  minor  key.  In  this  one  by  Mendels- 
sohn the  mood  is  quite  the  reverse — careless,  light- 


36        Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

hearted,  with  the  sunshine  of  youth's  morning  bright- 
ening it.  Fancy  a  young,  sanguine  peasant  maiden 
sitting  at  her  open  cottage  door  on  a  bright  May 
morning  at  her  daily,  but  not  irksome  task,  of  spinning. 
The  wheel  hums  and  b-r-r-s  at  great  speed  under  her 
supple,  active  foot,  while  her  gay  voice  vies  with  the 
nesting  robins  in  the  blossoming  apple  or  cherry  out- 
side, in  a  tripping  lilt  as  light  and  free  and  joyous  as 
the  voice  of  the  linnet,  as  fresh  as  the  May  breezes 
which  toss  the  white  blossom  bells  of  the  apple- 
boughs  till  they  scatter  perfume  music  in  sweet  showers 
over  all  the  country  side. 

The  whole  mood  is  as  riotously  gay  as  the  May 
morning,  as  happy  as  the  untried  heart  of  innocence; 
a  mood  which  we  are  the  better  and  more  cheerful  to 
have  shared — even  though  only  for  a  moment. 

The  Hunting  Song. 

This  is  one  of  his  brightest,  most  joyous  composi- 
tions, thoroughly  characteristic  of  his  prevalent  mood, 
and  a  fine  piece  of  suggestive  symbolic  writing.  It 
breathes  the  freshness  and  dewy  aromatic  fragrance 
of  the  woodland  at  daybreak,  and  expresses  through- 
out the  buoyancy  and  elation,  the  careless  joy  in  life 
and  action  always  naturally  associated  with  a  hunting 
scene. 

One  can  feel  in  it  the  bounding  pulses  and  super- 
abundant vitality  of  youth  and  health,  the  stirring 
of  the  blood  in  answer  to  the  voice  of  nature,  the 
call  of  the  wild. 

It  is  singular  that  men   are  never   so   hilariously 


Some  Noted  Compositions  by  Mendelssohn.  37 

gay  as  when  starting  out  to  inflict  suffering  and  death 
upon  their  innocent  brothers  of  the  forest,  who  never 
did  them  any  harm  and  are  as  fond  of  life  as  they. 
Think  of  a  man  with  all  the  resources  of  his  trained 
intelligence,  supplemented  by  all  the  latest  improve- 
ments in  firearms,  finding  his  keenest  pleasure  in 
mutilating  and  murdering  a  deer  that  has  committed 
no  wrong,  and  has  no  means  of  defense,  no  chance  for 
life  or  retaliation  in  the  unequal  battle.  To  one  who 
reflects,  or  feels,  it  is  a  fearful  commentary  on  the 
cruelty  and  cowardice  of  the  human  race. 

But  that  is  an  ethical  rather  than  an  artistic  con- 
sideration, and  has  no  place  here.  Art  deals  with  life 
as  it  is,  not  with  the  ideal  conception  of  what  it 
might  be. 

As  is  usual  in  such  works,  the  common  device  of 
imitating  the  hunting-horn  in  the  theme  or  melody  is 
employed  in  this  work.  The  sound  of  the  bugle  or 
horn  through  the  cool  green  aisles  of  the  forest  is 
always  associated  with  the  idea  of  the  hunt.  The 
various  horn  signals  tell  of  the  progress  of  the  hunt, 
indicate  that  the  game  is  afoot,  or  in  sight,  etc.  In 
music  the  imitation  of  the  horn  is  universally  em- 
ployed as  the  most  suggestive,  appropriate  symbol 
of  a  hunting  scene. 

In  this  case  it  is  not  the  shrill,  aggressive  English 
bugle,  but  the  German  Wald-horn  (forest  horn),  an 
instrument  of  lower  register  and  more  mellow  yet 
resonant  quality  of  tone  and  Mendelssohn  uses  two, 
writing  his  horn  melody  in  the  form  of  a  duet  most  of 
the  time,  and  the  rich  sonorous  theme  rings  through 
the  forest  glades,  now  stronger,  now  fainter,  as  the 


38         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

hunt  winds  nearer  or  further  away.  At  the  close  we 
seem  to  linger  by  a  bubbling  woodland  stream  which 
gurgles  and  tinkles  along  its  rocky  bed,  half  hidden 
beneath  a  profusion  of  fern  and  brake,  tangled  elder 
and  weeping-willow;  while  the  music  of  the  horn 
gradually  recedes  and  at  last  dies  in  the  distance. 
The  ripple  of  the  flowing  water  is  distinctly  given  in 
the  right  hand  accompaniment,  while  the  receding 
horn  theme  in  the  left  should  be  made  markedly 
realistic. 

The  whole  should  be  given  at  a  moderate  tempo,  so 
that  the  ideas  can  be  clearly  expressed  and  easily 
grasped. 

It  is  usually  played  much  too  fast.  The  power 
must  vary  constantly,  and  through  a  considerable 
range,  to  preserve  the  artistic  illusion  of  the  continu- 
ous change  of  location  on  the  part  of  the  huntsmen. 
The  tempo  ought  to  vary  but  little. 

Mendelssohn  was  not  a  friend  of  the  excessive 
rubato  and  it  is  not  in  place  in  his  music.  The  rubato 
indicates  agitation  and  emotional  intensity,  both 
foreign  to  his  nature  and  style. 

Venetian  Gondola  Song.     Opus  30, 
No.  6. 

The  Gondola  forms  an  exception  to  any  general 
characterization  of  Mendelssohn's  usual  style  and 
mood.  Far  from  expressing  his  ordinary  cheerful 
easy-going  optimism  it  is  sad,  even  morbid,  so  much  so 
that  one  is  tempted  to  believe  that  it  was  not  written 
by  him. 


Some  Noted  Compositions  by  Mendelssohn.  39 

It  is  well  known  that  his  sister,  Fanny  Mendelssohn, 
composed,  and  published  under  her  brother's  name,  a 
number  of  songs  and  piano  pieces  now  included  among 
his  works,  as  it  was  not  considered  "good  form"  for  a 
lady  of  high  social  position  to  figure  publicly  as  a 
composer — or  in  any  other  capacity — especially  among 
the  Jews. 

It  is  not  definitely  known  which  of  these  works  so 
originated.  We  are  inclined,  however,  to  attribute 
to  her  those  of  a  more  intense  and  passionate  character 
than  the  majority,  as  her  nature  was  far  deeper  and 
more  emotional  than  that  of  her  brother,  and  subject, 
at  times,  to  moments  of  depression. 

I  fully  believe  that  the  work  in  question  was  written 
by  her.  This  is  indicated  by  its  mood,  and  a  certain 
vague  indistinctiveness  of  form  so  different  from 
Mendelssohn's  usual  clarity  of  outline. 

In  every  gondola  song  and  barcarole,  just  as  in  the 
spinning  song,  there  are  two  distinct  elements — the 
realistic  element,  suggesting  the  physical  conditions 
on  which  the  idea  is  based ;  the  rocking  of  the  boat, 
the  rhythmic  swing  of  the  oar,  the  splash  of  water,  etc., 
and  the  emotional  element  expressed  in  the  song  of  the 
boatman,  which  may  vary  from  transport  to  tragedy. 

The  gondola  is  exclusively  associated  with  Venice, 
but  it  may  be  Venice  smiling  under  the  azure  sky  and 
glorious  radiance  of  summer  noon,  or  sulking  in  the 
dark  phantom-shrouding  fogs  of  late  November.  This 
picturesqueness  appealed  very  strongly  to  the  beauty- 
loving  Mendelssohn. 

The  singer  may  be  the  happy  lover  serenading  his 
promised  bride,  or  the  discarded  and  jealous  suitor 


40        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

waiting  in  the  gloom  of  a  murky  midnight  to  assassi« 
nate  his  rival. 

In  the  case  of  this  little  work  the  mood  of  the  singer 
is  that  of  dull,  sadly  pensive  depression,  discourage- 
ment and  profound  sorrow;  not  new  and  keen,  but 
old  and  wearily  familiar,  sounding  in  every  phrase. 

The  scene  which  forms  its  fitting  background,  is 
Venice  on  a  misty  sullen  evening  in  the  autumn. 
The  sky  and  water  are  leaden  grey,  the  outlines  of 
churches  and  palaces  blurred  by  the  heavy  sluggish 
masses  of  fog  rolling  in  from  the  Adriatic.  The  boat 
glides  wearily  onward  like  a  spent  sea-gull,  rocking 
slowly  on  the  long  tide-swells;  the  water  whispers 
darkly,  in  muffled  monotone,  of  tragedies  hidden  in 
its  depths,  with  no  cheerful  splash  or  silvery  ripple  to 
break  the  oppressive  monotony,  while  the  song  of  the 
boatman,  subdued  and  plaintive,  voices  in  minor 
melody  the  spirit  of  the  night. 

The  very  unusual  mood  here  portrayed  is  exactly 
duplicated  by  Edgar  Allan  Poe  in  the  following  lines 
from  "The  City  in  the  Sea": 

Relentlessly  beneath  the  sky 

The  melancholy  waters  lie, 

For  no  ripples  curl,  alas, 

Along  that  wilderness  of  glass. 

No  swellings  tell  that  winds  may  be 

Upon  some  far-off  happier  sea — 

No  heavings  hint  that  winds  have  been 

On  seas  less  hideously  serene. 

Opus  53,  No.  2. 

Another  of  these  little  works,  which  it  is  more  than 
probable  was  written  by  Fanny  Mendelssohn,  and 


Some  Noted  Compositions  by  Mendelssohn.  41 

which  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  in  the  collection,  is 
the  No.  2,  Op.  53.  It  is  a  pure  lyric  with  no  realistic 
suggestion  in  it,  dealing  with  emotion  merely — an 
impassioned  love-song,  full  of  tenderness,  fervor  and 
ardent  longing,  with  a  marked  undertone  of  impa- 
tience, uncertainty  and  restless  agitation,  expressed 
in  the  accompaniment  by  triplet  chords,  against  even 
eighths,  in  the  melody. 

This  rhythmic  problem,  so  trying  to  the  amateur 
pianist,  of  playing  evenly  and  accurately  two  notes  in 
one  hand  against  three  in  the  other,  as  presented  in 
this  work  throughout  its  entire  length,  is  a  very 
important  one  and  should  be  mastered  early  in  the 
study  of  the  piano;  hence  this  composition,  apart 
from  its  musical  interest,  is  one  of  the  most  valuable 
and  helpful  of  the  "Songs  Without  Words"  to  both 
teacher  and  student. 

The  difficulties  it  presents  are  purely  rhythmical, 
as  the  music  is  otherwise  simple  and  easily  under- 
stood, without  any  elaborate  cadenzas  or  technical 
complexities. 

The  solution  of  the  puzzle  is  easy  when  clearly 
comprehended,  and  once  grasped,  gives  no  further 
trouble.  It  is  only  necessary  to  divide  the  beat 
mentally  into  six  equal  parts,  giving  two  to  each  note 
of  the  triplet  and  three  to  each  even  eighth,  thus 
bringing  the  second  of  the  two  exactly  half  way  between 
the  second  and  third  of  the  three.  (At  half  past  two  by 
the  accompaniment,  so  to  speak.)  That  so  few  players 
are  able  to  do  this  easily  shows  that  they  depend 
more  upon  the  hands  and  good  luck  than  upon  the 
head.  No  student's  training  is  complete  without  a 


42        Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

careful  study  of  this  work.  Having  once  thoroughly 
mastered  it,  he  will  always  be  able  to  play  longer 
or  shorter  passages  of  two  against  three  wherever  they 
appear,  without  difficulty,  and  this  rhythm  is  a  com- 
mon device  with  modern  writers,  to  express  unrest 
and  agitation — emotional  stress  of  any  kind. 


Consolation. 

It  would  be  impossible  to  pass  from  a  considera- 
tion of  these  "Songs  Without  Words"  without  men- 
tion of  "The  Consolation"  in  B  major,  No.  9,  prob- 
ably the  best  known  and  most  often  played  of  any 
of  the  set.  It  is  a  fine  study  in  sustained,  smoothly 
connected  chord  playing,  and  in  the  production  of  a 
full,  yet  mellow  quality  of  tone  in  full  chords  like 
that  of  the  organ.  Though  technically  simple  and 
devoid  of  any  very  profound  musical  significance, 
it  possesses  a  certain  individual  quiet  charm  which 
has  endeared  it  to  many  hearts  the  world  over. 

It  expresses  simply  and  directly  a  tranquil  resig- 
nation to  the  inevitable,  a  trustful,  reposeful — almost 
hopeful — submission  to  a  superior  will  and  wisdom, 
which  renders  it  restful  and  soothing  to  many  minds 
in  moments  of  lassitude  amid  the  stress  and  struggle 
of  life.  It  reminds  one  of  the  little  verses  which  were 
so  popular  with  a  certain  class  of  readers  a  few  years 
ago: 

Be  still,  my  soul,  be  still  and  sleep, 
The  storm  is  raging  on  God's  deep, 
God's  deep,  not  thine,  be  still  and  sleep. 


Some  Noted  Compositions  by  Mendelssohn.  43 

Be  still,  my  soul,  be  still  and  sleep, 

God's  hand  shall  stay  the  tempest's  sweep, 

God's  hand,  not  thine,  be  still  and  sleep. 

Be  still,  my  soul,  be  still  and  sleep, 

God's  heaven  shall  comfort  those  who  weep, 

God's  heaven  and  thine.     Be  still  and  sleep. 

The  brief  arpeggio  passage  used  as  introduction  and 
coda  serves  little  purpose  other  than  to  establish  the 
tonality  and  make  a  beginning  and  ending.  It  is 
wholly  irrelevant,  and  might  better  have  been  omitted. 


II  Duetto. 

"II  Duetto"  is  a  composition  that  explains  itself. 
It  is  intended  to  simulate  a  vocal  duet  between  soprano 
and  tenor  in  the  flowing,  melodious  Italian  style.  It 
is  attractive  to  pupils  and  is  an  excellent  study  in 
melody  playing,  and  dynamic  values,  and  accurate 
balance  of  parts ;  for  the  tenor  theme  must  be  brought 
out  distinctly,  and  carefully  phrased,  maintaining  a 
degree  of  independence,  while  remaining  in  the  main 
subordinate  to  the  other.  Both  must  stand  out  clearly, 
with  a  warm,  full,  mellow  quality  of  tone,  suggesting 
the  human  voice  against  the  quiet,  neutral  back- 
ground of  the  accompaniment,  like  embossed  figures 
in  rich  red  gold  on  a  soft  azure  field. 

Why  is  it  that  these  purely  lyric  effects  in  piano 
playing,  which  form  one  of  its  most  attractive  and 
beautiful  features,  are  so  neglected  and  so  rarely 
well  given?  Have  we  no  time  or  taste  for  anything 
but  hurry  up  music,  because  we  travel  by  express 
train  and  do  business  by  wire?  Must  we  also  have 


44        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

our  music  ground  out,  machine- like,  on  high-speed 
gearing  and  served  against  time,  like  hash  at  a  depot 
lunch  counter?  What  wonder  that  our  people  have 
musical  indigestion! 

Prelude  in  E  Minor. 

One  of  the  small  works  of  Mendelssohn,  which  is 
far  less  known  and  used  than  it  deserves  to  be,  is 
the  Prelude  in  B  Minor,  one  of  the  strongest  things 
he  has  done.  It  is  a  broad,  vigorous,  baritone  melody, 
expressing  courage,  resolution,  manly  strength  and 
noble  purpose.  It  might  be  the  musical  introduction 
to  the  principal  act  in  some  heroic  drama,  in  which 
truth,  bravery  and  fidelity  triumph  over  fraud  and 
crime,  winning  final  victory  through  suffering  and 
struggle. 

It  is  a  thankful  program  number  and  a  fine  study 
in  the  production  of  a  large,  resolute  melody  tone, 
which  suggests  the  quality  and  color  of  bronze  from 
which  the  statues  of  heroes  are  made  and  predomi- 
nates over  a  rapid,  stormy  accompaniment  in  a  higher 
register.  It  is  a  good  example  of  the  noble  lyric. 

The  Rondo  Capriccioso. 

This  article  would  not  be  complete  without  a  ref- 
erence in  closing  to  thetgpndo  Capriccioso,  the  most 
widely  and  favorably  known  of  Mendelssohn's  larger 
works  for  the  piano.  It  is  not  of  the  first  magnitude 
musically  or  technically,  but  is,  nevertheless,  a  world- 
famous  concert  number,  played  by  eHsh  the  greatest 


Some  Noted  Compositions  by  Mendelssohn.  4^ 

artists^and  very  popular  as  a  recital  piece  for  ad- 
vancea  students  in  graduation  programs,  as  it  con- 
tains no  insurmountable  difficulties  for  the  fairly 
equipped  pianist  and  is  always  pleasing  to  an  audience. 

Its  musical  merit  is  characteristic  of  its  author, 
and  lies  in  its  charm  and  grace  rather  than  in  any 
great  strength  or  depth. 

I  It  may  fairly  be  considered  one  of  his  best  pro- 
ductions, and  is  full  of  quiet,  tender,  poetic  sentiment 
and  delicate  grace.  J 

The  introductory  movement,  which  should  be 
played  at  a  very  moderate  tempo,  with  a  warm  sus- 
tained tone,  shows  Mendelssohn  at  his  best  in  the 
lyric  vein  and  is  more>»  significant  in  content  than 
most  of  his  lyrics,  whilaljhe  bright,  dainty,  yet  playful 
and  sparkling  rondo  that  follows  manifests  to  the  full 
his  capricious,  airy  fancy,  his  happy,  hopeful  optimism. 

Mendelssohn's  best,  most  original  work  was  on  the 
style  of  depicting  the  half-playful,  half -fanciful  side  of 
life  and  nature. 

He  was  a  tone  painter  who  succeeded  best  in  flower 
pieces  rather  than  in  scenes  of  battle  or  tempest; 
and  he  was  especially  happy  in  his  occasional  incur- 
sions into  the  realm  of  elves  and  fairies,  as  in  the 
music  to  the  "Midsummer  Night's  Dream,"  which 
was  one  of  his  earliest  and  most  famous  productions. 
This  style  is  exemplified  in  the  rondo  movement  re- 
ferred to.Y 

I  have  not  been  able  to  find  any  authentic  his- 
torical, or  even  traditional,  foundation  for  my  idea, 
outside  of  the  intrinsic  quality  of  the  music,  but  that 
is  uneqai vocally  suggestive.  If  called  upon  to  give 


46        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

a    word-picture    allegorically   representing   this   com 
/  position  I  should  do  it  somewhat  after  this  fashion: 

I  /0/f\SLimagin£<£  long,  gentle  slope  of  velvet  green  meadow 
V  rising  gradually  to  a  line  of  forest  which  forms  the 

darker  background.  The  sun  is  slowly  sinking  in  the 
west,  not  in  gorgeous  flaming  splendor  triumphing 
in  his  conquest  over  the  broken  flying  host  of  thunder- 
clouds, but  gently  drawing  behind  him  the  soft  violet, 
amber  and  pearl-gray  curtains  of  his  night  pavilion, 
as  if  seeking  rest  after  his  day's  journey.  As  the 
silence  and  the  twilight  deepen,  the  dainty  little  elves 
emerge  from  the  shadows  of  the  forest  and  begin  their 
nightly  dance  and  frolic  upon  the  open  meadow. 

Occasionally,  from  the  depths  of  the  wood,  can  be 
heard  the  good-night  call  of  a  bird,  or  a  few  distant 
notes  from  the  horn  of  a  belated  hunter  wending 
homeward. 

As  the  sheltering  darkness  closes  in,  the  dance  of  the 
elves  becomes  more  wild  and  unrestrained  and  their 
fantastic  pranks  more  daring. 

At  the  close  the  first  chill  wind  of  night  sweeps 
through  the  tree-tops  with  a  boisterous  rush,  and  her 
black  wings  fold  over  the  scene.  \  This  is,  at  least, 
as  I  conceive  the  work,  though  it'  is  not  ostensibly 
"program  music"  and  has  no  descriptive  title  to  guide 
the  fancy. 


Robert   Schumann's 
Carnaval 


SCENES   MIGNONNES    SUR    4    NOTES.      (LITTLE 
SCENES   ON   FOUR   NOTES.) 

MONO  Schumann's  larger  works  for  the 
piano,  none  is  more  frequently  played, 
or  generally  speaking  so  little  enjoyed, 
as  the  "Carnaval  Scenes."  This  ap- 
parently contradictory  statement  may 
readily  be  accounted  for  on  the  follow- 
ing grounds,  and  thereby  incidentally 
an  important  lesson  learned. 

The  trained  pianist  finds  this  work  thoroughly  and 
refreshingly  Schumannesque,  full  of  all  the  subtle 
fancies,  droll  humor  and  originalities  of  treatment 
peculiar  to  this  composer;  replete  with  all  the  kalei- 
doscopic variety  of  tone  color  and  harmonic  effect, 
all  the  symbolic  and  realistic  suggestiveness,  char- 
acteristic of  the  romantic  school,  of  which  Schu- 
mann was  one  of  the  ablest  and  most  enthusiastic 
champions.  Hence  he  finds  it  a  fascinating  study 
and  regards  it  as  an  effective  number  for  the  con- 
cert stage. 

With  the  fatuous  assumption,  common  to  the  spe- 
.47 


48        Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

cialist,  that  every  one  knows,  or  ought  to  know,  about 
the  subject-matter  in  question,  he  simply  discharges 
this  piece  at  the  heads  of  his  unoffending  audience, 
on  the  hit-or-miss  plan,  in  a  series  of  fragments,  like 
scrap-iron  from  a  fast-firing  machine  gun,  with  the 
same  rap:dity  and  general  inaccuracy  of  aim,  fondly 
imagining  that  his  hearers  will  catch  them  as  they 
fly,  and  see  and  appreciate  at  a  first  fleeting  glance 
that  which  has  taken  him,  the  professional  musician, 
months  of  study  to  perceive  and  value  properly. 

The  listeners,  on  the  other  hand,  ignorant  usually 
of  the  composer's  meaning  and  intention,  except  that 
in  some  vague  way  the  work  probably  has  to  do 
with  a  carnival,  and  often  failing  to  comprehend  the 
foreign  names  designating  some  of  the  sections,  hear 
only  a  succession  of  incoherent,  apparently  irrele- 
vant musical  scraps,  with  no  logical  sequence,  dram- 
atic development  or  emotional  continuity,  without 
even  a  pause  to  show  where  one  fragment  ends  and 
the  next  begins.  They  are  confused,  bored,  and  nat- 
urally conclude  that  if  this  is  "high-class  music  artis- 
tically performed,"  they  greatly  prefer  the  kind 
Susie  plays  at  home,  with  its  marked  dance  rhythms 
and  simple  melodies,  easily  grasped  and  affording  at 
least  a  sort  of  superficial  sensuous  pleasure;  and  it 
is  no  wonder  they  do. 

An  audience  has  some  rights,  and  one  of  them  is 
to  know  "what  and  where  the  player  is  at,"  to  use 
a  colloquialism.  Another  is  to  get  something  in  return 
for  its  money. 

The  following  simple  but  accurate  explanation  may 
aid  students  and  others  who  may  chance  to  read  it 


Robert  Schumann's  Carnaval.  49 

in  arriving  at  this  desirable  state  of  pre-knowledge 
concerning  the  work  in  question.  Some  such  an- 
alysis or  description  ought  to  be  supplied,  at  least 
in  outline,  by  every  pianist  who  presents  the  com- 
position, either  by  word  of  mouth  or  in  print  upon 
the  program. 

The  secondary  title,  "Little  Scenes  on  Four  Notes," 
with  its  partial  justification  in  the  music,  is  based 
on  a  curious  and  very  inadequately  sustained  conceit 
on  the  part  of  Schumann,  namely,  the  use  of  the 
letters,  A,  E  flat,  C  and  B  natural,  as  the  initial  theme 
in  several  of  the  numbers. 

In  English  nomenclature  this  would  spell  nothing, 
but  in  German  E  flat  is  called  es  (pronounced  S), 
and  B  natural  is  called  H,  so  that  the  four  letters, 
A-S-C-H,  spell  the  name  of  the  little  village  of  Asch 
in  Bohemia,  the  home  of  Fraulein  Ernestine  von 
Fricken,  one  of  Schumann's  most  intimate  lady 
friends  at  the  time  of  composing  this  music  (1834 
and  1835).  The  same  notes,  S-C-H-A,  also  repre- 
sent the  only  letters  in  Schumann's  own  name,  which 
are  used  in  musical  notation,  and  he  seems  to  have 
never  tired  of  playing  upon  and  with  them  in  his 
compositions. 

This  form  of  musical  joke,  which  consisted  in  clev- 
erly working  the  letters  of  some  proper  name  into 
the  theme  of  a  composition,  was  quite  in  vogue 
with  musicians  of  Schumann's  and  preceding  genera- 
tions. Sebastian  Bach  was  guilty  of  building  his 
own  name  into  a  theme  B-A-C-H,  and  Schumann 
employed  the  same  device  in  his  very  first  composi- 
tion, his  Op.  i,  of  which  the  theme  is  formed  of  the 
4 


50         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

letters  A-B-E-G-G,  spelling  the  i^  name  of  Meta 
Abegg,  of  Mannheim.  He  later  u:>ed  Gade's  name, 
and  the  woman's  name  Beda  in  a  similar  way. 

It  is  possible  that  Schumann  originally  intended 
all  the  numbers  of  the  "  Carnaval "  to  consist  of  some 
grouping  of  the  musical  notes  represented  by  the 
letters  in  the  name  Asch,  but  these  notes  in  that 
order  appear  only  a  few  times  as  the  opening  phrase 
of  the  melody  in  some  of  the  earlier  sketches.  The 
idea  is  not  fully  carried  out  even  there,  and  is  later 
abandoned  altogether,  so  has  little  value  or  signifi- 
cance from  a  musical  or  any  other  standpoint.  It  is 
merely  a  droll  passing  whim. 

The  work,  as  a  whole,  is  intended  to  express  the 
moods  and  portray  some  of  the  scenes  and  charac- 
ters of  the  Carnival  masquerade  and  procession,  com- 
mon in  all  the  Catholic  European  cities  on  Mardi  Gras, 
and  witnessed  repeatedly  by  Schumann  in  Vienna  in 
his  early  life.  The  spontaneity  of  the  minute,  the 
spirit  of  frolic,  and  the  poetical  undercurrent  mark 
the  "Carnaval"  as  a  most  original  work. 

The  masquerade  idea  seems  to  have  had  a  very 
strong  hold  upon  Schumann,  for  three  of  his  most 
notable  and  popular  piano  works  are  based  upon  it. 
Aside  from  this  Carnaval,  Op.  9,  the  Papillons,  Op. 
2,  represents  scenes  and  characters  at  a  masked  ball, 
and  the  Faschingsschwank,  Op.  26,  depicts  the  Viennese 
Carnival. 

The  work  we  are  considering  consists  of  twenty- 
two  musical  sketches,  and  I  have  numbered  them 
here  for  convenient  reference,  though  it  is  not  so 
done  in  the  printed  score. 


Robert  Schumann's  Carnaval.  51 


No.  1.     Preambule.     (Preamble.) 

This  first  number  is  a  musical  introduction,  sup- 
posed to  be  played  by  the  band  at  the  head  of  the 
procession,  expressing  the  mood  of  the  time,  with  its 
excitement  and  anticipation,  its  complete  abandon- 
ment to  hilarious  gaiety  and  rollicking,  often  rough 
fun.  It  is  followed  by  a  representation  of  a  number 
of  the  maskers  in  the  procession,  interspersed  with 
typical  incidents  and  an  occasional  band  number. 
For  this  composition  depicts,  not  the  masked  ball  on 
the  evening  of  Mardi  Gras,  but  the  street  procession 
which  precedes  it. 

No.  2.     Pierrot.     (Clown.) 

This  is  a  name  quite  generally  adopted  throughout 
Europe  to  designate  a  clown  or  tumbler  of  the  old- 
fashioned  uncouth  German  type,  a  personification  of 
rough,  clumsy  Teutonic  humor.  In  this  case  he 
heads  the  procession,  stalking  down  the  street,  pre- 
tending to  be  master  of  ceremonies,  preserving  a 
wondrous  pompous  dignity  and  a  ludicrous  solem- 
nity, but  turning  a  sudden  grotesque  somerset  or 
handspring  at  frequent  intervals,  to  the  great  amuse- 
ment of  the  spectators. 

The  mood  of  farcical  gravity  and  also  the  realistic 
effect  of  the  somerset  are  graphically  portrayed  in 
the  music,  the  latter  occurring  on  the  single  notes 
marked  forte  in  the  midst  of  piano  passages.  These 
should  burst  out  so  as  to  startle  the  listener  and 


52         Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

instantly  relapse  into   solemnity  as  does  the  circus 
clown. 


No.  3.    Arlequin.     (Harlequin.) 

This  is  another  impersonation  of  the  buffoon,  a 
harlequin  of  the  fantastic  mercurial  French  type, 
dressed  in  a  vivid  striped  costume  of  many  colors. 
He  carries  in  his  hand  a  long  whip,  which  he  snaps 
occasionally  in  the  faces  of  the  bystanders,  osten- 
sibly to  clear  the  street,  but  really  to  startle  and 
annoy  them,  and  create  merriment  at  their  expense. 

This  number  should  be  as  animated  as  the  former 
was  solemn,  and  the  cracking  of  the  whip  is  unmis- 
takable, occurring  in  the  first  and  third  measure,  and 
at  intervals  of  every  few  measures  afterward.  It 
should  be  given  very  staccato,  with  a  snapping  accent 
on  the  sixteenth  which  precedes  the  rest. 

No.  4.    Valse  Noble. 

This  is  another  composition  played  by  the  band, 
somewhat  more  subdued  and  graceful  than  the  intro- 
duction, presumably  heard  at  a  greater  distance,  but 
distinctly  music  in  the  carnival  vein. 

No.  5.     Eusebius. 

This  number  and  the  one  immediately  following  it, 
Florestan,  are  interesting  creations  of  Schumann's 
own  imagination.  Here  they  are  fictitious  characters, 
supposed  to  be  taking  part  in  the  procession,  but 


Robert  Schumann's  Carnaval.  53 

the  names  are  familiar  to  all  students  of  his  life  and 
works  during  early  manhood.  One  or  the  other  is 
signed  to  a  large  number  of  his  critiques  and  liter- 
ary articles,  and  sometimes  both  together  to  his 
musical  compositions,  as  in  the  case  of  the  great 
Sonata,  Op.  II,  which  was  "Dedicated  to  Clara,  by 
Florestan  and  Eusebius." 

Goethe's  oft-quoted  statement  that  two  souls 
dwell  in  very  breast  was  distinctly  true  of  Schu- 
mann, who  himself  recognized  the  duplex  person- 
ality under  the  two  names  referred  to,  which  typify 
two  different  phases  of  his  character  and  genius. 
Eusebius  represents  the  poetic  metaphysical  side  of 
his  nature,  the  introspective  impractical  dreamer, 
the  writer  of  delicate  lyrics  and  involved  mystical 
harmonies.  It  must  be  remembered  that  Schumann's 
representation  of  his  dual  personality  is  not  confined  to 
his  musical  compositions,  but  continually  appeared  in 
his  writings  as  well. 

No.  6.     Florestan. 

As  suggested  above,  this  was  Schumann's  own 
name  for  his  sterner  self.  Florestan  is  just  the  re- 
verse of  Eusebius,  bold,  aggressive,  turbulent,  fight- 
ing with  fierce  joy  for  his  ideals,  fighting  if  neces- 
sary with  a  club,  and  yet  with  a  certain  rollicking 
gaiety  which  suggests  the  college  boy  out  for  a  lark. 
Florestan  was  the  organizer  and  leader  of  the  Davids- 
bundler  or  hosts  of  David,  who  to  quote  his  own  words 
are  "youths  and  men  destined  to  slay  all  the  Philis- 
tines, musical  or  otherwise." 


54        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

No.  7.     Coquette. 

This  admirably  suggestive  sketch  hardly  needs 
analysis.  The  name  tells  the  story.  It  embodies  in 
a  musical  form,  replete  with  dainty  witchery  and 
capricious  archness,  touched  here  and  there  with 
seductive  tenderness,  the  familiar  and  famous  co- 
quette, fascinating  but  unreliable.  Most  composers 
have  tried  their  hands  first  or  last  at  depicting  this 
type  of  the  eternal  feminine,  under  titles  containing 
the  words  flirt,  coquette,  siren,  Lorelei,  witch,  and 
the  like,  but  I  regard  this  as  a  peculiarly  happy  effort 
and  one  of  the  best  examples  of  portrait  painting  in 
music  which  has  been  produced. 

No.  8.     Replique. 

This  is  merely  a  brief  phrase,  a  sort  of  echo  or 
reply  to  the  blandishments  of  the  foregoing. 


No.  9.     Sphinxes. 

This  number  can  hardly  have  been  intended  to 
be  played.  It  has  no  musical  significance,  but  is 
a  jest  in  the  form  of  a  riddle,  addressed  only  to  one 
who  is  reading  the  score.  It  is  another  of  Schu- 
mann's good-natured  but  rather  awkward  drol- 
leries. It  contains  no  notes,  but  the  parallel  bars 
which  take  the  place  of  them  are  seen  on  examina- 
tion to  occupy  places  on  the  staff  corresponding  to 
the  four  letters  already  referred  to,  upon  which  the 


Robert  Schumann's  Carnaval.  55 

"little  scenes"  are  supposed  to  be  built.  The  first 
represents  the  notes  S-C-H-A,  the  letters  from  the 
name  Schumann  which  occur  in  music.  The  second 
spells  the  word  Ach,  an  interjection  in  German  trans- 
lated by  our  word  Alas.  The  third  is  the  name  Asch, 
the  village  previously  mentioned  as  the  home  town  of 
an  intimate  friend. 

No.  10.     Papillons.    (Butterflies.) 

The  music  does  not  represent  in  any  sense  the 
light-winged  vagrants  of  the  summer  field.  It  sug- 
gests rather  a  group  of  maskers  dressed  to  repre- 
sent butterflies,  but  forgetting  their  role  in  the  excite- 
ment of  the  occasion  and  indulging  in  a  good  deal  of 
noisy  merriment.  They  pass  quickly  and  vanish  amid 
the  crowd  of  revellers. 

No.  11.     A.  S.  C.  H— S.  C.  H.  A. 

Lettres  Dansantes.     (Dancing 
Letters.) 

Here  we  have  another  recurrence  of  the  quaint 
conceit  already  referred  to,  a  play  upon  the  letters 
A.  S.  C.  H.  and  S.  C.  H.  A.,  which  are  here  made 
to  dance  and  tumble  boisterously  before  us  like  veri- 
table living  entities,  none  too  sober,  or  a  species  of 
roguish  kobald  whose  antics  are  supposed  to  be  very 
amusing.  The  idea  is  ingenious,  but  the  actual  musical 
effect  not  very  satisfactory.  In  some  modern  panto- 
mimes the  idea  has  been  presented  on  the  stage  with 
dancers  holding  huge  letters. 


56        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 


No.  12.     Chiarina. 

Chiara  is  the  Italian  for  Clara,  and  Chiarina,  the 
diminutive,  was  a  favorite  pet  name  of  Schumann 
for  Clara  Wieck,  the  charming  and  gifted  young 
artist,  afterward  famous  the  world  over  as  Clara 
Schumann,  to  whom  the  composer  was  deeply  at- 
tached from  her  fourteenth  year,  and  to  whom  he 
was  secretly  betrothed  at  the  time  this  work  was 
written.  He  pays  a  delicate  tribute  to  her  charming 
personality  in  this  dainty  lyric.  The  melody  con- 
sists of  a  little  phrase  of  four  notes,  constantly  re- 
iterated, in  different  positions  but  with  the  same 
accent  and  inflection,  so  as  to  simulate  the  syllables 
of  the  name  Chiarina. 

No.  13.     Chopin. 

The  next  character  represented  is  the  well-known 
composer  Frederic  Chopin,  for  whom  Schumann  felt 
and  expressed  profound  admiration.  He  has  here 
done  an  exceedingly  clever  bit  of  imitation  of  the 
Polish  composer's  most  familiar  and  characteristic 
form  of  writing,  viz.,  the  Nocturne,  in  which  Chopin 
excelled  all  other  composers,  and  by  means  of  which, 
in  connection  with  his  waltzes,  he  first  became  widely 
known  to  the  musical  world. 

This  number  is  an  exquisite  specimen  of  the  Noc- 
turne, a  tender  lyric  melody  with  a  certain  plain- 
tive undertone  and  a  flowing  arpeggio  accompani- 
ment. It  might  easily  be  mistaken  for  Chopin's 


Robert  Schumann's  Carnaval.  57 

own  work,  both  as  to  general  mood  and  details  of 
construction.  In  fact,  Chopin's  personality  seems 
manifested  in  it,  which  of  course  was  the  composer's 
intention. 

No.  14.     Estrella. 

Estrella  was  a  romantic  name  applied  by  Schu- 
mann to  Frl.  Ernestine  von  Fricken,  a  gifted  and 
attractive  young  lady  residing  at  Asch,  with  whom 
the  composer  at  the  time  of  writing  the  Carnaval 
was  on  the  closest  terms  of  friendly  intimacy.  Her 
personality  is  indicated,  as  well  as  her  participation 
in  the  masquerade,  by  this  very  winning  bit  of  music. 


No.  15.     Reconnaissance. 
(Recognition.) 

Schumann  has  endeavored  in  certain  portions  of 
this  work  to  express  not  only  the  general  mood  of  the 
Carnival  time  and  some  of  the  characters  in  the  mas- 
querade, but  also  special  emotions  and  incidents  con- 
nected with  some  of  its  phases.  In  this  case,  for 
example,  the  music  indicates  the  feeling  of  glad  sur- 
prise arising  from  the  recognition  of  two  of  the  maskers 
of  each  other's  identity,  the  sudden  pleasure  of  coming 
in  contact  with  the  familiar  personality  of  friend  or 
lover  in  spite  of  the  disguise,  in  the  midst  of  the 
noisy,  rollicking  crowd.  Although  bordering  upon 
the  impossible,  Schumann  has  attempted  to  reflect  a 
mood  which  only  the  most  sensitive  tone-poet  would 
depict. 


58         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 


No.  16.     Pantalon  et  Colombine. 

Pantalon  is  the  harlequin  of  Italian  comedy,  a 
fantastically  dressed  buffoon,  the  distinguishing  fea- 
ture of  whose  costume  is  that  trousers  and  stockings 
are  all  of  one  piece.  The  name  is  derived  from  the 
patron  saint  of  Venice,  Pantaleone,  and  is  a  common 
one  among  the  Venetians.  It  is  quite  generally 
used  by  other  Italians  as  a  nickname  for  one  of  whom 
they  wish  to  make  sport,  particularly  if  a  Venetian. 
Colombine  is  the  sweetheart  of  Pantalon,  and  the  two 
characters  figure  largely  in  the  pantomimes  of  all 
countries.  We  are  to  imagine  them  passing  in  this 
procession  hand  in  hand. 

It  may  seem  to  the  player  of  this  composition 
that  Schumann  has  given  quite  too  much  time  and 
prominence  to  the  clown  in  various  types.  But  any 
one  who  has  lived  through  the  Carnival  season  in 
one  of  the  German  Catholic  cities  knows  by  experi- 
ence that  the  streets  are  full  of  masked  clowns  on 
Mardi  Gras,  even  in  broad  daylight,  and  they  form 
the  favorite  disguise  in  all  processions  and  balls.  It 
is  difficult  for  one  who  has  not  experienced  the  Car- 
nival spirit  to  appreciate  the  abandon  and  effervescence 
of  the  convivial  crowds. 

No.  17.    Valse  Allemande. 

Another  number  by  the  band,  an  old-fashioned 
German  waltz,  of  a  graceful  but  rather  slow  and 
stately  character. 


Robert  Schumann's  Carnaval.  59 


No.  18.     Paganini. 

Here  again  Schumann  has  introduced  and  un- 
mistakably identified  the  personality  he  wishes  to 
have  pass  before  our  mental  vision,  by  means  of 
an  ingenious  imitation  of  one  of  the  best-known  and 
distinctive  characteristics  of  Paganini's  style,  both 
as  player  and  composer.  This  celebrated  violinist 
was  noted  throughout  Europe  as  the  superior  of 
all  players  of  his  time  in  technical  mastery  of  his 
instrument,  but  particularly  in  the  special  form  of 
technic  known  as  staccato  bowing.  The  startlingly 
brilliant,  almost  demoniac,  effects  which  he  produced 
along  this  line  have  never  been  equalled  before  or 
since.  Hence  he  is  very  naturally  represented  here 
by  a  series  of  crisp  intricate  staccato  passages  for  both 
hands,  not  particularly  melodious,  but  interesting, 
original  and  strikingly  characteristic. 

No.  19.     Aveu.     (Avowal.) 

Evidently  an  avowal  of  love,  from  the  tender 
pleading  character  of  the  music,  made  under  cover 
of  the  confusion  and  the  concealment  of  the  masks, 
in  what  the  Germans  call  "A  solitude  for  two," 
which  is  nowhere  more  complete  than  in  the  midst 
of  a  crowd  where  each  is  engrossed  in  his  own  amuse- 
ments. 

No.  20.    Promenade. 

Again  a  musical  fragment  for  the  band,  in  the 
mood  and  movement  indicated  by  the  name. 


60        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 


No.  21.     Pause. 

The  name  implies  a  pause  in  the  progress  of  the 
procession,  but  the  idea  is  not  carried  out  in  the 
rather  impetuous  music  so  designated,  and  its  pre- 
cise significance  is  not  clear. 

No.  22.      Marche  des  Davidsbiindler 
Contre  les  Philistins. 

(March  of  the  Hosts  of  David  Against 
the  Philistines.) 

This  final  number  is  the  longest  and  most  preten- 
tious of  the  work  and  demands  special  attention,  as 
it  contains  many  and  varied  points  of  interest.  It  is 
a  bold,  dashing  and  at  times  humorous  composition, 
in  an  almost  frivolously  jolly  mood,  written  in  three- 
four  time,  to  which  it  is  obviously  impossible  to 
march,  unless  in  a  sort  of  hopping,  halting  fashion, 
like  a  man  with  one  leg  longer  than  the  other.  This 
odd  conceit  has  undoubtedly  some  humorous  and 
symbolic  meaning,  which  however  is  not  apparent,  at 
least  to  the  writer. 

The  title  of  this  number  has  a  double  significance. 
The  Philistines,  as  all  know,  were  a  people  of  Pales- 
tine continually  at  war  with  the  Jews.  King  David 
won  signal  victories  over  them  and  compelled  them 
to  pay  tribute  to  himself  and  his  successors. 

Again  Philister  or  Philistine  is  a  term  which  for 
generations  past  has  been  contemptuously  used  by 


Robert  Schumann's  Carnavai.  61 

the  students  of  the  German  universities,  to  desig- 
nate the  townspeople  and  other  outsiders  felt  to 
be  antagonistic  to  the  student  life  and  spirit.  It  was 
retained  by  Schumann  long  after  passing  his  college 
years,  and  has  come  to  be  very  generally  adopted 
by  the  "younger  blood"  among  poets,  musicians  and 
artists,  to  denote  conservatism  and  mediocrity.  Per- 
haps Matthew  Arnold  has  best  summed  up  the  feel- 
ing in  the  following  sentence:  "On  the  side  of  beauty 
and  taste,  vulgarity;  on  the  side  of  morals  and  feel- 
ing, coarseness;  on  the  side  of  mind  and  spirit,  unin- 
telligence;  this  is  Philistinism." 

The  David  in  the  title  as  used  by  Schumann  is 
one  of  the  allegorical  personifications  of  which  he 
was  so  fond.  It  represents  Schumann's  creative 
genius  as  champion  of  the  romantic  school  of  music. 
Bundler  is  the  German  word  for  band  or  company, 
from  Bund,  which  means  a  league  or  union.  It  stands 
here,  as  in  several  other  of  his  works,  for  a  little  band 
of  faithful  friends,  adherents  and  allies  of  Schumann, 
who  rallied  under  his  leadership  around  the  standard 
of  Modern  Romanticism  and  helped  bear  it  forward 
to  the  victory  which  was  later  achieved. 

The  Philistines,  as  used  by  Schumann  in  his  musi- 
cal and  literary  works,  were  the  enemies  of  the  ro- 
mantic movement,  the  opponents  of  progress,  the 
conservative,  somewhat  pedantic  advocates  of  the 
fast  degenerating  classical  school.  Against  them 
Schumann  and  his  associates  waged  perpetual  war- 
fare, and  like  King  David,  he  ultimately  compelled 
them  to  pay  tribute  to  his  own  genius  and  to  the 
dynasty  of  the  Romantic  School  of  Music.  Hence 


62         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

the  significance  of  the  title  March  of  the  Davidites 
against  the  Philistines. 

To  emphasize  the  careless,  irresponsible  mood  of 
the  Davidites  and  their  contempt  for  the  conven- 
tions, traditions  and  critical  standards  of  the  Philis- 
tines, Schumann  has  woven  into  the  march  very 
cleverly  a  quaint  old  tune  of  the  iyth  century,  known 
throughout  Germany  as  the  Grossvatertanz  (Grand- 
father-dance), and  a  favorite  college  song  at  the 
German  universities.  It  was  also  adopted  in  this 
country  and  is  familiar  to  those  whose  memories 
reach  back  over  half  a  century,  sung  to  the  following 
doggerel: 

Tim  Doolan  he  dreamt  that  his  father  was  dead, 
And  his  father  he  dreamt  that  Tim  Doolan  was  dead, 

And  Tim  Doolan  was  dead 

And  his  father  was  dead 
And  Tim  Doolan  he  dreamt  that  his  father  was  dead. 

The  accent  and  rhythm  of  these  words  exactly 
match  those  of  the  musical  notes. 

This  old  tune  seems  to  have  been  a  sort  of  battle- 
hymn  or  rallying  cry  of  the  Davidsbiindler,  and  ap- 
pears in  several  of  Schumann's  works.  In  this  march 
he  plays  it  with  a  real  facetious  gusto,  passing  it 
about  from  one  hand  to  the  other,  now  in  playful 
staccato  effects,  now  in  big  pompous  octaves,  always 
appearing  in  a  new  key  when  least  expected.  He 
seems  to  flaunt  it  deliberately  in  the  faces  of  his 
shocked  critics,  in  the  spirit  of  pure  fun  and  bravado. 
The  march  closes  with  a  spirited  finale  like  a  joyoua 
defiance  hurled  at  the  foe. 

The  "Carnival"   as  a  whole  presents  Schumann's 


Robert  Schumann's  Carnaval.  63 

genius,  not  in  its  most  profound  and  strictly  musical 
aspect,  but  in  its  flood-tide  of  youthful  vivacity,  of 
exuberant  fancy  and  fertility  of  suggestive  symbolism. 
It  is  best  characterized  by  the  German  expression 
Geistreich,  for  which  we  have  no  English  synonym, 
but  which  means  rich  in  mentality. 

The  work  is  replete  with  graphic  realism  and  recalls 
Schumann's  own  words  of  his  earlier  compositions: 
"At  that  time  the  man  and  the  musician  in  me  were 
always  trying  to  speak  at  once." 


Schumann's  Fantasy  Pieces, 
Opus  12. 


MONG  all  composers  there  is  none,  with 
the  possible  exception  of  Chopin,  who 
possesses  such  a  remarkable  and  unmis- 
takable individuality  of  style  and  such 
pronounced  subjectivity  in  all  his  work 
as  Robert  Schumann.  In  spite  of  the 
manifold  variety  of  his  forms  and  diver- 
sity of  his  subjects,  he  is  always  Schumann,  not  by 
any  possibility  to  be  mistaken  for  anybody  else,  in  any 
single  period.  Whether  he  is  portraying  the  graceful 
flight  of  the  butterfly  or  the  grotesque  pranks  of  the 
carnival  clown,  the  dreams  of  a  child  or  the  stern 
ambition  of  a  hero,  a  strain  of  his  may  be  recognized 
anywhere  without  hesitation  by  any  one  at  all  familiar 
with  his  work. 

This  distinctive  peculiarity  of  style  is  due  mainly, 
though  not  wholly,  to  two  leading  characteristics: 
a  plain,  wholly  unembellished,  almost  primitive  in- 
tensity of  emotional  content,  and  a  certain  vagueness 
of  expression,  an  indistinctness  of  outline  in  his  periods, 
which  renders  them  hard  to  grasp.  It  is  the  former 
that  so  endears  him  to  musicians  and  the  latter  which 
is  responsible  for  his  unpopularity  with  the  public. 


Schumann's  Fantasy  Pieces,  Opus  12.       65 

He  has  all  the  typical  German's  force  and  depth, 
all  his  fondness  for  rugged,  even  if  rough,  directness 
and  for  calling  things  exactly  by  their  right  names, 
all  his  scorn  of  mere  external  refinements  and  graces; 
but  on  the  other  hand  he  has,  more  than  all,  the  Ger- 
man's involved  obscurity  of  expression,  his  fondness 
for  shadowy  mysticism,  his  inability  to  formulate  with 
clearness. 

His  grandest  visions  of  beauty  are  apparently  seen 
"as  through  a  glass,  darkly."  His  thoughts  seem  at 
times  too  big  for  his  musical  vocabulary.  Or  rather 
perhaps  his  ideas  are  poured  forth  from  the  volcanic 
depths  of  his  genius,  in  a  molten  state,  too  rapidly 
to  solidify  into  separate  forms;  but  intermingle,  over- 
lapping and  blurring  each  other. 

This  defect,  for  a  serious  defect  it  unquestionably  is, 
will  always  prevent  Schumann's  works  from  being 
universally  understood  and  appreciated ;  but  naturally 
it  is  less  apparent  in  his  shorter  compositions. 

Of  these,  the  Fantasy  Pieces  Op.  1 2  are  among  the 
most  effective  and  widely  known.  They  are  very  va- 
ried in  mood,  full  of  the  richest,  most  vivid  fancy  and 
striking  originality,  and  clearer,  more  definite  in  form 
than  the  majority  of  Schumann's  works. 


Aufschwung. 


The  strongest  of  this  set  is  the  "Aufschwung,"  a 
powerful  treatment  in  music  of  the  idea  of  human 
ambition,  mounting  with  irresistible,  inherent  strength 
toward  the  summits  of  fame  and  achievement,  scorn- 
ing obstacles,  defying  dangers,  ignoring  temptations, 
5 


66         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

and  the  soft  allurements  of  easier  paths;  sweeping 
onward  with  the  overwhelming  force  of  a  tidal  wave 
toward  its  goal,  grand  but  destructive  in  its  might. 

It  is  the  same  idea  precisely  that  is  so  ably  handled 
in  Longfellow's  famous  poem  Excelsior.  The  player 
should  study  that  poem  carefully  in  connection  with 
this  composition,  and  reproduce  its  thoughts  and 
moods  in  the  music;  it  is  often  a  help  to  have  it  well 
read  to  an  audience  before  playing  the  number  in 
public. 

The  bold  opening  theme  in  B  flat  minor  is  the  Ex- 
celsior cry  of  the  poem,  the  enunciation  of  pride, 
courage,  resolution,  aspiration,  yet  of  a  stern  sadness 
withal,  for  ambition  is  the  avowed  and  deadly  foe  of 
happiness.  Then  follow  successively,  as  in  the  poem, 
suggestions  of  the  various  difficulties,  temptations  and 
dangers  that  beset  the  upward  path,  the  seductions  of 
love,  the  allurements  of  home  and  rest,  the  peace  and 
resignation  proffered  by  religion,  the  growing  terror  of 
the  ever  darker  and  lonelier  way,  the  warning, 

"  Beware  the  pinetree's  withered  branch, 
Beware  the  awful  avalanche." 

But,  as  answer  to  each  and  all,  comes  the  reiterated 
ringing  shout,  "Excelsior!" 

This  first  theme  should  be  given  always  with  great 
strength  and  dignity,  increasing  in  intensity  with 
each  repetition.  It  easily  may  be — and  too  often  is — 
made  trivial  by  excess  of  speed.  The  sections  which 
follow  must  be  treated  with  the  utmost  diversity  of 
shading  and  tone  coloring,  each  expressing  its  own 
particular  mood  and  suggestion,  while  the  superb 


Schumann's  Fantasy  Pieces,  Opus  12.        67 

climax  in  chords,  with  the  scale  passages  in  the  left 
hand,  should  begin  slowly  and  very  softly  and  steadily, 
increasing  in  power  and  speed  to  the  final  reiteration 
of  the  first  theme,  like  the  threatening  whisper,  the 
ominous  approach  and  the  deafening  crash  of  the  on- 
coming avalanche. 

This  work  is  a  fine  concert  number  and  an  invalu- 
able study  in  dynamic  proportions  and  varied  tone 
qualities.  The  name  "Aufschwung"  has  no  adequate 
English  synonym.  It  has  been  improperly  translated 
"Soaring,"  and  so  appears  in  many  editions.  But  that 
word  fails  entirely  to  convey  the  meaning  of  the  origi- 
nal. "Auf"  means  upward  and  "Schwung"  signifies 
swing  or  sweep,  with  the  implied  sense  of  great  power 
and  weight,  as  of  some  heavy  body  in  swift  motion 
with  resistless  momentum.  It  might  be  applied  to  the 
movement  of  a  battleship  under  full  headway,  but 
never  to  a  bird.  Or.  if  we  translate  the  title  "Soar- 
ing" at  all,  it  should  be  the  bold,  strong,  majestic  flight 
of  the  eagle  that  we  have  in  mind,  not  the  joyous  rise 
of  the  skylark  into  the  blue. 

Des  Abends. 

The  exquisite  lyric,  entitled  Des  Abends  (Evening), 
forms  a  beautiful  and  restful  contrast  to  the  Auf- 
schwung,  if  played  immediately  after  it.  This  little 
work,  one  of  the  most  perfect  of  Schumann's  produc- 
tions, is  just  what  its  name  implies,  a  delicate  picture 
in  shades  of  violet  and  pearl.  It  expresses  but  one 
phase  of  emotional  experience,  the  quiet,  dreamy  mood 
of  the  twilight  hour,  with  just  a  touch  of  wistful  long- 


68         Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

ing,  a  hint  of  tenderness  in  it,  faint  memories  of  the 
stronger  emotions  of  the  day,  like  the  soft,  slowly  fad- 
ing tints  in  the  western  sky,  when  the  glory  of  the 
sunset  has  departed,  that  linger  for  a  time  as  faint 
echoes  of  that  symphony  of  color,  then  merge  into  the 
shadows. 

It  is  the  hour  and  mood  which  idealists  love  and 
lovers  idealize,  which  poets  have  sung  in  all  ages,  and 
which  Schumann  sings  here  in  as  true  and  flawless 
a  strain  as  was  ever  penned.  I  never  play  it  without 
thinking  of  the  opening  lines  of  Byron's  "Parisina,'* 
which  it  so  aptly  fits. 

"It  is  the  hour  when  from  the  boughs 
The  nightingale's  high  note  is  heard ; 
It  is  the  hour  when  lovers'  vows 
Seem  sweet  in  every  whispered  word. 
And  gentle  winds  and  waters  near 
Make  music  to  the  listening  ear. 
Each  flower  the  dews  have  lightly  wet, 
And  in  the  sky  the  stars  are  met, 
And  on  the  wave  is  deeper  blue, 
And  on  the  leaf  a  browner  hue ; 
And  in  the  heaven  that  clear  obscure, 
So  softly  dark  and  darkly  pure, 
Which  follows  the  decline  of  day, 
As  twilight  melts  beneath  the  moon  away." 

The  composition  should  be  given  with  the  utmost 
tranquillity,  with  a  gentle,  caressing  pressure  touch, 
with  little  agitating  rubato,  and  no  intensity  of  in- 
flection. 

It  has  been  claimed  that  the  form  chosen  by  Schu- 
mann  in   this  work  was  unfortunate    and  metrically 
incorrect;    that  it  should  have  been  written  in  three 
eight  instead  of  two-eight  measure,  thus  making  plain 
eighth  notes  of  the  sustained  melody  and  alternate  six- 


Schumann's  Fantasy  Pieces,  Opus  12.        69 

teenth  rests  and  sixteenth  notes  in  the  lower  voice. 
This  is  a  mistake.  Schumann  knew  what  he  wanted 
and  how  to  produce  it.  Just  that  slightly  swaying 
effect  of  the  triplet  rhythm,  if  properly  handled,  and 
the  natural  lessening  of  stress  on  the  alternate  melody 
notes  falling  on  unaccented  parts  of  the  measure,  even 
though  the  melody  is,  as  it  should  be,  distinctly  sus- 
tained, add  materially  to  the  wavering,  wistful  charm 
of  the  music.  The  triplet  rhythm  is  there  for  a  pur- 
pose. It  must  be  just  perceptibly  indicated  but  by  no 
means  emphasized.  The  ear  must  recognize  it  uncon- 
sciously without  its  being  distinctly  heard. 

Traumeswirren. 

Perhaps  the  most  original,  and  certainly  the  most 
technically  difficult,  of  the  group  of  "Fantasy  Pieces" 
is  the  Traumeswirren,  which  we  might  translate 
"Dream  Tangles"  or  "The  Confusion  of  a  Dream." 
It  is  a  fanciful  attempt  to  portray  in  music  the  capri- 
cious vagaries  of  a  bright  and  happy  dream,  in  which 
a  host  of  dainty,  fairy-like  figures,  all  luminous  color 
and  swift  motion,  appear  and  disappear,  floating, 
circling,  flashing  hither  and  thither,  as  in  some  playful 
dance  of  the  sprites. 

The  middle  movement  in  chords  brings  a  startling 
contrast,  slow,  sombre  and  impressive.  It  seems  to 
indicate  the  moment  when  the  sleeper  half  awakes 
and  gazes  about  his  darkened  room  in  vain  search  for 
the  bright  visions  that  have  haunted  his  slumbers. 
But  soon  he  realizes  the  situation  and  you  can  almost 
hear  him  say  to  himself,  "I've  been  dreaming."  Then 


70        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

he  settles  quietly  back  again  and  little  by  little  the 
dream  god  reasserts  his  sway. 

This  is  a  fine  study  for  the  fourth  and  fifth  fingers 
of  the  right  hand,  and  as  such  may  be  used  by  stu- 
dents, but  it  requires  extreme  flexibility,  delicacy  and 
speed,  to  make  it  effective  as  a  program  number.  In 
fact,  it  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  things  of  its  size 
in  all  piano  literature. 

Warum? 

The  most  famous  and,  in  some  respects,  the  best  of 
this  whole  group  is  the  Warum?  (Why?)  It  is  very 
brief,  very  intense,  supremely  beautiful  and  technically 
very  easy;  a  lyric  of  the  warm,  impassioned  type, 
expressing  the  question  which  the  name  implies,  with 
an  undertone  of  sorrowful  pleading  and  restless  long- 
ing, more  fully  and  forcibly  than  is  elsewhere  to  be 
found  in  music. 

It  was  inspired  by  and  written  for  and  to  his  be- 
loved Clara,  in  the  days  of  alternate  hope  and  doubt 
and  torturing  uncertainty  before  their  engagement. 
In  those  early  days  Schumann  was  an  obscure  but 
aspiring  student  at  Leipsic,  and  already  a  composer  of 
promise,  but  no  prominence  as  yet,  and  of  most  meagre 
income.  Through  his  piano  lessons  of  Prof.  Wieck, 
then  the  leading  teacher  in  Europe,  and  consequent 
intimacy  in  that  family,  he  had  fallen  desperately  in 
love  with  the  Professor's  daughter,  Clara,  who,  though 
still  very  young,  was  already  recognized  as  the  first 
lady  pianist  of  her  time,  and  had  won  fame  and  suc- 
cess in  all  the  musical  centres  of  the  old  world.  She 


Schumann's  Fantasy  Pieces,  Opus  12.       71 

was  an  artist  of  prominence,  he  an  unknown  student, 
and  quite  naturally  the  proud  father  decidedly  opposed 
his  suit,  though  Clara  seems  to  have  favored  it  from 
the  first.  The  marriage  finally  took  place  in  1840, 
after  five  years  of  love,  courtship  and  struggle,  during 
which  period  most  of  Schumann's  leading  pianoforte 
works,  including  the  one  in  question,  were  written. 
He  himself  confesses  that  they  reveal  and  depict 
much  of  the  personal  experiences  and  feelings  of  his 
long  and  agitated  courtship. 

So  much  is  fact.  The  following  legend  is  afloat 
concerning  this  particular  composition,  which  seems 
to  be  borne  out  by  the  internal  evidence  of  the  music 
and  has  at  least  all  the  probabilities  in  its  favor, 
though  I  cannot  vouch  for  its  accuracy.  In  any  event 
the  legend  is  an  interesting  one. 

One  evening  Schumann,  having  been  most  rudely 
repulsed  by  the  irate  Professor,  in  fact,  shown  the  door 
and  requested  not  to  re-enter  it  in  most  unequivocal 
terms,  wandered  away  humiliated  and  disconsolate  to 
one  of  the  many  beer  saloons  where  students  con- 
gregated. He  sat  him  down  in  an  obscure  corner  at 
a  soiled,  drink-stained  table.  A  wine  card  lay  before 
him,  and  soon  he  began  to  pencil  lines  on  the  back  of 
it,  later  notes  upon  the  lines,  and  there,  amid  those 
vulgar  surroundings,  this  perfect  gem  of  purest  art 
was  born.  It  is  the  questioning  cry  of  a  soul,  con- 
scious at  once  of  its  own  power  and  future  possibili- 
ties, and  of  its  present  pain  and  piteous  helplessness, 
and  is  singularly  free  from  the  bitterness  and  anger 
that  might  have  been  expected  under  the  circum- 
stances. Next  morning  the  card  was  sent  to  Clara, 


72         Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

as  a  protest  and  an  appeal  in  language  which  she  as 
none  other  would  understand. 

Their  marriage  was  an  unusually  happy  one  till 
darkened  by  the  great  and  growing  shadow  of  his  devel- 
oping insanity  and  ended  by  the  tragedy  of  his  death. 
The  noble  woman,  who  devotedly  returned  his  affec- 
tion, shared  his  life  and  labors,  interpreted  and  edited 
his  works,  finally  lived  to  be  chiefly  known  to  fame, 
not  as  Clara  Wieck,  the  celebrated  pianist,  but  as  the 
wife  of  the  great  composer,  Robert  Schumann. 

Grillen. 

One  more  of  the  set  deserves  special  attention,  the 
Grillen,  usually  translated  "Whims."  It  is,  indeed, 
a  most  whimsical,  capricious  composition,  full  of  sur- 
prises and  abrupt  contrasts,  of  odd  harmonies,  unex- 
pected modulations  and  particularly  of  fantastic 
rhythms. 

The  opening  subject,  in  chords,  with  its  startling, 
seemingly  misplaced  accents,  recalls  the  swing  of  the 
gavotte  and  suggests  a  jolly  but  clumsy  country  dance, 
while  the  exceptionally  poetic  and  attractive  trio 
theme  affords  a  most  effective  contrast,  like  the  motive 
of  kobold  and  fairy. 

The  work  as  a  whole,  both  in  conception  and  execu- 
tion, reminds  us  strongly  of  one  of  those  fantastic 
sketches  by  Hartmann,  entitled  "Dreams,"  much  read 
in  Schumann's  time,  by  which  it  was  very  possibly 
suggested.  I  refer  to  the  one  in  which  a  rather  bom- 
bastic, would-be  poet  of  that  day,  whose  imperfect 
verse  showed  a  decided  tendency  to  limp,  was  satirized 


Schumann's  Fantasy  Pieces,  Opus  12.       73 

in  the  person  of  a  particularly  grotesque  Earth-Giant, 
with  one  leg  much  shorter  than  the  other,  making  his 
clumsy  advances  to  the  muse  of  poesy.  The  jocose 
humor  of  the  conceit  would  readily  appeal  to  Schu- 
mann, for  though  wholly  lacking,  as  are  all  Germans, 
in  the  sparkle  of  true  wit,  he  was  quite  given  in  cer- 
tain moods  to  a  sort  of  broad  drollery. 

Ende  vom  Lied. 

The  last  of  the  series  bears  a  somewhat  curious 
title,  Ende  vom  Lied,  which  we  should  translate  the 
"End  of  the  Song."  This  phrase  is  a  common  conver- 
sational idiom  in  Germany,  signifying  the  close  of  a 
story  or  experience,  just  as  "Once  upon  a  time"  is  our 
stock  phrase  in  English  for  beginning  such.  Indeed, 
anything  brought  to  a  finish,  an  anecdote,  an  argu- 
ment, a  yarn,  a  joke,  is  dismissed  with  the  words,  "and 
that  is  the  end  of  the  song." 

One  cannot  help  feeling  that  it  would  have  been 
better  in  this  case  if  the  song  had  ended  before  this 
last  verse  had  been  written.  For  the  composition  so 
designated  contains  little  of  the  originality  and  power 
usually  so  plentiful  in  Schumann's  works,  in  fact, 
seems  rather  trivial  and  commonplace  and  is  rarel> 
played,  with  good  reason. 


Schumann's  Novelletten. 


|N  the  earlier  part  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, a  number  of  German  writers  of 
fiction  of  the  romantic  school,  led  by 
Paul  Heise,  inaugurated  a  new  depar- 
ture in  the  realm  of  national  literature. 
It  was  their  aim  to  condense  into  from 
fifty  to  a  hundred  pages  all  the  salient 
points,  all  the  force,  interest,  and  dramatic  effect  of 
the  full-length  novel,  omitting  all  needless  detail  and 
florid  description,  all  mere  "fine  writing"  so  called, 
and  to  concentrate  their  efforts  on  the  plot  and  move- 
ment of  the  story,  and  to  portray  the  life  and  love,  the 
thoughts,  feelings,  actions  and  personalities  of  their 
characters,  in  a  few  bold,  broad,  telling  strokes. 

This  new  product  was  named  the  Novelle  or  Novel- 
ette, meaning  simply  a  miniature  novel,  and  became 
very  popular.  It  fell  into  line  with  the  modern  ten- 
dency toward  concentration  and  epigrammatic  brev- 
ity. It  was  the  beginning  of  the  flood  of  short  stories 
with  which  our  literary  market  is  now  well-nigh 
submerged.  In  spite  of  the  thousands  of  inferior 
imitations  which  pass  current  too  freely  today,  the 
form  when  well  handled  has  much  to  recommend  it. 

Robert  Schumann,  who  was  one  of  the  staunchest 
and  ablest  champions  of  the  romantic  school  in  mu- 

74 


Schumann's  Novelletten.  75 

sic,  and  an  inveterate  foe  of  the  pedantry,  prolixity, 
and  over-elaboration  of  the  old  formal  school,  was 
quick  to  catch  this  new  idea,  to  appreciate  its  many 
advantages,  and  to  adapt  it  to  his  own  art.  He 
wrote  nearly  a  score  of  Novelletten  for  the  piano, 
some  of  which  are  among  his  very  best  productions 
for  that  instrument.  In  fact,  it  may  be  remarked 
in  passing  that  Schumann  seems,  to  the  present 
writer,  always  most  thoroughly  at  home,  most  com- 
pletely master  of  himself  and  his  resources,  in  the 
smaller  forms.  His  pronounced  tendency  toward  vague 
mysticism  and  inconsequential  wandering  into  the  nebu- 
lous regions  of  thought  has  here  less  time  and  space  to 
manifest  itself,  while  his  grasp  of  logical  sequence  and 
symmetrical  relations  seems  more  fully  adequate  than 
it  sometimes  appears  in  works  of  larger  proportion. 

In  these  Novelletten  his  ideas  are  admirably  bal- 
anced and  expressed  with  concise  precision.  In  most 
of  them  he  has  adhered  strictly  to  the  original  con- 
ception, which  was  to  embody  clearly  and  forcefully 
in  small  compass  the  simple  elementary  factors  which 
are  the  life  and  substance  of  every  good  story.  That 
is,  the  strong,  bold,  sometimes  even  rough,  masculine 
element,  represented  in  fiction  by  the  hero,  and  the 
sweet,  tender,  graceful,  feminine  element,  spoken  of 
so  often  in  German  as  the  "eternal  feminine,"  and 
personified  in  books  in  the  heroine. 

The  striking  contrasts  in  their  natures,  which, 
nevertheless,  blend  into  a  happy  artistic  unity,  their 
transient  strifes  and  differences,  and  final  reconcilia- 
tions, and  the  difficulties  and  struggles  which  they 
meet  along  tHe  path  of  true  love,  which  we  are  told 


76        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

never  runs  smoothly — these  make  up  the  details  and 
fill  in  the  picture.  It  is  a  brief,  terse,  vigorous  sketch, 
without  a  single  superfluous  phrase  or  irrelevant  orna- 
ment, manifesting  a  refreshing  scorn  of  mere  sensuous 
effect  and  technical  display. 

Novellette  in  F.  Op.  21.  No.  1. 

The  first  Novellette,  Op.  2 1 ,  in  F,  is  the  best  known 
and  most  used,  and  one  of  the  most  satisfactory. 
The  stirring  first  subject,  in  chords  and  octaves,  is  in 
gavotte  movement,  and  the  character  of  the  hero  it 
suggests  is  that  of  a  rugged  German  baron  of  the 
fighting  half-brigand  class,  in  solid  plate  mail,  hack- 
ing his  way  to  victory  and  love  with  a  mighty  two- 
handed  sword,  though  with  a  genial  heart  and  many 
sterling,  manly  qualities.  To  judge  from  the  second 
subject,  the  heroine  is  a  mild-eyed,  domestically  in- 
clined Fraulein,  loving  and  lovable,  with  a  marked 
religious  trend  of  mind. 

Novellette  in  E.  Op.  21.  No.  7. 

The  No.  7,  in  E,  is  almost  identical  with  the  above 
in  general  style  and  form,  but  the  characters  are  dif- 
ferent. This  time  the  hero  is  a  dashing  cavalier, 
with  more  polish,  indeed  with  something  of  the 
"grand  manner,"  but  not  less  of  courage  and  prowess, 
perhaps  a  knight  of  Charlemagne's  court;  while  the 
lady  is  unmistakably  a  court  dame,  a  good  specimen 
of  the  "  steel-engraving  lady,"  refined,  graceful,  charm- 
ing, with  many  a  dainty  air  and  winsome  witchery, 
but  a  tender  heart. 


Schumann's  Novelletten.  77 

Novellette  in  F  sharp  minor.     Op.  21. 
No.  8. 

The  No.  8,  in  F  sharp  minor,  which  is  undoubtedly 
the  greatest  of  them  all,  is  not  so  easily  analyzed. 
The  outlines  are  less  clear  and  simple,  and  the  con- 
tent more  complex  and  metaphysical.  It  contains 
much  of  mediaeval  mysticism,  much  of  thwarted  pas- 
sion, of  vain  psychological  struggle,  and  infinitely 
tender  sadness  and  pleading,  while  I  infer,  from  the 
close,  that  the  end  of  the  story  was  tragic. 

Novellette  in  B  minor.     Op.  99. 

The  Opus  99  contains  a  charming  little  Novellette 
but  little  known,  yet  very  attractive.  It  differs  from 
most  of  the  others  in  being  more  delicate  and  fanciful, 
and  containing  less  of  the  distinctly  human  element. 
Its  first  subject  deals  not  with  the  story  of  love  and 
life  and  struggle,  but  with  sylvan  solitudes  and  their 
imaginary  denizens. 

To  quote  Kullak:  "It  suggests  the  sprightly  dance 
and  frolic  of  forest  elves  about  a  secluded  chapel." 

The  Trio  gives  us  the  organ  and  choir  within  the 
chapel,  filling  the  quiet  woodland  twilight  with  rich, 
solemn  harmonies,  while  the  evening  wind  in  the  tree- 
tops  murmurs  Nature's  dreamy  obligate.  When  the 
service  is  ended,  the  elves  resume  their  dance,  which 
they  have  suspended  apparently  to  listen. 

The  above  will  serve  as  representative  examples  of 
the  Schumann  Novelletten  and  the  general  lines  on 
which  they  should  be  understood  and  interpreted. 


The  Arabesque,  by  Schumann. 


|HB  term  Arabesque  is  derived  from  Arab 
and  signifies  like,  or  after  the  manner 
of,  the  Arabs.  The  peculiar  form  of  art 
which  it  designates  is  a  direct  product  of 
the  Mohammedan  religion  and  reached 
its  highest  development  among  the 
Moors,  who  were  Mohammedans  of  Arab 
descent,  but  who  settled  in  Morocco,  and  later  con- 
quered the  greater  part  of  Spain,  attaining  a  high 
degree  of  civilization,  for  that  period,  during  their 
occupation  of  that  country.  The  Mohammedans  were 
strictly  forbidden  by  their  sacred  book,  the  Koran,  to 
make  any  picture,  or  statue,  or  any  sort  of  representation 
of  any  human  or  animal  form,  or  any  scene  in  nature. 
They  considered  it  sacrilegious  to  attempt  to  copy 
God's  handiwork.  Consequently  they  produced  noth- 
ing along  the  line  of  plastic  art. 

The  Moors  were  an  imaginative,  beauty-loving 
people  with  a  strong  instinct  for  artistic  expression, 
and,  handicapped  by  this  restriction,  were  forced  to 
develop  along  new  lines  and  create  a  new  form  of  art, 
which  is  known  to  the  world  as  the  Arabesque.  The 
aim  and  effort  of  this  form  of  art  are  to  express  or  sug- 
gest ideas,  moods  and  qualities  in  their  abstract 

78 


The  Arabesque,  by  Schumann.  79 

essence,  by  means  of  form  symbolism.  Movement  and 
repose,  strength  and  grace,  majesty  and  charm,  elation 
or  depression,  etc.,  are  embodied  by  means  of  symbolic 
forms,  possessing  more  or  less  intrinsic  suggestiveness 
and  becoming,  with  study  and  familiarity,  a  definite 
and  intelligible  medium  of  expression,  like  the  audible 
symbols  which  form  our  spoken  language. 

The  simple  elements  of  this  art  are  the  straight  and 
curved  line,  corresponding  to  the  vowels  and  conso- 
nants of  speech.  These  are  combined  into  an  infinite 
variety  of  complex  designs  and  elaborate  patterns 
like  sentences  and  paragraphs,  or  the  different  lyric 
forms  of  poetry.  The  intelligent  eye  delights  in 
following  these  intricate  convolutions,  in  tracing  the 
symmetry  of  proportion,  the  relation  and  correspon- 
dence of  the  different  parts  and  in  finding  the  subtle 
symbolic  suggestion  they  contain.  The  effect  pro- 
duced, and  the  kind  of  pleasure  derived,  are  similar  to 
those  found  in  architecture  and  based  on  the  same 
principle,  viz.,  the  significance  of  mathematical  rela- 
tion, which  Pythagoras  declared  to  be  the  fundamental 
law  of  the  universe.  But  in  the  Arabesque,  only  two 
dimensions  are  employed,  while  in  architecture,  three 
are  used,  and  in  painting  the  third  is  suggested  by 
means  of  perspective. 

In  music  the  idea  of  duplicating  the  peculiar  charm 
of  the  Arabesque  has  been  occasionally  used,  the  deli- 
cate interwoven  tracery  simulated  in  tonal  effects. 
The  best  example  is  found  in  "The  Arabesque  for 
piano"  by  Schumann. 

The  first  subject,  which  is  decidedly  the  best  and 
most  characteristic,  is  inimitable  in  its  airy  grace,  its 


80        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces 

smoothly  flowing  lines  and  warmly  sensuous  curves, 
as  real  as  if  drawn  in  visible  outline  instead  of  fluent 
sound. 

If  the  dainty  tracery  on  those  wonderful  friezes  hi 
the  Alhambra  could  be  dissolved  in  the  fervid  molten 
gold  of  that  southern  sunlight  and  transmuted  into 
music,  we  might  expect  a  similar  result  to  that  here 
produced  by  Schumann. 

The  second  and  third  subjects  of  this  work,  which  is 
in  Rondo  form,  are  less  beautiful  but  not  less  suggestive. 
They  are  more  vague  in  content  and  less  clear  and 
distinct  in  form,  with  a  hint  of  oriental  mysticism,  and 
there  are  passages  where  the  pattern  seems  broken  or 
incomplete,  as  if  the  composer  had  in  mind  some  beau- 
tiful piece  of  Arabesque  work  which  had  never  been 
quite  finished  or  was  in  part  broken  or  defaced  by  the 
vandal  hand  of  man  or  time.  But  these  seeming 
imperfections  add  to  the  subtle  fascination  of  the  com- 
position, as  well  as  greatly  to  the  difficulty  of  its 
interpretation. 

The  work  demands  a  clear  grasp  of  musical  form,  a 
light,  fluent  finger  technic,  and  a  touch  like  the  fall  of 
rose  leaves. 


Schumann's  Nachtstiick  in 
F  Major. 


[HE  term  Nachtstiick  means  literally 
night-piece  and,  like  the  Nocturne,  a 
piece  of  music  so  designated,  to  justify 
its  title,  must  deal  with  some  mood, 
or  scene,  or  incident  associated  with 
the  night. 

Strictly  speaking,  any  scene  or  inci- 
dent or  emotion  which  might  conceivably  form  part  of 
a  nocturnal  experience,  from  a  love-tryst  to  a  murder, 
from  a  moonlight  boat-ride  to  a  tempest  and  shipwreck, 
might  legitimately  be  used  as  the  subject  of  a  Nacht- 
stiick; but  usually  themes  are  chosen  which  are  more 
commonly  and  naturally  identified  with  the  night, 
themes  of  a  tranquil,  reposeful  character,  of  which  the 
Serenade  is  the  most  frequent.  This  is  the  case  with  the 
composition  referred  to  by  Schumann.  The  music 
describes  no  scene  or  incident,  is  in  no  sense  realistic, 
but  embodies  perfectly  the  mood  of  the  summer  night : 
a  quiet,  restful,  gravely  pensive  mood,  deep  and  solemn 
and  mysterious  as  the  dusky  vault  of  heaven  where  the 
storm-winds  sleep;  broad  and  vast  and  impressive  as 
6  81 


82        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

the  slumbering  sea  with  its  vague  hint  of  limitless 
power  in  repose. 

It  is  the  mood  of  a  great  and  noble  human  heart, 
with  infinite  capacities  for  tempestuous  emotion  but 
in  its  hour  of  restful  introspective  revery  and  finding  a 
sympathetic  environment  and  symbolic  expression  of 
its  own  solemn  peace  in  the  kindred  silence  of  the 
summer  night. 

The  mood  is  that  so  ably  expressed  in  Goethe's 
famous,  oft-quoted,  and  oft-misconstrued  lines,  which, 
in  free  translation  might  read: — "Above  all  summits 
there  is  peace.  In  the  forest  boughs  stirs  scarce  a 
breath.  Wait  awhile,  wanderer,  thou  too  shalt  restr— 
in  death." 

The  character  of  the  harmonies  suggests  the  rich, 
mellow  effects  of  the  organ.  The  rolled  chords  should 
be  played  throughout  with  quiet  deliberation  and  a 
clinging  legato  touch  and  the  pedal  must  be  con- 
stantly and  most  judiciously  used,  so  that  the  upper 
tones  shall  form  a  continuous,  sustained,  and  smoothly 
flowing  melody. 

It  is  a  fine  study  in  tone  quality  and  pedal  effects; 
the  latter  forming  the  chief  difficulty. 


The  Traumerei,  by  Schumann. 


|O  composition  by  Schumann,  large  or 
small,  has  attained  the  same  universal 
popularity  with  the  musical  and  un- 
musical public  of  all  lands  as  the  Trau- 
merei. 

It  is  one  of  the  "Childhood  Scenes  for 
Piano"  written  for  young  players,  but 
which,  though  technically  easy,  are,  with  very  few  ex- 
ceptions, practically  unusable  for  teaching  purposes, 
being  musically  too  subtle  and  abstruse  to  be  under- 
stood, or  felt,  by  children ;  for  the  musical  intelligence, 
as  well  as  the  mechanical  ability  of  students,  has  its 
limitations,  which  the  wise  teacher  must  take  into  con- 
sideration. 

The  Traumerei  is  an  example  in  point.  It  is  like 
some  excellent  little  poems  by  Field  and  others; 
ostensibly  written  for  children,  but  really  appealing, 
and  intended  to  appeal,  to  more  adult  minds.  It 
requires  a  certain  degree  of  maturity  both  of  poetic 
perception  and  musical  insight,  to  appreciate  or 
render  it.  I  do  not  believe  it  can  be  well  played  by 
any  child  under  fifteen. 

The  name  means  revery.     It  represents  not  at  all 
83 


84         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

the  dream  of  one  asleep,  tho'  the  word  is  derived  from 
Traum,  which  means  a  dream. 

It  is  a  dream  in  the  poetic  sense  of  a  mind  awake 
but  tranquil  and  inclined  to  pensive  re  very.  It  is  a 
"waking  dream"  of  childhood  in  after  years,  rather 
than  that  of  a  child,  with  vague  regret  for  its  bygone, 
fleeting  joys,  and  tolerant  though  half-smiling  sym- 
pathy for  its  transient  sorrows,  seemingly  trivial  now, 
but  very  real  and  poignant  at  the  time. 

It  recalls  the  mood  of  that  wonderful  mystical 
hour,  when  alone  with  the  silent  beauty  and  sugges- 
tive mystery  of  the  summer  night,  we  first  dimly 
realized  our  own  identity;  our  individual  sentient 
existence,  with  its  untried  abilities  for  joy  and  suffer- 
ing and  achievement;  the  hour  when  with  nascent 
self -consciousness  we  felt,  rather  than  definitely 
thought,  "I  am  I,  and  I  am  a  part  of  this  vast,  beauti- 
ful, but  secretly  terrible  nature  around  me";  an 
experience  which  comes  to  every  intelligent  human 
being  soon  or  late,  but  is  rarely  put  into  words,  and  of 
which  music  affords  the  only  full  and  fitting  expression. 

The  Traumerei  perfectly  embodies  this  mood  in  its 
softest,  least  intense  and  most  attractive  aspect;  a 
mood  too  introspective  for  the  real  child  mind,  but 
universally  felt,  though  perhaps  not  intelligently 
analyzed  by  older  listeners. 

This  is  one  secret  of  its  world-wide  popularity. 
There  is,  however,  another  which  is,  and  must  always 
remain,  an  art  secret;  that  nameless,  unanalyzable 
quality  possessed  by  a  few  poems  and  compositions 
and  by  a  few  only,  which  is  not  to  be  had  by  seeking, 
by  means  of  which  they  find  at  once,  and  unquestioned, 


The  Traumerei,  by  Schumann.  85 

the  open  door  to  all  hearts;  a  welcome  alike  from  the 
uncultivated  and  those  of  the  most  highly  trained  and 
fastidious  taste. 

Shall  we  say  it  is  the  happy  blending  in  equal  pro- 
portions, «of  translucent  simplicity,  sensuous  beauty, 
and  emotional  significance?  This  might  hint  at,  but 
not  really  furnish  the  solution  of  the  problem. 

Many  of  the  great  composers  have  done  their  best  to 
strike  just  this  vein  and  produce  music  at  once  worthy 
and  popular. 

Most  of  them  have  signally  failed,  their  music,  in 
this  line,  pleasing  neither  the  musical  public  nor  the 
masses. 

There  are  a  few  notable  exceptions,  of  which  one  of 
the  best  is  Schumann's  Traumerei. 


Schumann's  Romance,  in 
F  Sharp. 


HIS  Romance  is,  beyond  question,  the 
broadest  and  noblest  lyric  from  Schu- 
mann's pen.  It  is  as  grave  and  deep 
as  any  Adagio  by  Beethoven,  as  warm 
and  impassioned  as  any  Nocturne  by 
Chopin,  a  masterpiece  in  miniature, 
faultless  in  form  and  rich  in  content, 
without  a  single  dry,  uninteresting  or  superfluous 
measure. 

It  is  technically  easy  and  melodically  clear  and 
readily  grasped  by  the  student,  except  for  a  few 
measures  in  the  climax,  where  in  an  outburst  of  pas- 
sionate emotion  it  becomes,  for  a  moment,  wildly 
impetuous  and  a  trifle  incoherent,  in  the  hands  of  an 
amateur. 

It  is  the  expression  of  a  true  and  manly  love,  strong, 
profound  and  enduring,  of  which  the  beautiful  and 
gifted  Clara  Wieck  is  the  object,  of  course.  She  was 
Schumann's  only  and  life-long  passion.  He  is 
away  from  her  in  Vienna  at  the  time,  in  the  midst  of 
the  mad  pranks  and  frantic,  flippant  hilarity  of  the 
Faschingsschwank,  the  local  name  for  the  Viennese 

86 


Schumann's  Romance,  in  F  Sharp.  87 

Carnival,  portrayed  by  him  in  the  first  movement  of 
his  composition  bearing  this  title;  and  the  Romance 
seems  like  a  grave  protest  against  the  foolish  mocking 
spirit  of  the  place  and  time,  an  outcry  of  the  heart  for 
the  truer,  deeper  things  of  life,  of  which  his  love  and 
his  Clara  are  the  truest  and  the  deepest.  It  says  to 
the  jesters:  "Whereto  is  all  this  noisy  striving  after  a 
factitious  gaiety,  in  which  neither  the  brain  nor  the 
heart  of  a  real  man  can  take  any  part  or  pleasure? 
Love  is  the  only  thing  worth  while,  and  love  is  mine, 
strong  and  sure  as  the  sun  in  the  heavens,  enduring  as 
the  everlasting  hills,  though  clouded  now  by  absence. 
I  wait,  and  long  and  hunger,  but  am  not  dismayed  or 
disconcerted,  nor  is  my  spirit  in  the  least  diverted 
from  its  true  and  ultimate  goal  by  the  meaningless 
madness  of  this  wild  rout." 

It  should  be  noted  as  significant  that  the  melody  is 
not  in  single  notes,  like  the  pleading  tones  of  a  lover's 
serenade  to  his  doubtful  mistress,  but  written  through- 
out in  the  form  of  a  full- voiced  duet,  with  occasional 
bits  of  interweaving  counterpoint,  suggesting  the 
complete  blending  and  interdependent  harmony  of 
two  united  lives,  so  characteristic  of  his  perfect  union 
with  his  beloved  Clara  through  all  the  later  years,  till 
fate  ended  the  duet  with  cruel  discord,  shattering  his 
reason  and  her  happiness  by  a  blow. 

Those  of  us  who  were  fortunate  enough  to  know  her 
personally,  and  hear  her  play  this  romance,  and  speak 
of  him  in  the  after  years,  can,  in  some  measure,  realize 
what  her  love  and  companionship  meant  to  him. 


Schumann's  Cradle  Song,  in 
E  Flat. 


|HE  Cradle  Song  (German,  Schlummer 
Lied;  French,  Berceuse),  with  its  general 
theme  of  world-wide  significance, — ma- 
ternal love,  watching  and  soothing  the 
sleep  of  infancy, — and  with  its  realistic 
suggestions  of  rocking  cradle  and  lullaby 
melody,  has  always  been  a  facile  and 
fruitful  subject  for  piano  composers.  There  are  few 
who  have  not  utilized  it  with  more  or  less  success. 
The  one  by  Schumann  referred  to  is  not  a  great 
work,  either  as  regards  ingenuity  of  structure,  or 
depth  and  complexity  of  the  moods  it  expresses.  It  is 
just  a  simple,  straight-forward,  unpretentious  cradle 
song,  for  e very-day  household  use,  so  to  speak,  con- 
taining neither  technical  difficulties  nor  musical 
subtleties  beyond  the  grasp  of  the  ordinary  pupil,  and 
hence  the  more  valuable  as  a  practical  teaching  piece. 
The  gentle,  reposeful,  swaying  movement  of  the 
accompaniment  clearly  imitates  the  rocking  of  the 
cradle  and  is  easily  understood  and  maintained  by  the 
young  player;  while  the  melody  is  a  tender,  quietly 
beautiful  lullaby-song,  making  no  attempt  to  express 

88 


Schumann's  Cradle  Song,  in  E  Flat.         89 

even  indirectly  the  stress  and  agitation,  or  the  in- 
volved psychological  problems  of  our  modern  emo- 
tional life.  It  might  well  be  the  nursery  song  of  any 
modest,  simple-hearted,  German  mother,  whose  r/.cntal 
and  emotional  horizon  is  bounded  by  the  walls  of  her 
village  home,  and  whose  preferences,  as  well  as  duties, 
are  summed  up  in  the  one  ideal  of  selfless  motherhood. 

Who  shall  say  that  Schumann  was  altogether  wrong 
in  this  conception  of  what  the  true  cradle  song  should 
be? 

It  is  a  homelike  picture,  rather  old  fashioned,  per- 
haps, but  possibly  more  restful,  if  less  piquant,  than 
that  of  the  modern  ideal  of  maternity,  which  rocks  the 
cradle  absently  with  one  hand,  while  it  writes  club 
papers  on  Hindu  philosophy  with  the  other. 

At  all  events,  the  work  is  an  excellent  and  helpful 
study  in  sustained  melody  playing,  clear  phrasing,  and 
tranquillity  of  style. 

The  short  middle  movement,  in  the  minor  key, 
gives  scope  for  a  little  more  dramatic  intensity,  with 
its  suggestion  of  the  gathering  darkness  of  the  coming 
night,  pressing  close  against  the  curtained  windows, 
with  its  hint  of  secret  fears  and  lurking  dangers  for 
the  future  of  the  little  life,  now  so  carefully  guarded. 

But  it  is  only  a  passing  thought,  a  brief  vague 
terror  of  the  unknown,  soon  submerged  again  in  the 
soft,  warm  flood  of  love,  which  for  that  peaceful  hour 
fills  the  universe  for  the  heart  of  the  young  mother. 


Schumann's  Vogel  als  Prophet 
(Bird  as  Prophet). 


|HIS  is  one  of  Schumann's  ethereally  deli- 
cate and  fancifully  suggestive  smaller 
numbers,  decidedly  the  best  of  his 
" Forest  Scenes,"  and  a  great  favorite 
with  concert  pianists. 

It  combines  in  a  rare  degree  the 
openly  avowed  realism  of  the  modern 
descriptive  school  of  composition,  and  the  more  subtly 
poetic  romanticism  of  the  earlier  period  of  musical  re- 
formation, if  one  may  so  call  that  reaction  and  revolt 
from  the  old  "cut-and-dried"  traditions  of  form  and 
subject,  and  the  opening  up  of  newer  and  richer  fields 
of  emotional  expression,  and  wider  liberty  of  fancy  in 
musical  creation,  which  took  place  in  the  last  century. 
Schumann,  in  this  work,  gives  us,  not  only  a  most 
dainty  and  fascinating  musical  imitation  of  the  twit- 
tering bubbling  song  of  some  forest  warbler,  perched 
high  in  the  swaying  branches  and  pouring  out  his 
little  heart  in  liquid  golden  notes  like  audible  sun- 
shine, but  goes  a  step  further  into  the  realm  of  mysti- 
cal, imaginative  suggestion,  and  imputes  to  this 
bird-music  a  deeper,  double  meaning,  a  subtler  sig- 

90 


Schumann's  Vogel  als  Prophet.  91 

nificance  of  prophetic  import,  bearing  on  the  life  and 
future  of  the  listener. 

It  is  not  merely  a  bird  that  sings  to  us  in  joyous, 
care-free,  springtime  rapture,  it  is  the  embodied  spirit 
of  the  ancient  wisdom  of  the  forest  that,  in  this  mo- 
ment of  present  gladness,  hints  of  coming  change; 
the  slow  but  inevitable  circle  of  the  years,  foretelling, 
with  prophetic  voice,  the  deadly  frost,  the  falling  leaf, 
the  gathering  gloom  and  silence  of  the  winter  nights, 
when  no  flower  shall  bloom,  no  bird  shall  sing,  and 
warning  the  listening  mortal  that,  for  him  also,  tne 
winter  and  the  night  must  come,  when  joy,  and  love, 
and  life  itself  will  be  for  him  as  a  forgotten  dream. 

It  was  characteristic  of  Schumann,  as  in  fact  of 
every  profoundly  poetic  nature,  to  perceive  this  under- 
tone of  serious  suggestion  in  every  sight  or  sound 
of  nature,  however  seemingly  joyous;  to  find  in  the 
music  of  wind  and  wave,  of  bird  and  bubbling  brook, 
a  half-hidden  prophetic  import,  an  underlying  minor 
tonality,  so  to  speak,  a  throbbing  pulse-beat  of  that 
great  heart  of  nature  which,  through  all  its  transient 
hours  of  deceptively  tranquil  happiness  and  its  brief 
fevered  moments  of  ecstasy,  still  marks  inexorably, 
eternally,  the  time  for  that  dead  march  toward 
dissolution. 

The  idea  is  carried  out  perfectly  in  this  composi- 
tion. The  rippling,  melodious  arpeggio  effects  of  the 
first  subject  unmistakably  simulate  the  bird  music. 
The  slower,  more  sombre  and  pathetic  second  subject 
indicates  the  more  serious  vein  of  thought  and  the 
dark  prophetic  meaning,  perceived  or  imagined  by  the 
listener  to  underlie  the  whole.  The  belief  that  birds 


92         Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

convey  warnings  and  prophecies  to  mankind  in  their 
songs  is  older  than  history.  There  are  constant 
references  to  it  in  the  Nibelungen  Lied  and  other 
ancient  epics,  and  even  our  own  American  Indians 
often  stated  that  "singing  birds"  told  them  of  an 
approaching  storm,  a  fire  in  the  forest,  or  that  a  neigh- 
boring tribe  was  preparing  to  take  the  war  path;  so 
that  Poe  in  his  melancholy  poem  "The  Raven,"  which 
he  calls  "prophet  still,  if  bird  or  devil,"  and  Schumann 
in  this  more  cheerful  composition,  are  but  voicing  in 
modern  art  this  age-old  superstition. 


Some    Familiar    Compositions 
by  Franz  Liszt. 


[HERE  are  very  few  of  Liszt's  composi- 
tions which  are  technically  within  the 
possible  reach  of  the  average  piano 
student,  none  which  may  be  called  easy, 
but  there  is  a  very  limited  group  of 
much  prized,  much  used,  well-nigh 
threadbare  works  of  this  "wizard  of  the 
piano"  which  forms  a  part  of  the  working  repertoire  of 
every  teacher  and  serves  to  introduce  the  pupil  to  the 
peculiar  style  and  special  technical  difficulties  common 
to  Liszt's  productions. 

As  intimated,  they  are  not  easy. 
Billow  once  said,  very  aptly,  of  Liszt:   "The  rest  of 
us  overcome  difficulties,  he  never  found  any."     As  a 
consequence  he  has  little  regard  for  the  mechanical 
limitations  of  other  players. 

But  the  works  referred  to  are  possible  for  advanced 
students. 

Soiree  de  Vienne  No.  6. 
Schubert-Liszt. 

The  narre  Dignifies  evenings  at  Vienna,  and  the  piece 
is  an  elaborate  setting  for  the  piano,  of  one  of  a  set  of 

93 


94         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

simple,  graceful,  charmingly  melodious  waltzes  by 
Schubert,  once  much  in  vogue  in  the  aristocratic 
circles  of  that  second  Paris,  as  dance  music. 

These  waltzes  by  Schubert,  though  simple  and  un- 
pretentious in  form,  give  fullest  expression  to  the  half 
coquettish,  half  tender  mood  of  the  dance  in  those 
early  days  when  the  waltz  was  young  and  still  possessed 
the  charm  of  novelty;  also  to  the  graceful,  yet  viva- 
cious step  and  gliding,  circling  movement  which  they 
were  written  to  accompany. 

They  are  full,  too,  of  dainty  suggestions  of  those 
elegant  Viennese  drawing-rooms,  the  sparkle  of  lights 
and  jewels,  the  fascination  of  bright  costumes,  of 
shifting,  kaleidoscopic  colors,  of  the  flutter  of  laces  and 
ribbons  and  the  witchery  of  smiles  and  glances. 

This  particular  waltz,  in  Liszt's  arrangement  for  the 
piano,  assumes  the  proportions  not  only  of  a  full-devel- 
oped and  well-rounded  concert  solo,  but  also  of  a  com- 
plete and  quite  elaborate  picture  of  a  ball-room  scene, 
drawn  with  the  distinct  personality  of  at  least  two  of 
the  dancers  clearly  portrayed  in  the  introduction,  with 
its  two  strongly  contrasting  themes.  The  first,  a  pom- 
pous passage  in  octaves  and  chords,  seems  to  present 
the  lordly,  self-important  cavalier  in  all  the  splendor  of 
uniform,  gold  lace  and  orders,  an  officer  of  the  Imperial 
guard,  perhaps,  stalwart,  stately,  assertive,  more  than 
sufficiently  impressed  with  his  own  dignity,  and  the 
honor  he  is  conferring  upon  his  prospective  partner; 
while  she,  a  dainty,  exquisite  Viennese  belle,  a  thor- 
oughly equipped  coquette,  fully  mistress  of  herself 
and  the  situation,  is  symbolized  in  the  airy,  capricious 
second  theme.  The  two  pictures  are  as  clearly  drawn 


Some  Familiar  Compositions  by  Liszt.       95 

here  in  tone  as  they  could  be  on  canvas  by  a  master 
painter,  and  the  individuality  of  each  and  the  marked 
contrast  between  them  must  be  strongly  emphasized 
by  the  player.  Then  comes  the  alluring  but  simple 
little  waltz  practically  as  Schubert  wrote  it,  after 
which  the  waltz  melody  is  repeated  entire,  but  this 
time  half  disguised  and  greatly  enhanced  in  beauty 
by  a  continuous  series  of  delicate,  intricate  embellish- 
ments flowing  around  and  among  the  notes  of  the 
melody,  as  light  and  transparent  as  a  fall  of  the  finest 
lace,  or  the  sunlit  spray  of  a  fountain. 

When  played,  the  melody  should  remain  distinct 
to  the  ear,  with  all  its  rhythm,  accents  and  phrasing 
carefully  preserved  and  apparent  through  the  sil- 
very ripple  of  the  embellishments,  like  a  fair  face 
through  the  fluttering  folds  of  a  delicate  veil.  The 
effect,  when  properly  produced,  reminds  one  of  that 
famous  statue  of  the  veiled  bride,  chiseled  from  a 
single  block  of  marble,  in  which  every  line  of  the 
perfect  form,  every  feature,  and  even  shade  of  ex- 
pression, of  the  lovely  face  is  clearly  visible  through 
the  fine  meshes  of  the  long  flowing  bridal  veil  which 
drapes  the  whole. 

The  composition  closes  with  a  clever  Coda  in  which 
the  waltz  theme  and  the  "  leit"  motive  of  the  lady  are 
both  utilized,  and  which  also  includes  one  of  the  long, 
tricky,  chromatic  cadenzas,  the  despair  of  young 
players,  so  common  in  Liszt's  works. 


96         Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 


Liebes  Traum,  No.  3.     Liszt. 

This  is  one  of  the  very  few  original  compositions 
by  Liszt  which  are  at  all  available  for  students,  hence 
is  especially  valuable  to  the  teacher. 

It  is  one  of  a  set  of  lyrics  for  the  piano  entitled 
"Liebes  Traume"  (love  dreams),  in  which  Liszt  en- 
deavored to  express  in  this  musical  form — precisely 
as  a  poet  might  have  done  in  a  group  of  sonnets — his 
idea  of  the  different  kinds  and  phases  of  human  love, 
as  experienced  by  various  individuals,  or  types,  modi- 
fied, in  each  case,  by  the  divergencies  of  temperament, 
education  and  environment. 

The  No.  3  in  A  flat,  which  is  the  best  known  of  the 
set,  deals,  according  to  Liszt's  own  statement,  with 
the  love  of  a  mature  man  in  the  emotional  vigor  of  his 
prime,  a  man  familiar  with  life's  vicissitudes,  its 
struggles  and  disappointments,  its  transient  joys  and 
fleeting  hopes;  a  man  tempered  in  the  fires  of  experi- 
ence, hardened  by  the  constant  bufferings  of  fate,  yet 
preserving  through  all,  in  the  secret  temple  of  his 
inmost  heart,  a  clear  and  deathless  votive  flame  on  the 
altar  of  his  ideals.  He  loves  with  all  the  strength  of 
his  being,  intensely,  profoundly,  passionately,  yet 
with  a  certain  grave  reserve,  a  stern,  self-reliant  dig- 
nity, a  strong,  restraining  grip  on  himself,  determined 
that  the  tidal  wave  of  passion  surging  about  him  shall 
not  overwhelm  his  will  or  disturb  his  mastery  of  the 
situation.  This  intense,  ever-renewed  struggle  be- 
tween the  raging  tide  of  emotion  and  the  rock  of 
dominant  will  is  the  fundamental  idea  of  the  work,  its 


Some  Familiar  Compositions  by  Liszt.      97 

esoteric  significance,  so  to  speak,  but  is  an  element 
not  always  grasped  by  the  casual  listener. 

Superficially  considered,  the  composition  is  a  love 
song  without  words,  mainly  for  baritone  voice,  cast 
in  the  form  of  a  serenade,  with  harp  or  guitar  accom- 
paniment. 

In  the  last  repetition  of  the  melody,  in  the  soprano 
register,  is  introduced  the  suggestion  of  the  sooth- 
ing, tranquilizing  influence  of  the  feminine  element. 

Twice  in  the  course  of  the  work  the  melody  is 
interrupted  by  a  brief  interlude  between  the  verses, 
as  it  would  seem,  giving  us  a  fleeting  glimpse  of  the 
physical  environment,  a  hint  of  the  summer  night 
in  which  the  singer  stands — the  summer  night  with 
its  hush  and  mystery,  its  subtle  perfumes  and  vague 
whisperings,  its  wavering  shadows  and  half-revealing 
star-gleams  and  the  sense  of  indefinite  longing  and 
expectancy,  which  are  its  very  breath. 

The  work  closes  with  a  passage  of  soft,  sweet,  rest- 
ful harmonies,  a  sigh  of  content  in  the  final  fruition  of 
love's  dream. 

The  player  should  avoid  the  common  mistake  of 
accenting  the  running  notes  of  the  accompaniment  in 
triplets  instead  of  in  groups  of  six  as  intended,  which 
destroys  the  effect  and  their  proper  rhythmic  relation 
to  the  melody 

Consolation  No.  6.     Liszt. 

This  is  an  original  composition  from  his  pen,  of 
moderate  difficulty  and  possessing  much  simple  melodic 
charm,  which,  by  its  grave,  tranquil  mood  and  earnest, 

7 


gS        Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

devotional  spirit,  appeals  to  many,  especially  those  of 
a  religious  turn  of  mind.  It  is  one — and  probably  the 
best  one — of  a  set  of  piano  pieces  entitled  "Consola- 
tions" which  were  written,  with  many  other  more 
pretentious  works — all  of  a  distinctly  religious  char- 
acter— during  a  peculiar  episode  in  Liszt's  varied  and 
erratic  career. 

In  1856,  tired  of  the  world,  its  cloying  successes  and 
pleasures,  its  exhausting,  unsatisfying  excitements 
and  dissipations,  and  under  the  domination  of  religious 
enthusiasm — very  genuine  while  it  lasted — Liszt  aban- 
doned for  a  time  his  phenomenally  brilliant  artistic 
career  before  the  public  and  retired  into  monastic 
seclusion  of  the  most  strict  and  rigorous  type  in  the 
Vatican  at  Rome,  where  he  was  the  honored  guest  of 
his  holiness,  the  Pope,  and  for  five  years  devoted  him- 
self to  religious  study,  meditation,  devotional  exer- 
cises and  the  creation  of  serious  compositions  based 
upon  religious  themes,  many  of  them  texts  or  inci- 
dents from  the  Bible,  others  upon  spiritual  experiences 
of  his  own. 

Some  of  his  best  original  works  date  from  this 
period.  (It  was  at  this  time  he  received  the  title 
of  Abbe.)  The  "Consolations"  were  written  at  that 
time.  They  are  small,  comparatively  unimportant 
productions,  but  are  of  considerable  intrinsic  beauty 
and  are  interesting  because  of  the  peculiar  condi- 
tions under  which  they  were  written  and  of  the  un- 
usual spirit  they  embody.  They  are  especially  valuable 
to  the  student  in  that  they  afford  a  glimpse  into  that 
phase  of  the  composer's  life  and  experience. 

The  No.  6,  which  is  the  most  familiar,  expresses 


Some  Familiar  Compositions  by  Liszt.      99 

a  tranquil,  contemplative  twilight  mood,  the  wel- 
come repose  of  a  soul  that  has  found  rest  and  peace 
in  the  Faith  after  the  storms  and  struggles  and  feverish 
agitation  of  a  strenuous  and  not  wholly  sinless  life. 

It  contains  certain  hints  and  echoes  of  bygone 
tempests,  of  doubt  and  rage  and  questionings,  but 
softened  and  subdued  like  the  sound  of  a  distant 
sea,  sobbing  itself  to  sleep  in  some  sheltering  cave 
as  the  hush  of  evening  falls  after  a  wild  day  of  futile 
fury.  But  the  idea  which  forms  the  keynote  of  the 
work  is  final  and  complete  reconciliation. 

Serenade.     Schubert-Liszt. 

Among  Liszt's  most  valuable  contributions  to 
pianoforte  literature  may  be  classed  his  masterly 
arrangements,  as  piano  solos,  of  a  large  number  of 
Schubert's  songs.  Some  of  the  most  famous  of 
these,  like  "Der  Erlkonig,"*  "Auf  dem  Wasser  zu 
Singen,"  "Gretchen  am  Spinnrade"  and  others,  are 
far  beyond  the  reach  of  the  student  and  only  avail- 
able for  a  concert  pianist.  But  there  are  a  few  equally 
beautiful,  though  in  a  more  quiet  vein,  which  may  be 
safely  attempted  by  fourth  and  fifth  grade  pupils,  and 
furnish  excellent  studies  in  tone  production  and 
phrasing. 

First  among  these  is  to  be  mentioned  Schubert's 
world-famous  and  immortally  lovely  "Serenade,"  every 
measure  of  which  is  replete  with  exquisite  tenderness 
and  idealized  passion.  It  is  a  love-song  of  the  warmest 

*  For  full  description  see  Descriptive  Analyses  of  Piano  Works, 
by  same  author. 


loo      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

yet  purest  type,  which  will  speak  to  the  hearts  of  all 
lovers  in  all  lands  and  in  every  age  as  long  as  love 
endures  and  music  remains  its  most  perfect  and  ap- 
propriate language. 

This  will  prove  an  invaluable  study  for  all  who 
recognize  the  fact  that  the  imagination  and  the  emo- 
tional capacity  of  the  player  must  be  developed  as 
carefully  as  his  muscles. 

It  cannot  be  too  frequently  repeated,  or  too  strongly 
emphasized,  that  three  factors  go  to  the  making  of  the 
artistic  pianist — hands,  head  and  heart;  or,  in  other 
words,  technic,  intelligence  and  emotion. 

This  composition  presents  one  serious  difficulty 
to  the  young  player,  viz.:  the  old  puzzling  problem 
of  playing  two  notes  against  three  with  smoothness 
and  accuracy  in  adjusting  the  accompaniment  to  the 
melody.  It  is  not  continuous,  but  occurs  occasion- 
ally all  through  it,  which  is  more  confusing;  but  it 
can  be  solved  with  careful  and  intelligent  study  and  is 
good  mental  training — as  much  so  as  a  problem  in 
algebra. 

Du  Bist  Die  Ruh.     Schubert-Liszt. 

This  is  a  charming  and  comparatively  easy  lyric 
from  the  same  collection  of  Schubert's  songs  tran- 
scribed by  Liszt.  It  also  is  a  love  song,  but  of  a 
tender,  reposeful  character  in  which  the  beloved  is 
apostrophized  as  the  embodiment  of  rest  and  peace, 
the  solace  after  pain,  the  calm  after  storm,  the  twi- 
light dream  of  a  quiet  heaven  after  a  day  of  earth's 
heat  and  hurry  and  fretting  turmoil 


Some  Familiar  Compositions  by  Liszt.    101 

Both  melody  and  accompanying  harmonies  are  won- 
derfully expressive  of  this  soothing,  tranquil  mood — 
the  very  essence  of  perfect  trust  and  ideal  devotion. 
It  is  singular  that  this  exquisite  little  work  is  so  sel- 
dom used.  It  should  be  familiar  in  every  studio. 

Evening  Star.     Wagner-Liszt. 

Another  beautiful  love  lyric  which  Liszt  in  his 
piano  arrangement  has  made  available  for  moder- 
ately advanced  players  is  this  "Evening  Star"  aria 
from  Wagner's  opera  of  Tannhduser. 

It  is  sung  in  the  third  act  of  the  opera  by  Wolfram, 
a  man  of  noble  and  self-sacrificing  nature,  who  secretly 
and  vainly  loves  Elizabeth,  the  heroine,  who  in  turn, 
loves  and  is  beloved  by  Tannhauser,  the  knightly 
minstrel.  Wolfram  and  Tannhauser  have  previously 
taken  part  in  the  famous  singing  contest  at  the  Wart- 
burg,  wherein  each  singer  treats  the  great  theme  of 
love  from  a  different  standpoint,  the  various  expres- 
sions of  the  same  general  idea  making  of  this  scene 
a  profound  psychological  study,  one  of  the  ablest 
manifestations  of  Wagner's  colossal  genius. 

In  this  "Evening  Star"  aria  love  is  extolled  as  the 
highest  and  purest  sentiment  of  the  heart,  enshrined 
within  a  sacred  temple,  remote  from  all  selfish  and 
earthly  considerations;  a  self -forgetting,  self -abas- 
ing reverential  devotion,  to  be  guarded  and  cherished 
with  a  sort  of  religious  ecstacy. 

The  lady  is  symbolized  by  the  bright  but  unat- 
tainable evening  star,  the  guide  and  inspiration  of 
the  singer's  existence. 


IO2       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

The  melody  is  for  baritone  voice,  rich  and  full 
and  warm,  but  subdued  and  dignified,  a  wonderfully 
accurate  expression  of  the  intended  mood. 

It  is,  of  course,  accompanied  by  the  harp,  as  was 
the  case  with  all  the  songs  of  the  minstrels  or  minne- 
singers of  that  early  time,  and  the  harp  effects  are 
simulated,  or  rather,  literally  reproduced,  in  the  piano 
accompaniment. 

Rigoletto  Fantasie.     Verdi-Liszt. 

Every  teacher  knows  the  facile  and  rather  cheap 
possibilities  for  display  afforded  by  this  old — not  to 
say  hackneyed  number — once  a  great  favorite  in  the 
concert  room. 

Any  girl  in  the  fifth  grade,  with  lively  fingers  and 
a  supple  wrist,  can  scramble  through  the  brilliant 
runs  and  toss  off  the  octave  passages  with  which 
this  work  is  so  lavishly  decorated,  in  a  manner  to 
tickle  the  fond  vanity  of  admiring  parents  and  friends 
and  to  score  a  point  for  the  technical  training  re- 
ceived from  her  professor,  which  appears  to  be  in  the 
opinion  of  many  the  sole  purpose  for  which  such 
pieces  exist. 

Nevertheless,  in  spite  of  the  facility  with  which 
it  lends  itself  to  such  use — or  misuse — the  work  is 
not  without  real  musical  merit  and  beauty  of  its 
own  special  sort,  worthy  the  consideration  of  the 
serious  musician. 

It  is  a  fine  specimen  of  a  class  of  pianoforte  works, 
now  practically  obsolete,  but  very  much  in  fashion 
fifty  years  ago,  namely,  the  fantasies  on  operatic  airs, 


Some  Familiar  Compositions  by  Liszt.     103 

scores  of  which  were  written  and  played  by  most  of 
the  leading  pianists  of  that  earlier  day,  and  which 
held  a  high  place  in  popular  favor. 

The  plan  of  construction  was  simple,  demanding 
some  ingenuity,  but  very  little  creative  ability.  It 
was  merely  to  select  and  combine  several  of  the  most 
attractive  melodies  in  a  given  opera,  to  form  a  sort  of 
idealized  medley  more  or  less  cleverly  elaborated  and 
highly  embellished,  according  to  the  ability  of  the 
compiler. 

.The  general  form  of  the  work  and  character  of 
the  ornamentations  had  usually  no  reference  to  any 
dramatic  development  or  logical  sequence  of  ideas, 
the  aim  being  merely  to  present  a  series  of  pleasing 
melodies,  decorated  with  pianistic  fireworks. 

In  the  hands  of  Liszt,  however,  this  class  of  com- 
position, like  all  his  transcriptions,  received  more 
than  the  usual  care  and  finish.  The  melodies  were 
better  chosen  and  better  arranged,  with  some  re- 
gard for  musical  character  and  contrast.  The  har- 
monization was  richer,  fuller  and  more  varied;  the 
embellishments  more  significant  and  effective,  the 
resources  of  the  instrument  more  fully  utilized,  and 
the  result  was  the  production  of  something  more 
nearly  resembling  a  genuine  art  form. 

The  "Rigoletto  Fantasie"  is  one  of  his  best  efforts 
in  this  line,  and  though  its  charm  is  somewhat  super- 
ficial and  sensuous,  as  must  be  admitted,  it  is  real  and 
lasting  of  its  kind. 

The  work  contains  several  fine  bits  of  melody  of 
the  warm,  emotional,  Italian  type,  some  telling  caden- 
zas, and  one  superb  climax  at  the  close. 


IO4      Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

It  is  an  effective  concert  number,  possessing  the 
much  appreciated  merit  of  showing  for  all,  perhaps 
more  than  all,  it  is  worth. 

The  opera  of  Rigoletto,  one  of  the  strongest  pro- 
ductions of  Verdi's  prime,  is  founded  on  that  thril- 
lingly,  pathetically  tragic  drama  by  Victor  Hugo, 
"Le  Roi  s'amuse."  The  plot  is  intensely,  though 
gruesomely  interesting,  but  of  questionable  moral 
trend,  as  it  exemplifies  the  triumphs  of  evil,  and  the 
useless,  hopeless  sacrifice  of  virtue  and  innocence. 

Liszt  has  selected  three  of  the  most  prominent 
and  characteristic  airs  for  the  Fantasie  in  question: 
the  pleading,  seductive  tenor  air  of  the  heartless, 
pleasure-loving  duke;  the  recklessly  rollicking  con- 
tralto melody  of  the  mirthfully  vicious  siren  of  the 
story,  who  is  indirectly  the  cause  of  the  final  tragedy, 
and  the  impassioned  soprano  lament  of  the  heart- 
broken heroine,  ruined,  forsaken,  yet  loving  still 
with  unreasoning  devotion,  who  dies  by  the  dagger 
of  the  hired  assassin,  a  voluntary  sacrifice  to  save  her 
unworthy  lover,  whose  place  she  secretly  takes  at 
the  fatal  moment  when  her  father's  just  vengeance 
was  about  to  be  consummated ;  while  the  duke  escapes, 
unconscious  of  his  peril  or  her  devotion,  a  flippant 
song  on  his  lips. 

These  three  representative  and  strongly  contrast- 
ing melodies  Liszt  has  ingeniously  woven  together, 
closing  with  a  stirring  climax  in  which  the  last  two  re- 
ferred to  are  combined  as  in  the  final  act  of  the  opera. 

To  appreciate  fully  the  mood  of  each  and  to  realize 
the  dramatic  situation,  the  student  should  read  the 
libretto — or  better — the  drama  by  Victor  Hugo. 


Compositions  by  Godard. 


MONG  the  best  modern  teaching  pieces 
of  excellent  musical  quality  but  mod- 
erate difficulty  are  those  which  Godard 
has  contributed  to  the  students'  reper- 
toire. Though  possessing  great  origi- 
nality and  freshness,  both  in  melody  and 
harmonic  treatment,  which  raise  them 
far  above  the  commonplace,  and  introducing  many 
startling  and  novel  effects,  they  do  not,  for  the  most 
part,  belong  to  the  ultra-realistic  modern  French 
school,  but  to  a  somewhat  earlier  style  of  composi- 
tion, in  which  the  element  of  tuneful  melody  still 
predominates.  Despite  his  occasional  digressions  into 
the  realm  of  the  fantastic,  Godard  may  be  said  to  be 
one  of  the  few  who,  to  use  the  words  of  a  Boston 
critic,  "still  remember  that  the  piano  was  once  con- 
sidered a  musical  instrument." 


Second  Mazurka.    Godard. 

His  "  Second  Mazurka  "  is  probably  the  best  known 
and  most  widely  used  of  all  his  compositions,  and 
though  rather  hackneyed  to-day,  will  long  remain  a 
stock  selection  in  the  class-room  and  in  pupils'  recital 

105 


Io6       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

work.  If  well  given  it  is  always  an  interesting  and 
effective  number.  It  contains  some  rather  puzzling 
rhythmic  problems  for  the  student,  a  number  of 
warm,  sensuous,  attractive  melodies,  many  rich  and 
vivid  harmonic  combinations,  and  is  a  fine  study  in 
tone  quality  and  contrast;  the  middle  movement  in 
octaves  and  chords  affords  opportunity  for  arousing 
the  dormant  fire  and  energy  of  the  sleepy,  lackadaisical 
pupil,  who  is  inclined  to  play  everything  as  if  all  music 
were  or  ought  to  be  a  slumber  song. 

The  Mazurka  is  the  characteristic  local  dance  of  the 
Masures  or  Masurvians,  as  they  are  sometimes  called, 
the  peasants  of  one  of  the  former  provinces  of  Poland. 
It  is  a  graceful,  languorous,  coquettish  dance,  con- 
siderably slower  than  the  waltz,  but  with  occasional 
sudden  outbursts  of  fierce  Slavonic  fire  and  passion, 
its  distinguishing  feature  being  that  the  accent  falls, 
generally  speaking,  on  the  second  beat  of  the  measure. 
This  should  be  kept  in  mind  by  the  player  and  this 
rhythmic  peculiarity  made  apparent,  also  the  sudden 
marked  contrasts  of  mood. 

Music  owes  to  Poland  two  of  its  finest,  most  versatile 
and  dignified  dance  forms,  perhaps  more  susceptible 
of  truly  musical  treatment  than  any  of  the  others, 
the  Polonaise  and  the  Mazurka.  Both  are  most 
admirably  exemplified  in  the  works  of  the  leading 
Polish  composer,  Chopin.  The  Polonaise  may  be  con- 
ceived as  representing  the  masculine  Polish  type,  and 
the  Mazurka  the  feminine.  The  Polish  ladies  are 
renowned  for  grace,  charm,  tenderness,  fire  and  fascina- 
tion, beyond  any  other  women  of  Europe,  and  these  are 
all  found  in  the  Mazurka.  Liszt  was  greatly  enamored 


Compositions  by  Godard.  107 

of  the  Polish  Mazurka  as  danced  by  the  Polish  ladies, 
and  much  picturesque  language  concerning  it  may  be 
found  in  his  little  work  on  Chopin,  which  should  be 
read  by  all  v/ho  would  understand  the  true  mood 
and  meaning  of  the  Mazurka  as  seen  "on  its  native 
heath." 


Au  Matin.    Godard. 

Another  number  of  Godard,  also  well  known,  which 
no  well-equipped  teacher  can  afford  to  ignore,  is  the 
4<Au  Matin"  (To  the  Morning).  This  is  technically 
easier  than  the  "Second  Mazurka,"  but  musically  of  a 
higher  grade,  as  finely  finished  a  bit  of  graceful  lyric 
as  can  be  found  on  the  music  shelves. 

The  introductory  measures  simulate  very  literally 
the  distant  chimes  of  matin  bells,  ringing  in  the  new 
day.  Their  soft  notes  sound  far  and  clear  through 
the  hush  of  dawn,  and  seem  like  an  answer  from  the 
pulsing  strings  of  the  great  harp  of  Nature  to  the 
touch  of  Aurora's  rosy  fingers.  These  measures 
should  be  taken  very  slowly  and  ad  libitum,  the  sus- 
tained B  flat  being  allowed  to  vibrate  as  long  as  it 
will,  then  fade  away  into  silence,  like  a  distant  bell, 
while  the  changing  harmonies  below  it  are  kept  very 
subdued. 

Then  the  whole  composition,  with  its  dainty  swingt 
its  sweet  dreamy  melody,  its  soft,  warm,  harmonic 
coloring,  should  be  made  to  suggest  the  freshness,  the 
tender  yet  radiant  beauty  of  the  summer  morning, 
with  the  gentle  sway  of  branches  in  the  light  and 
newly  awakened  breeze,  the  joyous  bird  notes  wel- 


lo8       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

coming  the  growing  golden  light.     It  should  tell,  like 
those  exquisite  lines  of  Lucy  Larcom,  of — 

"The  grace  of  the  bending  grasses, 

The  flush  of  the  dawn-lit  sky, 
The  scent  that  lingers  and  passes, 
When  the  loitering  wind  goes  by." 

At  the  Spinning  Wheel.    Op.  85. 

An  excellent  study  in  finger  technic  and  at  the  same 
time  in  sustained  melody  is  Godard's  "At  the  Spinning 
Wheel,"  which,  though  not  much  used,  is  an  effective 
recital  number. 

Here  we  find  the  usual  device,  a  literal  imitation  of 
the  sound  of  the  spinning  wheel,  in  the  accompaniment, 
and  above  it  the  song  of  the  spinning  maiden,  who  is 
evidently  in  a  mournful  mood.  The  song  is  plaintive 
and  pathetic,  now  tearful,  now  rebellious,  but  always 
with  an  undertone  of  impatient  questioning  of  fate, 
of  restless  longing  and  half-suppressed  pain.  We 
wish  we  might  know  the  personal  history  of  the  singer. 
This  form  of  composition  is  always  interesting  to  an 
audience,  because  easily  comprehended.  The  realistic 
in  music  appeals  far  more  to  the  average  listener  than 
the  emotional  or  the  symbolic,  because  more  readily 
grasped. 

Cavalier  Fantastique.    Godard. 

One  of  the  strongest  things  from  Godard's  pen,  a 
work  very  different  from  the  foregoing,  broad,  heavy, 
dramatic  and  a  fine  study  in  chords  and  octave  play- 
ing, is  the  "Cavalier  Fantastique."  This  is  one  of 


Compositions  by  Godard.  109 

his  departures  into  the  fantastic  referred  to,  but  for 
all  that  a  most  original  and  fascinating  number. 

It  represents  a  knight  of  the  olden  times,  disap- 
pointed in  love  or  defeated  at  arms,  desperate,  reck- 
less, vengeful,  pounding  away  at  headlong  gallop  on 
his  heavily  armored  charger,  across  the  echoing  draw- 
bridge and  down  the  steep,  stony  bridle-path  from 
the  great  forbidding  feudal  stronghold  that  looms  dark 
behind  him,  away  into  the  chill  and  gloom  of  a  winter 
night,  away  and  ever  away,  into  a  world  that  holds 
no  joy,  no  hope,  no  definite  purpose  for  him,  but  to 
escape  what  lies  behind,  his  heart  in  a  flame,  his  brain 
in  a  tumult  of  frenzied  rage.  It  is  a  study  in  black, 
shot  with  lurid  flashes  of  passion  and  a  masterpiece 
of  its  kind.  It  must  be  given  with  limitless  dash  and 
abandon,  and  a  firm  dramatic  quality  of  tone  verging, 
toward  the  close,  on  the  harsh  and  strident.  Though 
short,  it  taxes  to  the  limit  the  strength  and  endurance 
of  the  player. 


L'Indienne,  by  Godard. 


|NE  of  the  strongest,  most  strikingly 
original  compositions  in  Godard's 
" Magic  Lantern"  series,  is  entitled 
"L'Indienne"  (The  Indian).  It  will 
never  become  generally  popular  on 
account  of  its  peculiar  form  and  its 
very  unusual  mood;  but  it  is,  for  these 
very  reasons,  of  great  and  novel  interest  to  musicians. 
It  was  suggested  by  a  remarkably  strange  and  powerful 
picture,  bearing  the  same  title,  by  a  painter,  whose 
name  I  have,  unfortunately,  forgotten  and  cannot 
now  find,  which  was  exhibited  in  a  number  of  galleries 
some  years  ago. 

The  scene  is  a  giant  forest,  of  a  sombre  and  forbidding 
aspect,  writhing  in  the  torturing  grip  of  a  furious 
tempest.  The  great  branches  bend  and  twist  and 
entwine  as  if  in  acute  agony.  The  beholder  can  almost 
hear  them  moaning  and  shrieking  in  their  pain.  The 
monster  trunks  reel  and  shiver  in  the  shock  of  the  blast. 
The  whole  vivid  impression  is  one  of  fierce  turmoil 
and  almost  supernatural  terror. 

Two  figures  in  the  foreground  give  the  needed  touch 
of  human  interest  to  the  scene,  and  the  almost  violent 
contrast  of  an  immovable  calm  in  the  midst  of  that 

no 


L'Indienne,  by  Godard.  in 

wild  agitation — one  in  the  stillness  of  death,  the  other 
in  that  of  frozen  despair.  At  the  foot  of  one  of  the 
mammoth  trees  a  beautiful  Indian  girl  lies  dead  on  a 
rude  bier.  Above  her  a  stalwart  young  brave,  in  full 
war  paint  and  feathers,  stands  motionless,  with  folded 
arms,  gazing  down,  in  wordless,  tearless  sorrow  on 
the  fair,  still  face  of  her  who  was  evidently  his  bride. 

The  wind  plays  mad  pranks  with  his  fluttering 
garments  and  streaming  hair,  threatening  to  tear 
them  from  his  body;  but  he  neither  heeds  nor  knows 
it,  absorbed  in  his  mighty  struggle  with  this  strong, 
unfamiliar  foe,  a  great  grief,  which  grips  him  cruelly, 
but  shall  not  wring  from  the  proud  warrior  the  smallest 
sign  of  weakness.  His  face  is  sternly  set,  his  pose  is 
that  of  a  bronze  statue,  indifferent  to  passing  time  or 
outward  conditions.  The  whole  conception  is  gloomily 
grand,  almost  sinister  in  its  ominous  repose  of  sup- 
pressed passion. 

Godard' s  music  faithfully  and  forcefully  reproduces 
this  impression  of  silent,  sullen  grief,  of  subdued 
power,  of  gloomy,  hopeless,  but  uncomplaining  lone- 
liness; of  elemental  rage,  met  by  passive  resistance, 
by  proud  stoicism.  The  first  theme,  with  its  sombre 
setting,  portrays  the  personality  and  mood  of  the 
warrior;  and,  at  its  repetition  later,  the  storm  effects 
are  introduced  with  startling  realism.  The  composi- 
tion will  prove  of  exceptional  interest  to  those  who 
are  in  search  of  novel  impressions  in  music,  and  to 
whom  the  dramatic  element  in  tonal  art  appeals  more 
strongly  than  mere  sensuous  beauty. 


Trilby,  by  Godard. 


HIS  is  a  most  interesting,  fanciful  and 
strikingly  descriptive  sketch  for  the 
piano,  by  one  of  the  best  modern  French 
composers,  and  an  excellent  example 
of  the  realistic  French  School  of  Com- 
position of  the  present  day.  It  is 
very  little  used,  indeed  hardly  even 
known,  in  this  country,  but  will  be  found  to  be  a 
valuable  study  and  a  grateful  and  attractive  concert 
number,  presenting  a  variety  of  strongly  contrasting 
effects,  some  of  which  are  most  novel  and  original,  and 
appealing  forcefully  to  the  imagination  of  player  and 
listener. 

The  name  "Trilby"  is  somewhat  misleading  to 
most  American  readers — suggesting  at  once  the  story 
of  Trilby  by  Du  Maurier,  which  was  so  universally 
read  and  generally  popular  in  this  country  some  years 
ago,  but  with  which  this  composition  has  absolutely 
no  connection,  beyond  a  chance  similarity  of  name. 

The  legend  of  Trilby,  with  which  it  deals  and  which 

may  be  found  best  told  in  the  exquisitely  poetic  French 

prose  of  Charles  Gautier,  where  Godard  derived  his 

subject  and  inspiration,  is,  briefly  outlined,  as  follows: 

Trilby,  the  fantastic  little  hero  of  the  story,  was  a 

112 


Trilby,  by  Godard.  113 

fire-sprite,  who  dwelt  in  the  cozy  chimney  nook  in  a 
fisherman's  cottage,  on  the  shore  of  a  Highland  loch 
in  Scotland,  back  in  that  vaguely  indefinite  period 
conveniently  designated  by  the  romancers,  as  "once 
upon  a  time."  He  wore  a  variegated  Tartan  plaid  of 
deftly  woven  flames,  and  a  jaunty  little  cap  of  blue 
smoke,  and  used  to  dance  and  frolic  amid  the  flying 
sparks  and  cheery  crackle  of  the  fire,  dance  his  best 
and  prettiest,  and  play  his  winsome  or  mischievous 
pranks  about  the  room  to  attract  the  attention  of  the 
fisherman's  fair  daughter,  who  sat  by  the  evening  fire 
to  spin. 

Poor  little  Trilby,  mere  sprite  though  he  was,  and  a 
very  small  sprite  at  that,  was  very  much  in  love  with 
the  fisherman's  daughter  and  did  his  best  to  win  her 
favor.  But  she  cared  little  enough  for  him.  An 
amused  smile,  such  as  one  gives  to  the  pretty  antics  of 
a  kitten,  or  a  half-playful  scolding  when  he  tangled 
her  thread,  or  unfastened  and  let  down  her  hair,  in  a 
teasing  mood,  was  the  most  she  would  ever  accord 
him,  then  relapse  into  her  fireside  dreams  of  more 
serious  things,  perchance  of  some  mortal  lover.  Then 
Trilby,  in  despair,  would  give  up  his  dancing  and  try 
singing  to  her  a  quaint,  weird,  but  plaintive  little  love 
song  of  Spriteland  origin,  while  the  green  back-log 
hummed  a  low  accompaniment,  and  his  brothers,  the 
sparks,  kept  time  with  their  little  clattering  castanets. 
But  the  song  serves  his  purpose  less  than  the  dance, 
for  it  harmonizes  with  her  grave  thoughts,  and  but 
charms  her  into  deeper  reverie,  so  he  returns  to  his 
dancing. 

At  last,  his  long  awaited  opportunity  comes,  as  he 
8 


1 14      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

thinks,  to  be  of  real  service  to  her  and  insure  her 
gratitude.  Her  father  being  away  at  a  distant  town, 
she  must  herself  attend  to  the  fishing  nets  spread  in 
the  lake  near  by.  So  she  looses  the  skiff  from  its 
moorings  and  puts  off;  but  is  hardly  well  afloat  before 
she  is  caught  in  one  of  those  sudden  violent  mountain 
tempests,  so  common  to  the  Highlands,  which  come 
swooping  down  from  the  peaks  above  like  a  black 
bird  of  prey,  shadowing  the  little  loch  with  its  wings  of 
darkness,  and  arousing  echoes,  that  lie  like  wakeful 
watch-dogs  among  the  crags  and  cliffs  around,  to 
furious  answering  chorus,  with  crash  of  thunder  and 
shriek  of  storm-wind  and  war  of  angry  waves. 

Alone  in  her  tossing  skiff,  at  the  mercy  of  wind  and 
wave,  bewildered  by  the  alternate  gloom  and  lightning 
glare,  our  heroine  was  in  imminent  danger,  when  little 
Trilby  comes  gallantly  to  the  rescue,  in  the  guise  of  a 
will  o'  the  wisp;  still  in  keeping  with  his  character,  he 
dances  across  the  foaming  billows  to  her  side,  gives 
her  the  much  needed  light  and  half  guides,  half  draws 
the  boat  back  to  its  moorings,  and  she  is  saved.  Then 
he  accompanies  her  back  to  the  cottage,  singing  again 
his  pathetic  little  love  song,  while  the  storm,  its  brief 
fury  spent,  recedes  into  the  distance,  the  mutterings  of 
its  baffled  rage  dying  away  behind  the  encircling  hills. 

Trilby  now  expects  gratitude,  if  not  affection.  But 
no.  Again  he  is  to  be  disappointed.  She  thinks  that, 
being  a  sprite,  he  has  control  of  the  elements,  and  that 
the  storm  is  only  one  of  his  tricks,  called  up  especially 
to  frighten  her,  and  give  himself  the  chance  for  seem- 
ingly heroic  rescue,  for  the  purpose  of  securing  her 
gratitude.  She  is  very  indignant  and  vows  that  she 


Trilby,  by  Godard.  115 

will  endure  his  persecution  no  longer.  So  she  goes  at 
once  for  the  good  priest  of  the  district,  who  soon  comes 
with  his  sacred  book  and  symbols,  his  muttered 
formulas  and  his  cruel  holy-water,  and  exorcises  poor 
little  Trilby  from  his  safe  cozy  nook  in  the  warm 
chimney,  and  drives  him  out  into  the  cold,  dark  forest, 
where  he  dies  of  damp  and  chill  and  loneliness. 

This  composition  treats  the  story  in  three  distinct 
and  very  realistic  movements.  First,  the  dance  among 
the  flames,  spritely,  sparkling,  piquant,  yet  dainty  and 
fantastic,  which  is  twice  repeated.  Second,  the  love 
song,  full  of  novel,  fascinating  and  plaintive  beauty, 
and  the  more  odd  and  uncanny,  for  being  written  in 
five-four  time,  one  of  the  very  few  really  artistic  and 
musical  examples  of  this  extremely  unusual  rhythm 
in  piano  literature.  Third,  the  tempest,  brief  but 
exceedingly  strong  and  graphic,  with  its  most  realistic 
thunder,  its  shuddering  chromatic  progressions,  veri- 
tably darkness  made  audible,  and  its  ominous  receding 
whisper  at  the  close,  like  threats  of  future  vengeance. 
Trilby's  last,  short,  flurried,  terrified  attempt  to 
repeat  his  old  fire-dance  before  he  is  relentlessly 
driven  off  up  the  chimney,  is  touching  in  its  half 
pathetic,  half  humorous  suggestiveness. 

The  whole  is  fanciful  in  the  extreme  and  admirably 
in  keeping  with  the  playful,  tender  mood  of  the  legend 
as  given  in  the  French  version  of  M.  Gautier. 


Pan's  Flute,  by  Godard 


HIS  is  a  small  but  daintily  exquisite 
composition,  cleverly  embodying  the 
idea  suggested  by  the  name.  Pan,  it 
will  be  remembered,  was  the  Greek 
god  of  Nature,  the  special  divinity  of 
field  and  forest,  of  pastoral  life  and 
rustic  scenes  and  pleasures.  He  was 
also,  according  to  Greek  mythology,  the  inventor  of 
the  flute,  or  shepherd's  pipe,  and  the  first  of  the  world's 
great  players  upon  this  typically  pastoral  instrument. 
Hence  the  frequent  references  to  the  pipe  of  Pan,  so 
familiar  to  readers  of  classic  literature.  He  was  sup- 
posed to  be  specially  enamored  of  the  nymph,  "Echo," 
the  most  coy  and  unapproachable  of  all  the  fair  denizens 
of  mountain  and  forest,  and  it  is  intimated  that  her 
fondness  for  sweet  sounds  and  readiness  to  respond 
to  them  first  gave  him  the  idea  and  incentive  for  the 
devising  of  this  instrument,  by  means  of  which  he 
might,  like  the  birds,  do  his  wooing  in  melody.  This 
little  composition  purports  to  be  one  of  Pan's  capricious 
improvisations;  the  accompaniment,  in  slow,  repose- 
ful, yet  sonorous  chords,  soft  but  rich,  and  of  very 
ingenious  harmonic  texture,  symbolizes  the  forest, 
on  the  edge  of  which  we  may  fancy  him  standing, 

116 


Pan's  Flute,  by  Godard.  117 

just  at  evening,  gazing  across  toward  the  hillside  home 
of  his  beloved  Echo;  the  forest,  with  its  dark,  restful 
depths,  its  dreaming  shadows  and  the  occasional 
organ-like  swell  of  its  solemn  voice  when  stirred  in  its 
slumber  by  the  passing  wind.  Above  this  accompani- 
ment, delicate,  but  distinct  in  the  right  hand,  Pan's 
flute  piping  its  dainty  pastoral  melody,  fitfully  at  first, 
as  if  experimenting  with  his  new-found  instrument 
in  various  keys  and  registers;  then,  in  fuller,  swifter 
cadences,  as  assurance  grows  and  with  it  the  desire 
to  win  an  answer  from  the  faint,  sweet  voice  so  fondly 
awaited.  In  this  he  would  seem,  in  a  measure,  success- 
ful, as  hinted  by  the  soft,  reiterated,  echo-like  sequences 
at  the  close. 

In  this  connection  I  have  a  suggestion  to  make  to 
the  many  earnest,  conscientious  teachers  in  small 
communities,  struggling  patiently  with  a  class  of  not 
overly  well-endowed  pupils,  who  have  had  few  ad- 
vantages for  general  musical  culture,  and  with  a  busy, 
superficial  and  rather  indifferent  public. 

Plan  a  series  of  informal  pupils'  recitals,  with  brief 
programs,  each  devoted  to  some  particular  composer. 
Now  do  not,  in  a  frenzy  of  enthusiasm  for  educating 
the  public,  begin  with  an  entire  program  of  Bach 
fugues,  to  be  followed  the  next  week  by  five  Beethoven 
sonatas,  administered  without  a  word  of  enlighten- 
ment. If  you  do,  your  audience  will  not  survive  to  the 
third  meeting;  your  course  will  come  to  an  untimely 
end,  and  you  will  not  have  accomplished  your  pur- 
pose, but  will  instead  have  given  your  patrons  a  prac- 
tical demonstration  of  their  own  previously  vague 
theories  that  classical  music  is  always  a  bore. 


Il8       Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

Select  some  always  standard  and  meritorious  but 
rather  comprehensible  and  melodic  composer,  like  God- 
ard.  Take,  for  instance,  six  of  the  compositions  enum- 
erated above  and  give  them  in  the  following  order: 
i,  The  Mazurka;  2,  Au  Matin;  3,  Spinning  Song;  4, 
Trilby;  5,  Pan's  Flute;  6,  Cavalier  Fantastique. 
Write  yourself  a  brief,  but  graphic  and  interesting, 
sketch  of  the  composer  and  his  work,  which  you  will 
either  read  yourself  as  prelude  to  the  program,  or 
have  read  by  some  pupil  who  has  a  pleasant  voice, 
good  enunciation  and  intelligent  delivery.  Then  pre- 
cede each  of  the  selections  rendered  by  the  pupils 
with  a  short  description  such  as  I  have  written,  or 
other  and  better  ones  if  you  have  them  at  hand. 

You  will  find  such  a  lecture-recital  much  more  of  a 
success  with  your  audience  than  the  ordinary  miscel- 
laneous, incoherent,  indigestible  pupils'  program. 
Give  such  recitals  as  often  as  you  yourself  can  pre- 
pare the  sketches  and  your  pupils  the  pieces,  present- 
ing a  new  composer  each  time.  In  this  way  you  will 
do  much  to  arouse  the  interest  and  enthusiasm  of  your 
students  and  to  keep  them  at  their  practice  faith- 
fully, and  you  will  find  that  you  have  insinuated  una- 
wares into  your  public  much  information  concerning 
pianoforte  literature  and  many  miscellaneous  musical 
ideas.  Occasionally  you  will  have  the  satisfaction  of 
awakening  a  taste  for  music  and  love  of  it  hitherto 
dormant.  All  of  which  makes  for  general  musical 
culture  in  a  community,  and  lightens  the  labors  and 
increases  the  success  of  the  music  teacher. 


Schytte's  Compositions  as 
Teaching  Material 


MONG  the  romantic  composers  of  the 
present  day,  or  the  recent  past,  none 
offers  to  the  musical  world  a  richer, 
more  varied  selection  of  genuinely 
meritorious  small  compositions,  avail- 
able for  teaching  purposes,  than 
Schytte. 

Though  Scandinavian  by  birth  and  early  education, 
he  has  none  of  the  distinctively  Norse  characteristics 
so  pronounced  in  Grieg;  none  of  the  weird,  grotesque 
suggestions  of  winter-midnight  dreams  of  troll  and 
werewolf,  which  one  might  expect  to  find  in  his  music 
as  a  sort  of  racial  birthmark;  neither  has  he  the  strik- 
ing, bizarre  originality  and  odd  piquancy  of  his  popular 
French  contemporary,  Godard;  but  he  has  more 
breadth  and  versatility,  more  melodic  spontaneity 
than  either. 

Like  that  of  Rubinstein,  his  music  may  be  said  to  be 
cosmopolitan,  rather  than  national  or  strongly  indi- 
vidual. 

His  family  is  said  to  have  originally  come  from 
Finland.  The  Finns  are  of  pure,  though  very  early, 

119 


I2O       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

Aryan  stock,  a  division  of  that  race  which  began 
its  migrations  even  prior  to  the  Celts,  but  resembling 
them  more  nearly  than  they  do  the  Teutons  or  the 
Slavs. 

This  fact,  if  it  be  such,  coupled  with  his  thorough 
German  musical  training,  would  account  for  the  lack 
of  Norse  traits  in  his  productions,  as  also  for  the  notable 
leaning  toward  the  fairly  conservative  German  school 
in  his  work. 

Nevertheless,  his  creations,  though  neither  vividly 
local  in  color  nor  narrowly  personal  in  tone,  possess  an 
originality  and  freshness  all  their  own  and  show  a 
mastery  of  form  and  a  command  of  melodic  and  har- 
monic material  manifested  by  few  modern  writers. 

The  following — selected  from  among  his  easier  things 
— will  be  found  of  special  interest  to  the  teacher. 

At  Evening.    Schytte. 

This  is  a  pure  lyric,  warm,  exquisitely  melodious, 
and  sensuously  beautiful,  though  somewhat  sad.  It  is 
more  difficult  for  young  players  than  at  first  appears, 
in  spite  of  its  seeming  simplicity,  on  account  of  the  in- 
terlocking and  occasionally  interrupted  figures  of  the 
accompaniment,  but  it  is  a  fine  study  in  sustained 
melody  playing  and  dynamic  balance  of  parts. 

The  mood  is  distinctly  different  from  that  in  the  well- 
known  Des  Abends  by  Schumann,  although  both  deal 
with  the  quiet,  dreamful,  evening  hour  and  are  full  of 
its  subtle  tenderness  and  veiled  pathos.  In  this,  the 
composer  has  evidentlv  in  mind  a  still,  hazy  evening 
in  September,  with  its  sense  of  vague  depression,  its 


Schytte's  Compositions  as  Teaching  Material.  121 

faint  floating  odors  of  fading  flowers  and  falling  leaves, 
with  the  feeble  breath  of  the  dying  summer  just  stirring 
the  branches,  and  Nature's  pulses  perceptibly  slowing 
down  for  the  long  winter's  sleep.  An  hour  when  one 
half  unconsciously  sighs  for  the  ' 'might  have  been," 
recalling  the  fair  blossoms  of  hope,  now  faded,  and  one's 
thoughts — like  withered  leaves — drift  aimlessly  on  the 
sluggish  current  of  memory.  The  closing  measures  are 
an  unmistakable  good-bye  to  the  long,  soft  summer 
days. 

Forest  Elves.    Schytte. 

In  notable  contrast  to  the  foregoing  is  the  bright, 
playful,  capricious  Wald  Elfen,  full  of  sparkling  fun 
and  dainty  tricksy  roguery,  a  scherzo  of  the  most 
perfect  type.  Here  we  have  the  elves  at  their  mid- 
night frolic  in  the  cool,  darksome  glades  of  the  forest, 
while  a  silver  shower  of  moonbeams,  falling  through 
the  leaves,  works  a  shifting  fairy  patchwork  on  the 
mossy  carpet  and  the  "horns  of  Elfland,  faintly  blow- 
ing," mark  the  time  for  the  steps  of  the  mazy  dance. 
This  is  a  splendid  study  in  combined  lightness  and 
accuracy,  one  of  the  most  difficult  achievements  of 
piano-playing.  It  demands  great  speed,  without  ap- 
parent hurry;  the  utmost  crispness  and  lightness  of 
touch,  united  with  certainty  and  flexibility.  Above 
all,  a  perfect  control  of  motor  nerves  and  muscular 
mechanism.  The  player  must  be  as  the  music  should 
sound,  intensely  vitalized,  keenly,  joyously  alive,  yet 
perfectly  cool.  There  must  be  no  feverish  flurry, 
no  nervous  slighting  of  notes,  or  fearsome  stiffening 
of  muscles.  The  apparent  careless  effervescence  of 


122       Stories  ot  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

hilarious  spirits  must  be  carefully  studied  and  intelli- 
gently, though  not  apparently,  controlled. 

Berceuse  (Cradle  Song).  Schytte. 

One  of  the  most  melodically  beautiful  and  charmingly 
winsome  compositions  by  Schytte,  or  any  composer 
since  Chopin,  is  the  Berceuse.  With  the  exception  of 
the  inimitable  and  exquisite  Chopin  Berceuse,  I  regard 
this  as  far  the  best  cradle  song  ever  written  for  the 
piano.  It  is  perfect  in  form  and  detail. 

The  swaying  rhythm  of  the  accompaniment  suggests 
throughout  the  rocking  cradle,  the  soothing  yet 
sensuous  melody  breathes  the  warmth  and  tenderness 
of  maternal  love,  the  peace  and  quiet  of  the  summer 
twilight;  while  a  certain  rich  glow  and  passionate 
fervor  in  the  harmonic  coloring  stir  the  imagination, 
engendering  the  idea  that  the  environment  is  tropical 
and  Oriental,  the  scene  some  vine-wreathed  villa  in  a 
rose  garden  of  the  far  East,  the  singer  perhaps  a  fair 
Georgian,  whose  flowing  garments  and  loosened  hair 
exhale  the  scent  of  myrrh  and  sandalwood,  whose  voice 
has  caught  the  melting  cadences  from  the  tones  of  the 
nightingale,  and  whose  dreams  of  the  future  of  her 
child  are  woven  of  the  fervid  tints,  the  intoxicating 
perfumes,  of  the  only  world  she  knows.  Her  song, 
like  her  emotions,  is  simple,  but  intense. 

The  utmost  warmth  and  richness  of  tone  quality 
is  here  demanded— full,  deep,  but  velvet  soft;  a  tone 
like  the  heart  of  a  crimson  rose. 


Schytte's  Compositions  as  Teaching  Material.  123 


Across  the  Steppes.  Schytte. 

This  is  a  composition  by  Schytte  which  is  compara- 
tively little  known,  but  is  one  of  the  most  useful  for 
teaching  purposes  and  one  of  the  most  original  of  his 
smaller  works,  also  a  study  in  rapid,  sustained  wrist 
movement  and  a  fine  recital  number. 

The  Russian  steppes  are  to  our  prairies  what  the 
North  Sea  is  to  Lake  Champlain, — vast,  sombre,  storm- 
swept,  enveloped  much  of  the  year  in  almost  perpetual 
darkness. 

The  rider  must  be  imagined,  not  as  a  cow-boy,  or  a 
sporting  gentleman  from  New  York,  but  as  a  Tartar 
horseman,  in  the  red  and  black  uniform  of  the  race. 

The  ride  is  a  fast  and  furious  gallop  over  the  Russian 
steppes,  a  dash  for  life  into  the  frost-laden  wind  from 
the  Ural  Mountains. 

The  rider  is  born  to  the  saddle  and  seems  a  part  of  his 
wild,  half -broken  steed,  for  he  is  a  son  of  that  race  whose 
ancestors,  far  back  in  the  dim  mythological  past, 
originated  in  the  minds  of  the  Greeks  the  legend  of  the 
Centaur, — that  fierce,  fighting  animal  from  the  northern 
wilds,  half  man,  half  horse,  one  and  indivisible. 

He  rides  at  break-neck  speed,  savagely,  sullenly,  his 
heart  filled  with  a  sombre  fatalistic  mood,  as  dark  as  the 
night  that  closes  in  around  him. 

This  work  demands,  and  develops,  a  strong,  supple 
wrist.  It  must  be  given  with  an  impetuous  abandon 
of  style,  much  needed  by  certain  pupils,  and  always 
very  effective  with  an  audience. 


124       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 


Allegro  from  Sonata,  Op.  53.    Schytte. 

This  is  a  much  broader,  more  pretentious  work  than 
any  thus  far  referred  to.  In  fact,  it  is  a  fully  developed 
sonata  of  considerable  magnitude,  only  to  be  handled 
successfully  by  advanced  players.  For  such,  it  will 
well  repay  careful  study,  especially  the  first  movement. 
It  is  rich  in  musical  content,  and  shows  masterly  skill 
in  thematic  development.  It  has,  moreover,  a  most 
interesting  literary  background. 

It  is  founded  on  the  old  mythological  epic  of  Finland, 
probably  the  oldest  epic  poem  in  existence,  only 
recently  translated  into  English,  the  Kalevala.  Inci- 
dentally it  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  Kalevala  is  in 
form  and  rhythm  identical  in  every  particular  with 
Hiawatha,  and  the  claim  has  been  made  that  the  latter 
was  a  deliberate  plagiarism  on  the  part  of  Longfellow, 
but  that  is  irrelevant  here. 

The  allegro  deals  only  with  a  part  of  the  poem, 
namely,  the  Rune  entitled  The  Fate  of  Aino.  She, 
according  to  the  legend,  was  the  sister  of  Youkahainen, 
the  hero,  poet  and  magician  of  Lapland.  He,  in 
over-confidence,  challenged  to  mortal  combat,  with 
the  magic  weapons  of  enchantment  and  incantation, 
the  old  and  famous  champion  of  Finland  (also  equipped 
as  soldier,  magician,  and  poet),  and  was  completely 
overthrown  and  found  himself  sinking  deeper  and 
deeper  in  the  freezing  morass,  under  the  relentless 
spells  of  his  conqueror,  till  only  his  head  remained  in 
sight. 

In  vain  he  offered  all  his  worldly  goods  for  life  and 


Schytte's  Compositions  as  Teaching  Material.  125 

relief,  till  in  despair  he  bethought  him  of  his  sister, 
the  lovely  Aino,  fairest  of  the  Lapland  maidens.  Her 
he  offers  as  bride  to  his  tormentor,  Wainamoinen,  the 
old,  grizzled,  but  formidable  wizard  of  Finland,  and 
the  bride  is  accepted.  Youkahainen  is  released  and 
hastens  home  to  make  known  his  defeat,  and  prepare 
the  sacrifice,  while  Wainamoinen  follows  more  slowly, 
with  pomp  and  splendor,  to  claim  his  bride.  Aino, 
at  his  approach,  terrified  and  despairing,  flies  to  the 
white  temple  of  the  sea-god  on  a  rock  in  the  sea  and 
prays  to  the  god  for  protection.  He,  in  answer,  sends 
an  earthquake,  and  the  rock  and  the  maiden  sink  to 
the  bottom  of  the  sea  with  crashing  of  thunder  and 
mighty  surging  of  billows : — 

"With  a  crash  and  roar  of  waters 
Falls  the  stone  of  many  colors, 
Falls  upon  the  very  bottom 
Of  the  deep  and  boundless  blue-sea, 
With  the  stone  of  rainbow  colors 
Falls  the  weeping  maiden  Aino. 
Sleeping  on  the  very  bottom, 
In  the  caverns  of  the  salmon, 
There  to  be  the  mermaid's  sister, 
And  the  friend  of  nimble  fishes." 

This  short  quotation  from  the  Kalevala  gives  the  mood 
and  the  rhythm  of  the  ancient  poem,  supposed  to  be 
more  than  three  thousand  years  old. 

The  bold,  pompous  character  of  the  opening  theme 
of  the  sonata  indicates  the  triumphant  approach  of 
the  victorious  bridegroom,  his  pride  and  power,  and 
the  tramp  of  the  score  of  reindeers  which  draw  his 
magnificent  sleigh. 

The  plaintive  second  theme  tells  of  the  sorrow  of 
Aino  and  her  friends,  and  later  of  the  united  lament  of 


ia6       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

the  sea  and  forest;  while  the  great  ponderous  climax 
portrays  unmistakably  the  thunder  crash  of  the  ca- 
tastrophe, which  rescues,  by  destroying  the  heroine. 

The  story  is  not  told  consecutively  in  the  music,  or 
with  definite  sequence  of  events  in  detail,  but  the  ele- 
ments are  all  brought  vividly  before  us. 

The  two  remaining  movements  of  the  Sonata,  Inter- 
mezzo and  Finale,  are  musically  inferior  to  the  Allegro 
and  are  rarely  played. 


Nevin's  Compositions. 


The  Narcissus.  Nevin. 

MONO  Nevin's  compositions  for  piano, 
the  Narcissus  undoubtedly  stands  first, 
on  account  of  a  certain  rhythmic  swing 
and  easy  flow  of  melody,  which  give  it  a 
semi-popular  air,  sometimes  misleading 
to  musicians  in  their  estimate  of  its  real 
merit.     It    has    the    direct    unaffected 
sweetness  and  classic  simplicity  of  a  Greek  pastoral, 
quite  in  harmony  with  the  old  familiar  legend  from 
which  its  name  is  derived. 

In  the  golden  days  when  myths  were  born  of  the 
first  love  between  man's  imagination  and  the  charms 
of  Nature,  a  youth  of  surpassing  beauty,  wandering  by 
the  side  of  a  quiet  stream,  saw  for  the  first  time  his  own 
reflection  in  the  mirror-like  depths  of  the  water.  lie 
supposed  it  to  be  the  face  of  a  water  nymph,  fell  deeply 
in  love  with  it,  and  lingered  there  day  after  day  to 
watch  and  woo,  until  he  died  of  love  and  longing. 

From  his  grave  upon  the  bank  sprang  the  first  Nar- 
cissus flower,  named  for  him.  Its  pure  delicate  white 
and  gold  loveliness,  its  sweet  seductive  perfume,  have 
insured  it  a  place  in  the  hearts  of  all  races  in  all  ages,  as 

127 


128       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

the  symbol  of  a  love  stronger  than  life  itself.  A  later 
Greek  legend  tells  us  that  it  was  while  gathering  the 
narcissus  or  asphodel  that  Persephone,  daughter  of 
Ceres,  was  captured  and  borne  away  to  the  infernal 
regions  to  be  the  bride  of  Pluto.  India  and  China 
revered  the  narcissus.  The  Egyptians  placed  wreaths 
of  it  about  the  embalmed  dead,  so  that  even  now 
when  a  mummy  is  opened,  a  dried  wreath  of  narcissus 
is  sometimes  found  about  its  neck,  the  flowers  of  which 
bloomed  more  than  two  thousand  years  ago. 

The  Romans  crowned  their  gods  with  garlands  ol 
narcissus  and  even  the  war- like  Mohammed  writes  in  the 
Koran:  "He  that  has  two  cakes  of  bread,  let  him  sell 
one  of  them  for  flowers  of  the  narcissus:  for  bread  is 
food  for  the  body,  but  the  narcissus  is  food  for  the  soul." 

In  feudal  days  the  narcissus  stood  for  chivalry,  as 
with  the  orientals  in  prehistoric  ages  it  stood  for  im- 
mortality. The  British  corrupted  the  ancient  name 
asphodel  into  Affodyle  and  then  Daffodil,  which  desig- 
nates today  a  certain  type  of  narcissus  in  England  and 
America. 

Nevin,  in  his  charming,  sweet,  simple  little  work,  has 
embodied  certainly  the  spiritual  essence  if  not  the  actual 
story  of  the  Greek  myth,  and  it  deserves  a  place  in 
piano  literature  with  Mendelssohn's  Spring  Song  and 
Schumann's  Traumerei,  even  though  he  was  "only  an 
American." 

The  Barcarolle.    Nevin. 

This  composition,  from  the  same  set  as  the  Narcissus, 
though  by  no  means  so  widely  known,  deserves  especial 


Nevin's  Compositions.  129 

mention.  It  is  a  graceful,  smoothly  flowing,  win- 
somely  melodious  work  of  no  great  difficulty,  and  is 
without  doubt  the  best  thing  of  its  kind  yet  written 
by  an  American,  not  equalling,  it  is  true,  but  closely 
approaching,  in  beauty,  realistic  effects  and  finished 
perfection,  the  famous  Barcarolles  by  Rubinstein. 

The  Barcarolle,  from  Barca,  a  boat,  is  the  Neapolitan 
boatman's  song,  with  the  rhythmic  accompaniment  of 
oars  and  murmur  of  the  waves.  The  swing  and  splash 
of  the  oars,  the  rocking  of  the  boat,  the  soft  ripple  of 
the  placid  water,  are  all  deftly  simulated  in  Nevin's 
composition;  while  the  melody,  though  not  so  dis- 
tinctively Italian  in  character  as  in  Rubinstein's  works 
of  this  type,  is  eminently  suggestive.  It  depicts  a 
calm,  lovely  moonlight  scene  on  the  blue  Vesuvian  bay, 
where  happy  lovers  glide  and  dream,  as  if  storm  and 
disaster,  whether  on  southern  seas  or  in  the  emotional 
tides  of  the  heart,  were  things  unknown  and  impossible. 

The  Dragon  Fly.    Nevin. 

Another  exquisite  little  musical  sketch  from  Nevin's 
hand  is  the  Dragon  Fly,  a  fantastic  composition,  full  of 
sparkle  and  dainty  witchery,  suggesting  the  capricious 
flight  of  this  erratic  wanderer,  flashing  hither  and 
thither,  skimming  the  surface  of  a  shallow  stream,  in 
pursuit  of  who  knows  what  elfish  sport  or  purpose. 

The  music  is  thoroughly  representative  in  its  playful 
vagaries,  and  as  bright  and  rapid  as  the  scintillations  of 
swift  iridescent  wings.  The  piece  is  more  difficult  than 
the  others  mentioned,  and  requires  a  light  crisp  touch 
and  easy,  fluent  technic.  In  this  respect  it  is  in  the 
9 


130       Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

same  class  with   Grieg's   Butterfly  and  Schumann's 
Bird  as  Prophet. 

The  Love  Song.    Nevin. 

This  little  work  for  piano  is  invaluable  as  a  study  of 
tone  production  and  phrasing.  It  is  one  of  Nevin' s  best 
lyrics,  a  love  song  in  a  broad,  grave,  manly  vein,  emo- 
tional, warm  and  impassioned,  without  becoming 
violent  or  hysterical. 

It  sings  the  love  of  a  deep  strong  but  well-poised 
nature,  faithful  and  true  but  devoid  of  frenzy,  like  a  fire 
that  would  warm  and  brighten  a  life,  without  consuming 
it.  It  demands  a  quality  of  tone  like  that  of  the  'cello, 
deep,  rich  and  resonant  but  never  explosive. 

In  My  Neighbor's  Garden.   Nevin. 

This  is  one  of  Nevin's  most  fascinating  and  thankful 
compositions  for  the  piano  and  but  surprisingly  little 
used.  It  is  constructed  on  the  plan  of  the  Chopin 
Impromptus,  with  a  rapid  sparkling  first  movement, 
and  a  slow  pathetic  minor  trio  or  rather  interlude,  for  it 
is  hardly  long  enough  to  be  properly  designated  as  trio. 

The  opening  movement  is  full  of  rustling  leaves, 
fluttering  wings,  and  silvery  bird  notes,  the  very  breath 
of  the  spring  garden  and  the  jubilant  ecstasy  of  mating 
birds. 

In  the  interlude  the  mood  changes  suddenly  to  one  of 
pensive  depression  and  lonely  longing.  Evidently  there 
is  something  lacking  in  that  spring,  some  presence 


Nevin's  Compositions.  131 

missing  in  that  garden.  The  flowers  and  birds  seem  a 
sad  mockery  to  the  hungry  heart. 

But  the  sun  shines  on,  the  bright  blossoms  nod  to  the 
passing  breeze,  the  bird's  wild  rapture  continues,  and 
the  mood  of  Nature  dominates  the  personal  grief  in  a 
repetition  of  the  first  movement  with  some  slight 
modifications;  and  the  piece  ends  in  a  fountain- like 
spray  of  joyously  ascending  notes,  like  an  irrepressible 
spring  of  gladness. 

A  facile  dexterous  finger  technic  is  absolutely  essential 
for  this  work,  which  is  tricky  and  difficult,  but  must 
sound  easy. 


Miscellaneous  Modern 
Compositions. 


MID  the  mass  of  mostly  insignificant  com- 
positions with  which  scores  of  would-be 
composers  are  flooding  the  market,  there 
is  occasionally  one  that  stands  forth 
with    bold,    commanding  individuality 
like  a  giant  among  pigmies ;    composi- 
tions of  real  solid  worth  and  originality, 
with  something  new  and  forceful  to  say  for  themselves 
as  an  excuse  for  being. 

These  exceptional  products  come,  not  from  any  one 
pen  or  nation,  but  seem  to  be  sporadic  growths  in  our 
overworked  latter-day  musical  soil,  where  the  all  too 
abundant  crop  runs  mostly  to  excessive  leafage  rather 
than  to  fruit.  This  is  an  age,  not  of  genius  but  of 
generally  diffused  ability,  of  what  Walt  Whitman 
democratically  extols  as  "divine  averages,"  which 
means  widespread  but  mediocre  achievement,  especially 
along  all  lines  of  artistic  creation.  The  technic  of 
composition,  like  that  of  piano  playing,  has  become 
in  a  manner  of  speaking  common  property.  Almost 
any  one  can  write  music,  but  few  can  write  something 
worth  writing,  and  they  not  always  nor  often. 

132 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      133 

The  works  referred  to  result  from  the  specially 
stimulated  efforts  of  exceptional  men  in  exceptional 
moments.  They  mark  the  extreme  high-water  line 
of  the  rare  flood-tides  in  such  men's  experiences,  not 
their  normal  level.  It  is  worthy  of  note,  in  view  of 
the  abuse  which  is  lavished  upon  the  taste  and  percep- 
tion of  the  general  public,  how  quickly  and  how 
almost  universally  such  efforts  are  appreciated  and 
such  productions  welcomed  by  the  musical  world. 

Rachmaninoff.  Prelude,  Op.  3,  No.  2. 

This  is  one  of  the  strongest  productions  of  the  new 
Russian  school,  Slavonic  to  its  very  marrow,  original  in 
every  line,  mighty  with  the  untamed,  uncompromising 
passions  of  a  newly  wakened,  half -barbaric  race,  vital 
with  the  essence  of  a  tremendous  historic  situation. 

The  scene  is  Moscow,  the  proud,  the  vanquished, 
in  the  midst  of  its  illimitable  snow-clad  plains,  in  the 
first  depressing  gloom  of  the  long  winter  night;  its 
desolate  streets  resounding  to  the  stern  tread  of  Napo- 
leon's victorious  troops;  Moscow,  suddenly  ablaze  in 
every  part,  the  torch  applied  by  the  hands  of  its 
fiercely  sullen  inhabitants;  its  costly  palaces,  its  cosy 
homes,  its  vast  accumulation  of  military  stores  con- 
suming to  ashes,  and  Napoleon's  long  cherished,  all 
but  fulfilled  hope  of  safety  and  comfort  for  his  vast 
army  through  the  long  winter,  on  which  he  has  staked 
his  all,  going  up  in  smoke  before  his  eyes,  and  leaving 
four  hundred  thousand  invading  Frenchmen  without 
food  or  shelter  in  the  heart  of  a  frozen  desert;  while 
the  ponderous  deep-throated  bell  of  the  Kremlin, 


134       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

sounding  the  alarm,  booms  on  above  the  rush  and  roar 
of  the  flames,  the  crash  of  falling  buildings,  the  shrieks 
of  the  wounded,  burned  alive  in  the  hospitals,  and  all 
the  confused  terror  and  frenzy  of  destruction. 

Through  it  all  one  feels  the  mingled  triumph  and 
despair,  the  desperate,  savage  exultation  of  the  Rus- 
sian people,  who  have  turned  the  foe's  victory  into 
worse  than  defeat,  by  means  of  this  fearful  ally,  the 
all-devouring  fire,  and  who  glory,  though  with  break- 
ing hearts,  in  their  own  heroic  sacrifice.  It  stirs  the 
depths  of  elemental  passions  slumbering  in  us  all, 
concealed  by  the  pleasant  observances  and  peaceful 
seeming  of  our  superficial  civilization,  as  the  treach- 
erous slopes  of  Vesuvius  have  been  covered  by  orchard 
and  vineyard  and  garden,  till  the  eruption  comes  and 
the  lava  stream  pours  its  molten  destruction  over  all. 
In  the  closing  chords  one  hears  the  slowly  dying  sigh 
of  spent  fury,  the  hushed  voice  of  uttermost  darkness 
and  desolation. 

D 'Albert.   Melodie. 

D' Albert  has  given  us  a  composition  entitled  "Mel- 
ody," of  intrinsic  merit  and  originality  almost  equal 
to  the  one  just  discussed,  which  however  for  some 
reason  has  not  as  yet  received  the  general  recognition 
it  deserves,  perhaps  because  of  the  very  wild  and  un- 
familiar mood  which  it  expresses,  and  still  more  because 
it  deals  apparently  with  purely  abstract  emotions  in 
their  elemental  simplicity,  with  no  attempt  to  localize 
them  or  give  to  them  any  special  personification  or 
natural  setting.  In  other  words,  it  belongs  to  the  class 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      135 

of  compositions  known  as  emotional,  not  to  that  usually 
called  descriptive. 

That  distinction  is  entirely  erroneous,  though  so 
general  that  we  are  forced  to  recognize  it,  since  music 
which  expresses  or  portrays  an  emotion  is  just  as 
descriptive  in  its  way  as  that  which  delineates  a  scene 
in  nature  or  in  human  life.  In  fact,  strictly  speak- 
ing, all  music  worthy  of  the  name  is  descriptive.  The 
difference  lies  merely  in  the  character  of  the  thing 
described. 

Now  while  it  is  an  undoubted  fact  that  music  is 
primarily  the  language  of  the  emotions  and  always  at 
its  best  when  describing  or  expressing  them,  also  that 
in  most  cases  the  introduction  of  the  imitative  element, 
such  as  the  suggestion  of  storm  or  battle,  tolling  bells 
or  rippling  water,  is  intended  only  to  supplement  and 
intensify  the  emotional  effect,  still  it  is  equally  true 
that  most  persons,  musicians  as  well  as  public,  grasp 
and  feel  an  emotion  more  fully  and  deeply  if  asso- 
ciated with  some  definite  person  in  some  particular 
situation,  than  if  merely  presented  in  an  abstract 
form.  For  example,  we  sympathize  with  the  love  of 
Juliet  more  readily  and  more  warmly  than  with  love, 
the  quality,  put  before  us  as  an  abstraction.  So  in 
music  we  are  eager  for  any  definite  data  bearing  upon 
the  personal  origin  or  application  of  the  moods  we  find 
expressed,  and  we  welcome  any  realistic  suggestions 
that  will  tend  to  localize  the  scene  and  connect  the 
mood  with  some  concrete  human  experience. 

In  cases  where  such  definite  data  and  realistic  hints 
are  wholly  wanting,  it  is  helpful  and  interesting  to 
allow  the  imagination  to  find  its  own  way  back  from 


136       Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

the  general  to  the  specific,  from  the  mood  expressed 
to  the  probable  or  possible  conditions  which  produced 
it ;  to  picture  the  approximate  scene,  setting  and  action 
of  which  this  mood  is  or  might  be  the  distilled  essence. 
The  habit  of  such  aesthetic  analysis  once  formed  is 
a  wonderful  aid  in  the  appreciation  and  interpretation 
of  every  style  of  composition. 

Let  us  try  it  with  the  work  by  D' Albert  referred  to, 
with  no  guide  but  the  internal  evidence  of  the  music 
itself.  Here  we  find  one  mood  throughout,  pro- 
nounced, sustained,  unmistakable,  a  strong,  dark,  domi- 
nating mood.  It  is  a  fierce  yet  gloomy  courage,  defy- 
ing man  and  the  elements,  in  the  consciousness  of 
rugged,  invincible  strength  and  stern,  inflexible  deter- 
mination; not  courage  that  riots  and  exults  under  the 
stimulus  of  action,  the  wild  joy  of  battle,  but  courage 
that  sullenly,  silently,  bides  its  time,  a  waiting  menace 
to  the  foes  it  scorns  yet  longs  to  meet.  The  setting  is 
a  background  of  midnight  darkness  through  which  is 
felt  the  ominous  threat  of  storm  and  the  breath  of  an 
icy  cold.  The  only  realistic  suggestion  is  a  hint  of 
rushing,  foam-flecked  waves  in  the  agitated  accompani- 
ment. 

Now  suppose  you  were  a  painter  and  were  called 
upon  to  reproduce  that  mood  and  general  impression 
in  a  picture,  by  means  of  the  representative  symbolism 
employed  in  that  art.  The  mood  must  be  personi- 
fied in  an  actual  man  placed  in  a  situation  where  it 
would  be  appropriate  and  probable.  That  impression 
of  cold  and  darkness  and  agitation  must  be  given  by 
a  setting  that  includes  those  elements.  What  char- 
acter and  setting  would  you  select  for  the  purpose? 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions-       137 

What  scene  so  fitting  as  the  North  Sea,  that  synonym 
for  darkness,  storm,  and  mysterious  terror?  What 
character  so  suitable  as  that  type  of  courage,  strength, 
and  endurance,  and  so  appropriate  in  that  setting,  as 
the  Norse  Viking  on  his  warship,  daring  the  night  and 
the  gathering  tempest  on  some  reckless  quest  of  spoil 
or  vengeance,  against  a  background  of  tumbling  waves 
and  black,  wind- torn  clouds? 

You  would  paint  a  Danish  war  galley,  lit  by  flaring 
torches,  breasting  the  great  seas  with  the  foam  flying 
from  her  cutwater,  and  in  her  prow  the  figure  of  the 
Viking  fully  armed,  standing  stern  and  motionless, 
but  alert  and  watchful,  instinct  with  intensest  life, 
the  embodiment  of  courage  and  confident  power.  And 
if  you  were  a  great  painter  you  would  make  the  beholder 
feel  the  danger,  the  bitter  cold,  the  suppressed  excite- 
ment and  expectancy  of  the  situation,  as  D' Albert 
makes  us  feel  them  in  his  music. 

In  the  one  case  the  scene  is  represented  and  the 
imagination  supplies  the  resultant  emotions.  In  the 
other  the  emotions  are  directly  expressed  and  the 
imagination  fills  in  the  probable  scene  and  causal 
conditions. 

If  you  were  a  poet  striving  to  produce  the  same 
impressions,  you  could  neither  express  the  emotion  as 
directly  as  in  music,  nor  present  the  scene  as  vividly 
as  in  painting,  but  would  have  to  reach  the  imagina- 
tion and  the  emotions  through  the  intellect  by  means 
of  the  familiar  symbolism  of  language.  Your  work 
would  take  the  form  of  a  story  told  in  verse,  describing 
the  conditions  and  details  as  vividly  as  possible,  en- 
hanced by  all  the  special  resources  of  the  poet's  art  at 


138       Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

your  command.     You  might  write  something  in  this 
vein: 

On  the  white-breasted  billows 

The  good  ship  doth  ride, 
And  her  decks  are  awash 

With  the  spume  of  the  tide. 
At  the  prow  stands  the  Viking 

In  sea  coat  of  leather, 
And  laughs  his  disdain 

In  the  teeth  of  the  weather. 
How  bitter  the  blast! 

'Tis  the  iceberg's  keen  breath; 
And  the  surges  are  singing 

Of  danger  and  death. 
But  with  stern  joy  of  combat 

His  nostrils  dilate, 
As  he  stands,  the  embodied 

Defiance  of  fate. 
With  broadsword  at  belt, 

And  with  axe  burnished  bright, 
He  waits  for  the  dawn 

Through  the  storm  and  the  night. 
With  the  swoop  of  the  hawk 

He'll  descend  on  his  prey; 
And  his  blade  will  drip  blood 

At  the  breaking  of  day. 

If  you  are,  unlike  the  writer,  a  great  poet,  the  poem 
would  be  much  stronger,  more  finished  and  more  com- 
plete, but  the  method  employed  would  be  the  same,  and 
this  will  serve  as  illustration.  To  the  present  writer 
nothing  is  more  interesting  or  more  illuminating  than 
to  analyze  and  compare  the  laws  underlying  the  different 
arts  and  see  how  the  same  subject  matter  is  treated 
in  the  different  forms,  bearing  always  in  mind  that  all 
the  arts  are  but  different  mediums  of  expression,  and 
that  the  soul  of  every  art  work  is  its  content;  the 
peculiar  beauty  and  fascination  inherent  in  the  material 
and  form  of  each  special  art  should  be  of  only  secondary 
importance.  Too  many  artists  are  inclined  to  deify 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      139 

the  technic  of  their  specialty,  making  that  paramount, 
when  in  reality  it  is  but  a  means  to  a  much  broader  end, 
like  the  idiomatic  charm  of  a  dialect,  which  is  only  an 
adjunct,  not  a  vital  factor. 

But  to  return  to  the  D'Albert  "Melody,"  shall  we 
assume  that  it  actually  describes  some  such  scene  as 
I  have  outlined  ?  Not  necessarily.  But  it  does  express 
just  such  a  mood  as  I  have  described,  which  might  be 
accounted  for  or  produced  in  the  manner  suggested. 

Raff.  Eclogue  in  G  Flat. 

This  is  a  pure  lyric,  of  about  the  fifth  grade  of  dif- 
ficulty, in  the  fluently  melodious  vein  in  which  Ran7 
was  always  at  his  best.  The  word  eclogue  was  the 
Greek  name  of  a  certain  type  of  pastoral  poem,  a  short, 
simple  poem  in  a  tranquil,  tender  mood,  describing 
rural  scenes  in  which  shepherds  appeared,  singing  and 
playing  upon  the  flute.  Raff  has  cleverly  utilized  the 
name  and  the  idea  in  connection  with  several  short 
compositions  for  the  piano,  of  which  this  is  perhaps  the 
best. 

The  mood  suggested  by  his  chosen  Greek  model  in 
verse  has  been  admirably  expressed  by  the  composer 
in  this  music.  It  is  soft,  gentle,  and  pensive,  but  with- 
out sadness  or  more  intense  moments  to  break  its 
restful  placidity.  It  possesses,  too,  a  pronounced 
pastoral  character,  even  on  casual  examination. 

The  imagination  of  the  listener  readily  supplies  the 
rustic  scene  as  a  fitting  background  for  the  tone- 
picture,  a  sunlit  mountain  slope,  its  green  expanses 
dotted  with  grazing  sheep,  which  have  been,  since  time 


140       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

began,  the  symbols  of  rural  peace  and  plenty;  in  the 
shadow  of  a  little  grove  a  party  of  shepherds  resting, 
watching  their  flocks  and  whiling  away  the  long  hours 
of  the  summer  afternoon  with  simple  music  of  their 
own  making.  One  sings  a  simple,  tender  song — a  love 
song,  it  may  be — to  the  quiet  accompaniment  of  the 
guitar  or  zither.  Another  contributes  a  delicate  flute 
obligato,  the  light  notes  falling  in  a  crystal  shower  above 
and  around  the  sustained  tones  of  the  melody,  like 
dewdrops  shaken  from  wind-tossed  branches. 

The  song-like  theme  in  the  right  hand  suggests  the 
voice  of  the  shepherd.  It  should  be  given  with  a  firm, 
clinging  pressure  touch.  It  should  sound  full,  but  not 
loud,  and  be  well  sustained,  perfectly  legato,  and  very 
clearly  phrased.  This  phrasing  must  be  maintained 
with  equal  distinctness  at  the  repetition,  when  the 
flute-like  obligato  is  added,  so  that  it  may  be  easily 
followed.  The  quiet  arpeggio  accompaniment  in  the 
left  hand  must  be  subdued,  of  course,  to  a  mere  har- 
monious murmur,  producing  as  nearly  as  possible  the 
illusion  of  the  effect  of  harp  or  guitar. 

The  flute  runs  in  the  upper  register  should  be  light 
as  a  breath,  yet  clear  as  crystal,  so  as  to  embellish, 
without  in  the  least  obscuring,  the  melody.  It  should 
be  demi-staccato,  played  with  the  very  tips  of  well- 
curved  fingers.  The  piece  affords  opportunities  for 
study  in  relative  dynamic  effects  and  various  tone- 
qualities,  and  is  a  grateful  number  for  the  player. 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      141 

The  Night  has  a  Thousand  Eyes, 
by  Ferdinand  Dewey. 

"The  night  has  a  thousand  eyes, 

The  day  but  one; 

But  the  light  of  the  whole  world  dies 
With  the  dying  sun. 

The  mind  has  a  thousand  eyes, 

The  heart  but  one ; 
But  the  light  of  the  whole  life  dies 

When  love  is  done." 

The  beauty,  tenderness,  and  pathos  of  these  brief 
lines  are  reproduced  in  the  music  with  a  fidelity  and 
finish  worthy  of  a  Chopin.  In  fact,  though  written 
by  a  comparatively  obscure  American  musician,  whose 
place  in  the  hearts  of  his  sorrowing  friends  is  far  larger 
and  more  justly  awarded  than  in  the  temple  of  fame, 
this  composition  has  few  equals  in  its  line  from  any  pen 
in  any  land. 

The  melody,  considered  with  or  without  the  words, 
is  a  song  of  the  heart,  as  simple,  as  concise,  and  as 
universally  appealing  as  the  thought  in  the  lines  which 
inspired  it.  It  is  another  fine  study  in  tone-quality 
and  inflection. 

The  accompaniment,  though  admirably  written, 
enhancing  and  enriching  the  effect  of  the  melody,  if 
well  rendered,  offers  a  problem  in  left-hand  technic 
not  too  easily  solved  even  by  the  professional  artist. 
The  figures  are  involved  and  unusual,  a  tax  of  no 
common  order  on  the  memory  as  well  as  the  finger 
dexterity,  and  for  that  very  reason  furnish  an  excellent 
left-hand  study,  well  up  in  the  sixth  grade.  These 


142       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

sinuous,  interwoven  runs,  with  their  subtle,  chromatic 
modulations  and  their  shadowy  suggestions  of  half- 
veiled  bits  of  counterpoint,  produce  a  dreamy,  elusive 
effect,  a  veritable  chiaro-oscuro  of  sound,  reminding  one 
of  the  soft,  starry  summer  night  and  of  Tennyson's 
lines  in  reference  to  the  Pleiades : 

"Like  a  swarm  of  golden  fire-flies 
Tangled  in  a  silver  braid." 

The  Dryad,  by  Jensen. 

The  Dryad  is  one  of  a  charming  set  of  Idyls  for  the 
Piano,  by  Jensen,  a  modern  German  writer  of  the 
romantic  school,  with  no  great  profundity  and  no 
startling  originality  of  conceptions,  but  with  a  genial, 
fluent  and  often  remarkably  clever  manner  of  expres- 
sion, and  a  delicate,  refined  fancy  which  should  com- 
mend him  to  a  more  general  recognition  than  he  seems 
at  present  to  enjoy.  In  the  midst  of  the  fervid  intensity 
of  most  modern  music,  Jensen's  work  is  occasionally  as 
refreshing  and  restful  as  the  pearl  grey  tints  and  fern- 
scented  coolness  of  some  rock-shadowed  grotto  in  the 
heart  of  a  sun-flooded,  tropical  rose-garden.  This 
composition,  in  form  a  song  without  words,  in  that  most 
optimistic  of  keys — G  major — has  a  breezy  freshness,  a 
natural,  simple  grace  which  characteristically  express 
the  personality  it  is  intended  to  suggest. 

The  Dryad,  a  Greek  nymph  of  the  forest,  one  of  Pan's 
court  and  one  of  the  most  unsophisticated  and  simple  of 
all  those  joyous  children  of  nature,  was  a  personification 
of  the  life  of  the  tree,  its  vital  principle  or  soul.  From  a 
realistic  standpoint  we  may  fancy  this  to  be  the  Dryad's 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      143 

song,  a  little  vesper  hymn  of  praise  to  the  setting  sun, 
sung  in  quiet,  happy  confidence  to  the  accompaniment 
of  the  murmuring  leaves  above  her  head.  This  whisper- 
ing, murmurous  effect,  as  of  leaves  and  branches  stirred 
by  the  evening  breezes,  is  given  in  the  left  hand  continu- 
ously throughout  the  piece,  and  should  receive  special 
attention  from  the  player  with  this  idea  in  mind.  The 
rapidity  and  delicacy  of  the  left-hand  passages,  with 
their  proper  shading,  constitute  the  chief  difficulty  of 
the  work.  The  soprano  melody,  carried  by  the  right 
hand,  may  be  supposed  to  typify  the  Dryad's  voice, 
full  of  her  own  fresh,  child-like  individuality.  The 
mood  of  the  whole  work  is  eminently  characteristic  and 
replete  with  woodland  witcheries. 

Dance  of  the  Elves,  Sapellnikoff. 

The  "Dance  of  the  Elves,"  by  Sapellnikoff,  one  of 
the  most  gifted  and  promising  of  the  many  Russian 
composers  of  the  day,  himself  a  concert  pianist  of  grow- 
ing fame,  a  pupil  and  proteg6  of  Mme.  Sophia  Menter, 
is  one  of  his  brightest  and  most  popular  works, 
frequently  appearing  on  his  own  concert  programs. 
The  conception  of  the  character  and  attributes  of 
the  Elf  varies  widely  in  the  mythologies  of  different 
lands  and  races.  The  English  Elf,  for  instance,  is  a 
merry,  harmless,  though  roguish  little  dweller  of  the 
green- wood,  almost  as  dainty  and  winsome  as  the  fairy, 
but  given  to  droll  humor  and  tricky  pranks.  The  Ger- 
man Elf,  especially  as  found  in  the  depths  of  the 
Black  Forest,  is  a  far  more  fearsome  apparition,  of 
much  greater  stature  and  power  and  more  intense  and 


144       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

sinister  personality.  Notably  the  Elf  King,  who  figures 
in  so  many  weird  German  ballads,  is  a  potent  and  vin- 
dictive monarch  of  the  gloomy  solitudes,  wielding  the 
power  of  life  and  death  over  mortals,  while  his  Queen  is 
a  most  beautiful,  but  wicked,  siren-like  being,  dangerous 
to  the  souls  as  well  as  the  bodies  of  men.  In  Russia 
again  the  Elf  is  the  gleesome,  frolicsome  child  of  this 
North  land  and  the  Winter,  the  embodied  spirit  of  the 
swift,  sparkling  hail  shower  and  the  flying  snow-flakes. 
It  is  he  who  piles  the  drifts  in  such  fantastical  shape; 
who  traces  those  wondrous  pictures  on  the  frosted 
window-pane;  who  festoons  the  drooping  pines  with 
countless  ice  crystals,  which  glitter  like  prisms  in  the 
light  and  tingle  like  fairy .  sleigh-bells  when  swung  by 
the  laughing  North  wind.  This  composition  pictures  a 
dance  by  these  blythe  little  snow-sprites.  The  time 
is  a  winter  night,  the  place  a  moon-lit  forest  glade. 
The  setting  of  the  scene  is  unbroken  white;  the  dance 
floor,  the  level-frozen  snow.  Ice-covered  trees — like 
knights  in  silver  armor — stand  as  stately  chivalrous 
spectators  of  the  festival.  In  the  centre  of  the  dancers 
the  Elf  Queen  stands,  and  once  in  the  midst  of  the  dance 
she  brings  all  to  a  stand  and  holds  their  attention  for  a 
moment  while  she  makes  what  seems  to  be  a  little 
address  of  welcome,  it  may  be,  or  of  warning,  or  narrates 
some  legend  of  Elf-land,  after  which  the  dance  is 
resumed  with  increased  vivacity.  The  music  graph- 
ically portrays  not  only  the  mood  and  movement  of 
the  dance,  with  all  its  spirit  and  sparkle,  but  the  whole 
frost-embroidered  scene — cold,  crisp,  dazzling.  It  is 
one  of  those  singular  transmutations,  sometimes  found 
in  Art,  where  the  impressions,  usually  obtained  through 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      145 

one  sense,  are  carried  over  into  the  realm  commonly 
appertaining  to  another;  where,  for  instance,  effects 
generally  recognized  only  by  the  eyes  are  made,  to 
some  extent,  perceptible  to  the  ear,  as  in  this  case,  where 
the  result  might  almost  be  called  audible  frost-work. 

Rustle  of  Spring,  by  Ch.  Sinding. 

It  is  a  recognized  fact  that  all  composers,  not  less 
than  authors,  are  materially  influenced  in  temperament, 
habit  of  thought,  general  style  and  choice  of  subject, 
by  their  geographical  and  climatic  surroundings,  as  well 
as  by  their  racial  heredity. 

This  is  especially  true  of  the  Scandinavian  composers, 
probably  because  of  the  strikingly  prominent  and  in- 
dividual characteristics  of  their  native  land,  with  its 
rugged,  yet  fascinating  scenery,  its  wild  rock-ribbed, 
snow-covered  mountains,  its  smiling  valleys,  its  sombre 
pine  forests,  its  flashing,  tumbling  streams,  and  its 
broken  irregular  coast  line,  white  with  the  flying  foam 
of  restless  breakers,  its  sharp  contrasts  of  frozen  winter 
midnight  and  fervid,  glowing,  summer  days — all  of 
which  cannot  fail  of  their  effect  on  the  imagination. 

Such  environment  and  conditions  have  helped  to  give 
to  the  ancient  mythology  and  to  the  more  recent  art 
products  of  the  Northland  their  peculiarly  original 
stamp.  They  are,  in  part  at  least,  responsible  for  the 
unusual  type  of  genius  of  such  men  as  Ibsen,  Bjornson, 
Grieg  and  Sinding.  - 

In  these  Northern  latitudes  the  spring  conies  swiftly, 
suddenly,  with  an  impetuous  rush.  The  ardent  blus- 
tering south-wind  sweeps  triumphantly  over  the  icy 
10 


146       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

battlements  of  the  frost-king's  defences,  breaking,  at 
a  touch,  the  fetters  of  the  mountain  torrents,  waking 
the  flowers  from  their  long  winter  sleep  and  arousing 
nature,  with  his  jubilant  voice,  to  prepare  for  her 
bridal  with  the  coming  Spring.  This  ever-recurring 
phenomenon,  in  past  centuries,  gave  rise  to  the  beau- 
tiful allegorical  legend  of  the  Sleeping  Beauty,  that 
enchanted  lady  in  the  dread  castle  of  sleep,  guarded 
by  her  stern  jailor,  representing  the  Northland  in  its 
winter  trance  under  the  spell  of  Jack  Frost,  while  her 
rescuing  lover,  the  Fairy  Prince,  who  wakes  her  with 
a  kiss  to  life  and  love,  was  the  spring.  His  impa- 
tient approach,  accompanied  by  rushing  winds  and 
rustling  leaves,  the  ripple  of  glad  waters  and  the  mur- 
mur of  welcoming  forests,  is  represented  in  this  compo- 
sition, which  is  justly  one  of  the  most  popular  of  recent 
works  for  the  piano.  It  literally  imitates  the  gusty 
rush  of  spring-winds,  the  chatter  of  wayward  brooks, 
the  all-pervading  stir  and  rustle  and  murmur,  which  tell 
of  the  quickening  of  new  life  throughout  all  nature,  the 
thrilling  of  her  pulses  at  the  revivifying  kiss  of  spring; 
while  the  warm  emotional  character  of  the  melody  and 
the  rich,  sensuous  harmonies,  with  their  constantly 
recurring  sevenths  and  ninths  and  frequent  suspensions, 
suggest  the  vague,  half  mystical,  half  passionate  long- 
ings, the  indefinable  unrest,  the  subtle  blending  of  joy 
and  sadness,  which  wake  and  stir  and  swell  and  surge  in 
the  human  heart  at  the  voice  of  spring. 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      147 


The  Wedding  Day,  by  Grieg. 

This  composition,  in  Grieg's  most  characteristic  vein, 
was  written  for  the  anniversary  celebration  of  his  own 
wedding  day,  which  took  place  at  his  country  home 
among  the  mountains,  fantastically  named  Troldhaugen, 
which  means  home  or  stronghold  of  the  Trolls — the 
Gnomes  of  the  Norseland.  The  composition  is  in  the 
march  form,  with  strongly  marked  rhythms,  weird, 
suggestive  harmonies  and  simple,  but  original  melodies. 
It  simulates  the  music  at  an  old-time,  rustic  festival 
among  the  rugged,  robustly  hilarious  northern  races — 
rough  as  their  mountains,  wild  as  their  tempestuous 
seas,  boisterous  as  their  winter  winds,  yet  wholesome, 
kindly  and  given  to  harmless,  if  rather  rude,  merry- 
making. The  spirit  of  frolic  is  not  lost  in  the  land  of 
the  midnight  sun. 

Grieg,  who  was  a  typical  Norseman  at  heart,  was 
deeply  interested  in  all  the  ancient  myths,  traditions 
and  customs  of  his  country,  and  these  intimate  home- 
festivals  at  his  country-seat  on  his  wedding  anniversary 
were  arranged  in  keeping  with  the  spirit  and  habit  of 
the  olden  days,  including  a  revival  of  the  old  rude 
games,  trials  of  strength  and  various  classically  antique 
forms  of  amusement  of  the  rural  sort. 

In  this  music  Grieg  has  not  only  expressed  the  prim- 
itive, whole-hearted  gayety  and  fantastic  pranks  of  the 
festival,  but  has  introduced  several  realistic  suggestions 
to  heighten  the  illusion  and  maintain  the  artistic 
verities  of  the  tone  picture,  as,  for  example,  the  sound 
of  drum  and  fife  recurrent  and  unmistakable,  and  the 


148       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

peculiar  droning  bass  and  whining  melody  characteristic 
of  the  bagpipe,  that  most  distinctly  rustic  instrument. 

By  the  way,  it  is  a  mistake  to  identify  the  bagpipe 
exclusively  with  the  Scottish  clans  and  their  music. 
True,  the  Scots  used  the  bagpipe  in  war  and  peace  as 
their  favorite,  and  almost  their  only  instrument  of 
camp  and  field,  as  the  harp  was  that  of  the  ladies' 
bower,  but  the  "ancient  and  honorable"  bagpipe,  in 
some  of  its  many  modifications  and  under  different 
names,  was  familiarly  used  by  all  the  Teutonic  races, 
including  the  Scandinavians,  and,  to  some  extent,  by 
the  Latins,  especially  in  southern  Italy  and  islands  of 
the  Mediterranean.  Hence  the  monotonous  drone  of 
the  bagpipe,  simulated  in  constantly  reiterated  fifths 
in  the  bass,  as  an  accompaniment  for  country  dances  of 
all  lands,  is  common  and  legitimate. 

The  central  idea  of  this  wedding  day  music  is  the 
march  of  the  assembled  guests  to  the  place  of  meeting, 
where  a  plentiful  rustic  feast  is  spread  under  the  trees 
and  where  the  games  are  to  take  place,  the  music 
growing  louder  and  more  spirited  and  impetuous  as 
they  approach  their  destination,  ending  in  an  excited 
burst  of  rollicking  hilarity  as  some  of  the  more  lusty 
youths  break  rank  and  join  in  a  mad  race  for  the  goal. 

Before  this  final  clamorous  outburst,  however,  there 
is  a  curious  little  interlude,  a  quaint  bit  of  rather  stilted 
lyric  in  "canon"  form,  where  the  voices  follow  and 
answer  each  other  as  if  in  a  dialogue.  It  is  a  brief  touch 
of  sentiment,  old-fashioned  in  its  expression,  but 
genuine.  A  hint  of  a  stolen  exchange  of  warmer  looks 
and  words  between  the  bride  and  groom, — a  moment  in 
which  they  forget  the  festive  scene  and  noisy  company, 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      149 

engrossed  with  their  own  old  yet  eternally  new  love 
story. 

Doumka,  by  Tschaikowsky. 

As  a  piano  composer  Tschaikowsky  is,  comparatively 
speaking,  "an  unknown  quantity"  to  the  majority  of 
American  music  teachers,  partly  because  of  the  weirdly 
fantastic,  ultra  Russian  character  of  his  pianoforte 
works,  which  are  not  very  numerous,  partly  because,  ac- 
cording to  his  own  admission,  they  are  not  strictly  what 
the  Germans  call  "clavier-massig,"  that  is,  adapted 
to  the  piano.  Yet  there  are  some  among  them,  which, 
in  spite  of  this  strong  foreign  flavor  and  his  naive  dis- 
regard of  pianistic  limitations,  are  strikingly  interesting 
and  in  the  modern  frantic  scramble  for  novelties  it  is  a 
wonder  that  they  are  so  largely  neglected.  To  this 
class  belongs  "Doumka,"  a  thought.  It  is  descriptive 
only  in  the  strictly  symbolic  sense,  expressing  grave,  in 
fact,  deeply  gloomy  reflection  and  the  profound,  in- 
tensely melancholy  emotions  arising  from  it. 

It  is  a  thought,  or  rather  a  series  of  thoughts,  con- 
cerned with  that  most  serious  and  solemn,  as  well  as 
most  painful  of  all  subjects  with  which  the  human  mind 
can  grapple,  the  ultimate  finality,  death.  In  addition 
to  the  vast  significance,  the  vague  terrors,  the  awesome 
majesty  of  the  subject  in  the  abstract,  it  introduces, 
and  dwells  upon,  the  more  specific  idea  and  more 
personal  mood  of  a  rustic  funeral  scene,  in  all  its  sorrow- 
ful details. 

The  principal  theme,  slow,  impressive,  intense, 
mournful,  in  its  constant  monotonous  reiteration,  rep- 


150       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

resents  the  death  song,  or  chant,  of  the  mourners,  gen- 
erally in  use  among  all  races  from  the  early  Greeks — 
and  probably  long  prior  to  their  time — up  to  a  com- 
paratively recent  epoch,  and  still  in  vogue  in  the  rural 
districts  of  Russia,  a  sort  of  dirge  sung  sometimes  by 
the  friends  of  the  deceased,  sometimes  by  professional 
mourners,  specially  trained  for  that  purpose,  but  always 
expressing  the  mood  of  the  time  and  the  occasion, 
now  tearfully  plaintive,  now  passionately  despairing, 
but  suggesting  always  by  its  persistent  iteration  the 
endless  hopelessness  of  the  dread  event. 

The  steady,  solemn  march  of  the  procession  is  indi- 
cated throughout  the  composition,  symbolically  sig- 
nificant of  the  relentless  tread  of  that  inexorable  fate 
which  plays  so  important  a  part  in  the  beliefs  and  con- 
ceptions of  the  Sclaves.  The  work  closes  with  a 
sudden,  startling  crash  of  heavy  harmonies  like  the 
clanging  to  of  the  door  of  a  tomb — harsh,  metallic,  as 
it  shuts  forever  upon  hope  and  effort,  joy  and  love. 

The  scene  is  autumn,  cold  and  brown  and  bare,  with 
no  hint  of  promise,  no  touch  of  color  anywhere.  The 
mood  is  the  blackest  that  can  be  expressed  in  music,  a 
mighty  tragedy  in  tone. 

Troika  en  Traineaux,  by    . 
Tschaikowsky. 

This,  odd,  jolly,  half-facetious  bit  of  descriptive 
writing  for  the  pianoforte  shows  us  the  composer  in  a 
light,  playful  mood  very  unusual  with  him,  and  it 
forms  the  strongest  possible  contrast  to  the  work  just 
described. 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      151 

The  troika  is  a  Russian  vehicle  used  in  the  rural 
districts.  It  has  two  wheels,  a  rude  open  body  and 
no  springs.  It  is  usually  harnessed  with  three  horses 
abreast,  the  middle  one  wearing  a  string  of  bells  similar 
to  our  sleigh  bells.  They  are  generally  driven  at  a 
furious  gallop  over  the  interminable  stretches  of  rough 
country  road,  with  much  shouting  and  cracking  of  the 
cruel  whip,  the  drivers  sparing  neither  themselves  nor 
their  teams,  the  bells  marking  their  pace  with  wild 
clangor  and  clash. 

In  winter  the  wheels  are  removed  from  the  troika 
and  the  body  is  fastened  upon  a  sort  of  sledge,  making 
a  kind  of  sleigh  or  traineau.  Hence  the  title  "Troika 
en  Traineaux,"  meaning  in  its  winter  guise. 

In  this  music  the  melody  simulates  a  Russian  folk- 
song, simple,  catching,  rollicking;  supposed  to  be  sung 
by  the  Russian  peasant  driver,  much  in  the  mood  of 
Schumann's  Happy  Farmer,  while  the  horses  swing 
along  at  a  lively  pace  and  the  cumbersome  troika,  on 
its  rude  runners,  rocks  and  bumps  and  slues  down  the 
icy,  rutty  road,  the  driver  evidently  in  haste  to  reach 
the  place  of  some  rustic  merry  making  and  jovially 
hilarious  in  anticipation  of  the  frolic  to  come. 

In  the  latter  part  the  sound  of  the  merry  bells  is 
distinctly  imitated.  The  whole  thing  is  a  musical  jest, 
full  of  the  rough,  simple  jollity  of  the  Russian  peasant 
on  one  of  his  rare  holidays,  and  remarkable,  in  all  its 
simplicity,  for  its  strong  local  flavor. 


152       Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 


Cracovienne,  by  Paderewski. 

This  is  a  sparkling,  spirited  and  eminently  charac- 
teristic composition,  of  moderate  difficulty  and  great 
musical  charm ;  one  of  the  best  of  Paderewski's  smaller 
works,  indeed,  fully  equal  in  merit  to  his  famous  Men- 
uet  though  not  nearly  so  well  known. 

The  Cracovienne,  or  Krakoviak  as  it  is  interchange- 
ably called,  was  originally  a  rude,  wildly  impetuous, 
rustic  dance  among  the  peasants  of  Cracow,  formerly  a 
large  and  important  province  of  Poland  of  which  Cracow 
was  the  capital,  also  at  one  time  the  capital  of  all 
Poland. 

In  the  good  old  primitive  days,  when  men  had  less, 
knew  less  and  enjoyed  more  than  at  present,  when 
the  ruddy  rollicking  autumn  in  russet  coat  and  scarlet 
wreath  came  stalking  jovially  down  from  the  north 
over  the  plains  of  central  Europe,  bringing  to  the  lusty 
peasant  rest  and  good  cheer  after  the  summer's  work 
in  the  fields,  and  leisure  for  all  sorts  of  merry-making; 
when  the  grain  had  been  harvested  and  stored,  and  the 
dull  thunder  of  the  flails  was  stilled,  then  came  the  time 
for  the  great  autumn  festival,  similar  to  the  "harvest- 
home"  of  old  England  and  the  still  earlier  "  Herbst- 
fest"  of  the  Teutons. 

Some  barn  of  amplest  proportions  was  selected  as  the 
rendezvous,  the  great  threshing-floor  was  cleared  and 
swept,  the  rude  walls  festooned  with  garlands  of  bright 
leaves,  and  the  peasants  from  far  and  near  assembled 
for  the  festive  celebration,  the  chief  feature  of  which  was 
the  dancing  of  the  Cracovienne.  This  function  com- 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      153 

bined  with  all  the  exciting  fascination  of  the  usual 
rough  country  dance,  a  peculiar,  purely  local  element 
all  its  own,  "The  strife  of  torches."  Around  the  walls 
(commonly  of  unhewn  stone  and  plaster)  were  fastened 
at  regular  intervals,  several  feet  from  the  floor,  a  large 
number  of  flaming  torches.  In  the  course  of  the  dance 
each  couple  took  its  turn  in  passing  around  the  entire 
hall  next  the  wall  immediately  beneath  this  row  of 
lights.  The  man  who  could  extinguish,  with  his  foot, 
the  greatest  number  of  torches  (a  single  high  kick 
being  allowed  for  each),  without  missing  his  step  in  the 
dance,  disconcerting  his  partner,  or  losing  his  balance 
and  sprawling  on  the  floor,  was  the  champion  of  the 
evening,  and  was  awarded  as  a  prize  a  dance  and  a  kiss 
by  any  girl  he  might  choose  as  the  prettiest  in  the 
assembly. 

Naturally,  the  frantic  attempts  of  the  various  swains 
to  excel  each  other,  in  this  rather  strenuous  feat,  and 
their  frequent  failures  and  ludicrous  mishaps,  were 
provocative  of  the  greatest  excitement  and  the  most 
noisy  hilarity,  and  it  is  highly  probable  that  in  the 
darkness  following  the  fall  of  the  last  torch,  many  a 
kiss  was  taken  not  strictly  in  accordance  with  the  rules 
of  the  game. 

The  Cracovienne,  like  most  ancient  dances,  has  fur- 
nished the  vital  germ  for  a  modern  musical  art  form, 
elaborated  and  idealized,  but  conforming  in  general 
character  to  the  original  mood  and  movement,  includ- 
ing the  most  essential  features,  as  in  this  instance,  for 
example,  the  sudden  comical  effect  of  the  high  kick  to 
be  found  in  every  good  Cracovienne. 

The  work  by  Paderewski  referred  to  is  a  fine  speci- 


154       Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

men  of  its  class,  a  thought  too  much  idealized,  per- 
haps a  fraction  too  dainty  and  refined;  for  the  rough 
peasant  appears  here  to  have  donned  an  evening  suit, 
with  clean  collar  and  cuffs.  The  atmosphere  is  rather 
that  of  the  perfumed,  modern  ball-room  than  the  dust 
and  chaff-laden  air  of  the  old  granary;  but  the  verve 
and  zest  and  humor  are  all  retained  in  large  measure. 
The  music  is  piquant,  brilliant  and  playful,  full  of  odd 
rhythmic  devices  and  fascinating  melodies,  and  the 
droll  suggestions  of  the  high  kicking  are  frequent  and 
unmistakable. 

Baba  Yaga,  Capriccioso  by 
LeRoy  B.  Campbell 

This  original  and  wildly  fantastic  composition  in  A 
minor,  by  L.  B.  Campbell  (one  of  our  rising  American 
writers)  will  be  found  to  be  an  interesting  and  welcome 
novelty,  either  as  a  concert  number  or  for  use  with 
advanced  pupils.  It  is  founded  upon  an  old  weird 
Russian  legend,  and  Mr.  Campbell's  recent  sojourn  in 
Russia  and  his  familiarity  with  its  legendary  lore,  as 
well  as  with  the  modern  style  and  peculiar  atmosphere 
of  Russian  music,  eminently  fit  him  to  give  appropriate 
expression  to  the  subject  in  tone. 

Baba  Yaga  was  the  oldest,  wildest  and  wickedest,  as 
well  as  the  most  potent  of  all  the  Russian  witchwives, 
the  leader  of  the  band.  She  dwelt  alone,  in  a  rude  hut 
on  the  shore  of  a  black,  storm-swept  lake,  in  the  depths 
of  a  sombre  ghoul-haunted  forest. 

Here,  amid  the  drifting  acrid  smoke  of  the  fire,  and 
the  noxious  vapors  from  the  great  witch-cauldron,  she 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      155 

brewed  her  deadly  poisons,  muttered  her  gruesome 
incantations  and  danced  her  frantic  spell-working 
dances;  and  here  any  who  sought  her  aid  in  working 
secret  mischief  to  a  foe,  must  brave  the  terrors  of  the 
woods  at  dead  of  night  and  seek  her. 

The  music  is  intended  to  represent  the  wild  sinister 
mood  of  the  scene,  the  frenzied  delirium  of  the  dance, 
and  even  from  time  to  time  the  blood-curdling  shrieks 
of  the  dancer. 

It  should  be  given  with  the  utmost  fire  and  dash,  with 
a  hard,  dry  quality  of  tone  like  the  rattle  of  bones,  or 
wooden  castanets,  and  with  a  certain  rough  angularity 
of  outline,  indicating  the  rude,  primitive  character  of 
the  scene  being  enacted  and  the  personages  taking  part 
in  it 

Nocturne,  by  J.  M.  Blose. 

As  elsewhere  stated  in  these  pages,  in  connection 
with  Schumann's  Nachtstiick,  the  Nocturne  is  a  night- 
piece,  properly  embodying  nocturnal  scenes,  moods, 
and  experiences,  and  including  within  its  possible  and 
legitimate  scope  a  wide  range  and  variety  of  subjects 
and  emotions,  but  all  associated  with  the  night  in  its 
manifold  aspects. 

This  Nocturne  by  Blose,  though  written  by  an  Amer- 
ican, is  a  fine  specimen  of  its  class,  clear  and  symmetri- 
cal in  form,  broad  and  forceful  in  style,  rich  in  varied 
and  original  harmonic  coloring  and  scholarly  in  thematic 
development. 

It  is  no  lover's  dream  of  a  summer  eve,  soft  and  sweet 
and  tender,  but  a  strong,  bold  sketch  of  an  autumn 
night,  in  all  its  sombre  majesty;  a  night  of  gloom  and 


156       Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

sudden  storm,  of  flying  clouds  and  gusty  rain,  with 
moments  of  hushed  suspense,  ominous  of  tragedy, 
broken  by  bursts  of  tempestuous,  elemental  passion; 
the  fitting  symbol  and  setting  for  a  strong  man's  sorrow 
and  conflict,  and  desperate,  but  courageous  wrestlings 
with  the  powers  of  darkness  within  and  without. 

The  mood  is  gloomily  heroic,  suggesting  at  times  the 
most  dominant  element  in  Scandinavian  music. 

The  work  is  in  a  sense  allegorical,  for  I  know,  from 
personal  acquaintance  with  the  writer,  that  the  night 
portrayed  was  that  of  the  spirit,  during  a  transient 
experience  of  grief  and  struggle,  rather  than  of  nature; 
and  the  tempest  one  of  emotion,  not  of  the  elements. 
The  music  is  doubly  interesting  for  this  dual  significance. 

The  brief  but  beautiful  Trio,  in  the  tender  lyric  vein, 
affords  the  requisite  reposeful  contrast,  suggesting  a 
glint  of  moon-light  through  the  rifted  clouds,  a  touch 
of  rest  and  peace  and  brightness  in  the  midst  of  darkness 
and  turmoil,  a  gleam  of  the  white  wings  of  hope  across 
the  stormy  sea  of  emotion. 

Then  the  first  subject  returns  and  night  and  tempest 
again  dominate  the  scene  for  a  time;  but  the  gravely 
quiet  finale  seems  to  give  promise  of  a  tranquil  dawn. 

I  have  ventured  to  include  here  a  few  of  my  own 
descriptive  compositions  which  have  been  most  success- 
ful in  concert  work  and  about  which  I  have  received 
many  inquiries.  The  first  four  are  not  too  difficult  for 
sixth  grade  pupils,  but  the  last  one  is  only  possible 
for  very  advanced  players. 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      157 


Die  Lorelei,  by  Edward  Baxter  Perry. 

DIE  LORELEI. 
After  the  German  of  Heine. 

1. 

The  air  grows  cool  and  it  darkens, 
And  tranquilly  flows  the  Rhine ; 
And  kissed  by  the  glow  of  sunset 
The  peaks  of  the  mountains  shine. 

2. 

High  o'er  the  gliding  river, 
A  maiden,  wondrous  fair, 
Sits  in  the  golden  twilight, 
And  combs  her  golden  hair. 

3. 

With  a  golden  comb  she  combs  it, 
And  sings  a  song  the  while, 
With  a  wild  and  witching  melody, 
The  listener  to  beguile. 

4. 

It  reaches  the  ear  of  the  boatman, 
On  the  river's  breast  below, 
And  quickens  his  heart  to  a  passion 
Of  love  and  longing  and  woe. 

5. 

Erect  in  his  fragile  vessel, 
He  stands  spellbound  by  its  might; 
He  sees  not  the  rocks  and  the  rapids, 
He  gazes  alone  on  the  height. 

6. 

Engulfed  by  the  angry  billows, 
The  boatman  sinks  anon : 
And  this  with  her  siren  singing, 
The  Lorelei  hath  done. 


This  composition,  like  all  other  "Loreleis,"  is  descrip- 
tive, and  based  upon  the  most  famous  of  the  Rhine 
legends,  that  of  the  Lorelei  Siren.  The  fantasy  was 


158       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

conceived  by  the  writer  when  approaching  and  passing 
by  boat  the  Lorelei  rocks  on  the  Rhine,  a  mass  of  bare 
black  boulders,  rising  abruptly  from  the  water  to  a 
height  of  about  150  feet,  at  whose  base  runs  the  most 
dangerous  set  of  rapids  on  the  river,  and  on  whose 
summit  the  Lorelei  Siren  was  supposed  to  perch  and 
sing  at  twilight,  to  the  intoxication  and  destruction  of 
the  boatmen  below,  who,  spellbound  by  the  witchery  of 
her  voice  and  face,  forgot  to  keep  midway  in  the  current, 
and  perished  on  the  rocks  at  her  feet 

The  composition  is  supposed  to  open  at  some  little 
distance  from  the  Lorelei  rock,  with  a  tranquil  running 
accompaniment  in  the  left  hand,  indicating  the  twilight 
flow  of  the  river,  with  a  broken  thread  of  melody,  which 
occasionally  wells  to  the  surface  in  a  single  detached 
note,  suggested  by  that  line  of  Tennyson's  "With  an 
inner  voice  the  river  ran/'  As  we  draw  nearer  the 
scene  of  the  legend,  we  catch  snatches  of  the  silver 
laughter  of  the  Siren,  mingled  with  the  distant  ripple  of 
the  water,  at  the  foot  of  the  famous  rock.  Then  rises 
clearly  the  Lorelei's  song,  sweet  and  vibrant,  but 
neither  passionate  nor  powerful,  alluring  rather  than 
compelling,  with  the  running  accompaniment  of  the 
water  ever  present.  This  mood  is  held  throughout  the 
first  recital  of  the  entire  melody,  but  with  a  slight  in- 
crease of  strength,  a  little  fuller  pulsation,  as  we  are 
supposed  to  approach.  At  its  sudden  cessation  is  heard 
the  boatman's  song,  a  minor  theme  in  strong  contrast, 
suggestive  of  the  mood  and  character  of  the  boatman 
on  the  river  below,  of  the  "love  and  longing  and  woe" 
which  "quicken  his  heart"  at  sight  of  the  siren  and 
sound  of  her  song.  This  sinister  theme,  with  its  turbu- 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      159 

lent  accompaniment,  grows  in  intensity  and  passion  to  a 
vehement  climax,  which  indicates  the  catastrophe  of 
the  legend,  the  engulfing  of  boat  and  boatman  at  the 
foot  of  the  Lorelei  rock.  It  is  followed  by  a  few  inco- 
herent phrases  of  no  melodic  form,  swirls  of  the  gurgling 
water  where  it  has  opened,  diminishing  rapidly  to 
pianissimo,  when  the  Lorelei's  song  again  arises,  this 
time  jubilant  and  strong,  ringing  out  over  the  river, 
above  the  roar  of  the  rapids,  as  she  gloats  over  her 
victim,  and  working  up  to  a  second  climax  of  vindictive 
glee.  This  subsides  as  we  are  supposed  to  leave  the 
rock  behind  us,  till  we  hear  only  broken  fragments  of 
the  melody  and  snatches  of  laughter  in  the  distance  as 
before;  and  finally,  nothing  is  left  but  the  peaceful 
theme  in  the  left  hand  which  formed  the  introduction 
of  the  composition,  the  tranquil  flow  of  the  river,  with 
the  "inner  voice." 


Aeolienne.    Edw.  Baxter  Perry. 

"But  once  they  set 

A  stringed  gourd  on  the  sill,  there  where  the  wind 
Could  linger  o'er  its  notes  and  play  at  will — 
Wild  music  makes  the  wind  on  silver  strings — 
And  those  who  lay  around  heard  only  that ; 
But  Prince  Siddartha  heard  the  Devas  play, 
And  to  his  ears  they  sang  such  words  as  these: 

"We  are  the  voices  of  the  wandering  wind, 
Which  moan  for  rest  and  rest  can  never  find; 
Lo!  as  the  wind  is,  so  is  mortal  life, 
A  moan,  a  sigh,  a  sob,  a  storm,  a  strife. 

"Wherefore  and  whence  we  are  ye  cannot  know, 
Nor  where  life  springs  nor  whither  life  doth  go; 
We  are  as  ye  are,  ghosts  from  the  inane, 
What  pleasure  have  we  of  our  changeful  pain? 


160       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

"What  pleasure  hast  thou  of  thy  changeless  bliss? 
Nay,  if  love  lasted,  there  were  joy  in  this ; 
But  life's  way  is  the  wind's  way,  all  these  things 
Are  but  brief  voices  breathed  on  shifting  strings." 

— From  Edwin  Arnold's  Light  of  Asia. 

This  composition  was  suggested  by  the  above  lines, 
the  sentiment  of  which  I  have  attempted  to  express 
through  an  imitation  of  Aeolian  harp  effects,  as  lit- 
eral as  the  limitations  of  the  pianoforte  and  the  neces- 
sities of  musical  construction  would  permit.  The 
player  should  endeavor  firstly  to  reproduce,  as  real- 
istically as  possible,  the  soft,  plaintive,  mysterious 
murmur  of  wind-swept  strings ;  and  secondly,  by  means 
of  tone  effects  and  melodic  shading,  to  suggest  to  the 
listener  the  thoughts  and  moods  embodied  in  the  poet's 
lines. 

The  Portent.    Edw.  Baxter  Perry. 

This  composition  was  suggested  by  George  Mc- 
Donald's romance  of  the  same  name,  or  rather  by  the 
ancient  and  uncanny  Scotch  legend  about  which  the 
plot  of  his  story  is  ingeniously  woven. 

As  the  result  of  a  peculiarly  grewsome  tragedy  in 
the  history  of  one  of  the  Highland  clans,  whose  chief, 
on  account  of  his  horse's  loose  and  broken  shoe,  was 
hurled  over  the  edge  of  a  precipice  while  riding  at  full 
galop,  with  the  unconscious  form  of  his  cousin  and 
lady-love  over  his  saddle  bow,  the  descendants  of  this 
family  for  many  generations  became  the  victims  of  a 
strange  and  singular  hallucination,  taking  sometimes 
the  form  of  that  second  sight  so  familiar  in  Scotch 
folk-lore,  sometimes  a  sort  of  second  hearing,  a  phenom- 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      161 

enal  acuteness  of  ear,  which  forced  them  to  perceive 
now  sights,  now  sounds  from  the  spectral  world,  to 
which  all  others  were  oblivious.  One  manifestation  in 
particular  was  most  frequent  and  came  to  be  dreaded 
as  the  family  Portent.  Every  important  catastrophe 
occurring  to  any  member  of  this  family  was  heralded 
by  the  sound,  at  first  distant,  then  swiftly  approaching, 
then  deafening,  of  a  fiercely  galoping  horse  with  a  loose 
and  clanking  shoe. 

It  is  this  audible  Portent  that  I  have  endeavored  to 
embody  in  the  following  work,  beginning  faint  and 
distant,  suspected  rather  than  heard,  a  fear  rather  than 
a  sound,  rapidly  growing,  however,  till  the  rhythmic 
swing  of  the  horse's  galop  is  distinctly  audible,  crossed 
now  and  then  by  the  sinister  clank  of  the  broken  shoe. 

After  the  first  impetuous  climax,  a  plaintive  inter- 
lude is  intended  to  suggest  the  moment  when  second 
sight  asserts  itself,  in  a  passing  spectral  glimpse  of  a  wild 
horseman,  a  jet-black  steed,  and  the  fair  pale  face  of  the 
maiden,  lying  across  the  saddle,  her  long  dark  hair 
streaming  in  the  wind.  This  vision  vanishes  and  the 
horse's  galop  is  heard  faster  and  fiercer  than  before, 
rising  rapidly  to  the  final  climax,  when  he  passes  in 
immediate  proximity,  then  as  rapidly  diminishing, 
fading,  dying  into  distance  and  silence. 

Autumn  Reverie.  Edw.  Baxter  Perry. 

This    composition    is    not    objectively    descriptive, 

but  is  a  mood  picture,  aiming  to  embody  the  emotions, 

half  sad,  half  passionately  rebellious,  of  a  strong  but 

sensitive  soul  struggling  with  the  depressing  influences 

ii 


1 62       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

of  a  sullen  autumnal  evening,  in  which  it  traces  a 
sympathetic  reflection  of  its  own  moods.  Falling 
leaves  and  fading  flowers,  the  fitful  moaning  of  the 
wind  and  the  grey  cloud-canopy  veiling  the  sky,  sym- 
bolize fleeting  joys,  false  promises,  vain  endeavor,  and 
vanishing  hope,  the  futility  of  effort,  however  courage- 
ous, and  the  certainty  of  sorrow,  however  ill-deserved. 
The  following  lines  are  the  expression  of  the  same  mood 
in  verse: 

"All  my  roses  are  dead  in  my  garden — 

What  shall  I  do? 

Winds  in  the  night,  without  pity  or  pardon, 
Came  there  and  slew. 

"All  my  song-birds  are  dead  in  their  bushes — 

Woe  for  such  things! 

Robins  and  linnets  and  blackbirds  and  thrushes, 
Dead,  with  stiff  wings. 

"  What  shall  I  do  for  my  roses'  sweetness, 

The  summer  round, — 
For  all  my  garden's  divine  completeness 
Of  scent  and  sound? 

"I  will  leave  my  garden  for  winds  to  harry; 

Where  once  was  peace, 

Let  the  bramble- vine  and  the  wild  brier  marry, 
And  greatly  increase. 

"  But  I  will  go  to  a  land  men  know  not, — 

A  far,  still  land, 

Where  no  birds  come,  and  where  roses  blow  not, 
And  no  trees  stand." 

— Philip  Bourke  Marsion 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.     163 


Ballade  of  Last  Island. 
Edw.  Baxter  Perry. 

In  Harper's  Magazine  for  April,  1888,  appeared  a  re- 
markably graphic  sketch  by  Lafcadio  Hearn,  entitled 
"Chita;  or,  A  Memory  of  Last  Island:  The  Legend  of 
L'Ue  Derniere."  It  dealt  with  the  destruction  of  Last 
Island,  formerly  a  fashionable  watering-place  in  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  thronged  every  season  with  hundreds  of 
aristocratic  guests  from  the  Southern  States.  On  the 
loth  of  August,  1856,  at  the  height  of  the  season,  the 
island  was  totally  destroyed  by  a  sudden  tempest  and 
tidal  wave.  Every  vestige  of  human  habitation  was 
swept  into  the  Gulf  and  nearly  every  soul  of  the  hun- 
dreds there  assembled  perished. 

The  composition  is  a  musical  transcript,  almost 
page  for  page,  of  Mr.  Hearn's  perfect  and  powerful 
prose  poem.  It  opens  with  a  quiet  lyric  introduction, 
intended  to  portray  the  mood  of  the  bland,  ethereal 
azure  days  preceding  the  storm,  which  the  author  de- 
scribes as  ' '  Days  born  in  rose  and  buried  in  gold,  when 
winds  held  their  breath  and  slow  wavelets  caressed  the 
bland  brown  beach  with  a  sound  as  of  kisses  and  whis- 
pers, and  for  weeks  no  fleck  of  cloud  broke  the  heaven's 
blue  dream  of  eternity."  Then  the  first  mighty  pre- 
monitory rollers  come  surging  in  from  the  far  horizon, 
to  break  slowly  in  whispered  thunder  upon  the  strand, 
indicated  in  the  composition  by  a  few  sweeping,  wave- 
like  arpeggios.  The  principal  theme  of  the  work,  which 
follows,  portrays  the  rising,  ominous  voice  of  the  sea, 


164       Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

which,  to  quote  Mr.  Hearn  again,  "Is  not  one  voice, 
but  a  tumult  of  many  voices,  voices  of  drowned  men, 
the  muttering  of  the  multitudinous  dead,  all  rising  to 
rage  against  the  living  at  the  great  witch-call  of  storms." 

Steadily  the  gale  increases,  the  gloom  deepens,  and 
the  surf  breaks  higher,  till  toward  midnight,  when  the 
storm  has  nearly  reached  its  climax,  there  is  a  sudden 
lull,  and  winds  and  waves  are  hushed  in  suspense.  In 
this  moment  of  tranquillity,  merry,  mocking  strains  of 
waltz  music  are  heard  drifting  out  upon  the  gloom  and 
terror  of  that  tempestuous  night  from  the  ball-room  of 
the  great  summer  hotel  upon  the  island. 

Just  here  I  have  introduced  a  waltz  of  a  light,  almost 
flippant  character,  in  contrast  to  the  sombre  themes  and 
harmonies  which  precede  and  follow,  suggesting  the 
mood  as  well  as  the  movement  of  the  dancers. 

The  incongruous  strains  reach  the  ear  of  the  veteran 
captain  of  the  steamer  Morning  Star,  which,  dragging 
three  anchors,  is  drifting  down  to  her  inevitable  doom 
amid  the  breakers,  and  he  exclaims,  "Dancing!  God 
help  them!  for  the  wind  dances  with  the  sea  to-night, 
and  if  he  takes  a  notion  to  whip  around  south,  there'll 
be  dancing  to  a  different  tune!"  In  the  repetition  and 
development  of  the  waltz-theme,  I  have  endeavored  to 
depict  the  moment  when  the  wind  veers  and  "from  the 
south  he  comes  on,  with  the  strength  of  a  tornado  and 
the  sound  of  a  cannonade,  bearing  the  sea,  a  blanched 
and  frightened  partner,  in  his  arms,  and  the  very  land 
trembles  to  this  giant  tread,  as  but  a  moment  since  the 
polished  floor  of  the  dance  hall  quivered  to  the  pressure 
of  circling  steps." 

Then  the  original  sea-theme  returns,  with  its  sobbing, 


Miscellaneous  Modern  Compositions.      165 

surging  accompaniment,  the  voice  of  the  sea  again,  but 
rising  to  a  shout  of  warning,  and  the  tempest  rapidly 
increases  to  the  final  climax  and  ultimate  awful  catas- 
trophe, when  "Shattered  wrecks  of  buildings,  mingled 
with  uprooted  trees  and  struggling  human  victims,  are 
swept  surging  together,  in  a  weltering  chaos  of  destruc- 
tion, out  into  the  black  waters  of  the  Gulf."  Then,  like 
the  storm,  the  composition  gradually  subsides  in  sad, 
falling  cadences,  like  repentant  surges  sobbing  them- 
selves to  rest  on  a  wreck-strewn  shore;  and  at  the  close 
are  a  few  subdued  minor  chords,  a  musical  requiescat 
for  the  lost. 

Musicians  will  notice  that  the  theme  of  the  Coda  is 
identical  with  that  of  the  introduction,  only  given  in 
extension  and  in  the  minor  key,  to  suggest  that  it  is  the 
same  scene,  the  same  sea  and  sky,  but  altered  almost 
beyond  recognition  by  the  passing  of  the  shadow  o/ 
Death. 


Teaching  Pieces  for  Second 
and  Third  Grades. 


|CARCELY  a  week  passes  that  I  do  not 
receive  requests  for  a  list  of  pieces  in 
these  earlier  grades  that  are  at  once 
meritorious  and  pleasing,  well  made  and 
practically  usable.      My  personal  ex- 
perience with   music  of  this  grade  is 
very  limited,  but  I  will  mention  a  few 
such  compositions  which  have  come  to  my  notice  and 
which  I  know  to  be  available  and  useful  of  their  kind. 
Some  of  them  may  be  new  to  the  reader. 

First  let  me  say  that  in  the  study  of  the  piano,  as 
in  other  lines,  every  stage  has  its  mental  as  well  as  its 
technical  limitations,  which  the  good  teacher  must 
recognize. 

It  is  as  unwise  to  insist  on  an  exclusive  diet  of  the 
classics  for  the  young,  undeveloped  pupil,  as  to  feed  a 
baby  on  roast-beef  and  mince-pie ;  or  to  force  a  child 
in  the  primary  school  to  read  only  Browning  and  Bmer 
son.     The  effect  is  as  certain  to  be  detrimental. 

Bohm,  Spindler,  and  even  Lange  are  better  musical 
nourishment  for  the  child  than  Schumann  or  Bach; 
for  the  taste  as  well  as  technic  must  grow  gradually 

166 


Second  and  Third  Grade  Pieces.          167 

and  nutrition  must  be  adapted  to  the  digestive  capacity 
of  the  recipient. 

There  are  many  small  compositions,  good,  yet  at- 
tractive to  the  young  student,  and  well  suited  to  meet 
the  need  in  question.  Among  American  writers  who 
have  supplied  much  valuable  material  of  this  class 
none  ranks  higher  than  my  old  friend,  the  lamented 
Fred  L,.  Morey,  formerly  of  Chicago. 

His  works  will  prove  a  treasure-trove  to  those  not 
familiar  with  them. 

They  are  melodious,  easily  grasped,  and  free  from 
technical  complexities. 

Gavotte  Imperial  in  A  minor, 
by  Morey. 

Here  is  a  fine  study  in  octave  and  chord  work,  in- 
valuable to  the  student  in  the  first  stage  of  develop- 
ment in  that  line.  Musically  it  is  strong,  stirring,  and 
martial  in  character,  with  a  fine  melodious  Trio,  and 
is  an  excellent  specimen  of  that  form  of  dance  music. 
For  full  description  of  the  Gavotte  see  the  "Story  of 
the  Gavotte"  in  this  volume. 

Among  the  same  set  of  six  pieces,  is  a  fine  Cradle- 
song  in  G. 

Song  of  the  Kankakee,  by  Morey. 

This  is  a  useful  and  attractive  study  in  rippling 
arpeggio  figures,  with  a  sustained  tuneful  melody  in 
the  middle  register.  It  is  well  made,  both  musically 
and  technically,  is  interesting  and  practicable  for  the 


1 68       Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

pupil,  and,  as  it  is  but  little  known,  will  prove  a  welcome 
novelty  to  teachers  who  are  looking  for  good  yet  pleas- 
ing third-grade  pieces. 

It  is  a  musical  memory  of  Mr.  Morey's  boyhood, 
many  of  its  happiest  hours  having  been  spent  on  the 
TT  How-fringed  banks  of  the  tranquil  Kankakee,  watch- 
ng  the  changing  lights  and  shadows  on  the  surface  of 
he  dimpling  water,  listening  to  the  low,  slumberous 
murmur  of  the  languid  stream  as  it  wound  its  slow 
way  through  the  fertile  plains  of  Illinois,  while  he  lay 
m  the  shadow,  among  the  whispering  willows  and  alders, 
and  dreamed  a  boy's  dreams  of  the  days  to  come, 
when  he  should  be  a  great  composer  and  write  mighty 
symphonies    for   the   world's   orchestras   to   perform, 
while   listening   thousands   rejoiced  and   applauded — 
dreams  which,  like  most  of  those  of  youth,  were  des- 
tined to  remain  unfulfilled. 

Poor  Morey!  He  died,  like  Spindler  and  Heller  and 
Schubert  and  Mozart,  and  a  score  of  other  greater  men 
than  he,  in  obscurity  and  poverty;  but  a  few  of  us 
remember  him  loyally  as  the  best  of  friends,  a  prince  of 
good  fellows,  and  a  musician  gifted  far  beyond  the  lot 
of  most. 

Hieland  Laddie,  by  Fred  L.  Morey. 

The  idea  here  embodied  is  of  a  peculiarly  playful, 
quizzical  character,  yet  not  without  tenderness  and 
poetry;  of  genuine  Scottish  tone,  reproduced  with  ad- 
mirable fidelity  in  the  music.  It  was  at  first  suggested 
by  a  charmingly  characteristic  engraving. 

A  comely  old  lady,  in  the  picturesque  garb  of  the 


Second  and  Third  Grade  Pieces.          169 

Scotch  peasant,  sits  just  within  the  open  doorway  of  a 
simple  cottage;  her  neglected  knitting  and  idle  hands  lie 
in  her  lap.  Her  head  droops,  and  her  eyes  are  closed. 
She  is  evidently  napping.  Prominent  on  the  opposite 
wall,  just  facing  her,  hangs  the  portrait  of  a  handsome 
youth,  in  the  jaunty  cap  and  gay  plaid  of  the  High- 
lander, his  face  and  figure  eloquent  with  health  and 
strength  and  buoyant  animation.  From  a  certain 
resemblance  in  the  woman's  face,  and  the  look  of  affec- 
tionate pride  which  it  wears,  it  is  evident  that  the 
picture  is  that  of  her  own  absent  bonny  boy,  the  sub- 
ject of  her  last  waking  thoughts  and  present  dreams. 
Entering  the  door  from  without,  approaching  swiftly 
but  softly,  so  as  not  too  soon  to  disturb  her  slumbers, 
comes  the  Highland  Laddie  himself,  the  living  original 
of  the  picture,  his  eyes  dancing  with  mischievous  glee, 
as  he  steals  forward,  enjoying  in  advance  her  start  and 
glad  surprise  when  she  wakes  to  find  him  whom  she 
thought  so  distant  close  beside  her. 

The  music  is  at  once  pleasing  and  graphic.  The 
first  strain  should  be  played  softly  and  gracefully,  sug- 
gesting the  dreams  of  the  waiting  mother;  the  second 
with  more  energy  and  decided  contrasts,  as  if  telling 
of  her  sudden  awakening  and  startled  surprise.  Then 
the  first  strain  repeats,  stronger  and  more  animated 
than  before,  and  we  may  fancy  her  gaily  recounting 
her  dream  to  the  returned  wanderer.  The  third  strain 
gives,  in  a  mellow  baritone  melody,  his  answering 
voice;  then  one  more  subdued  repetition  of  the  first 
strain  closes  the  composition,  as  with  tranquil  reflection 
on  the  remembered  pleasure. 

The  peculiar  Scotch  inflection  of  the  melody  must 


170      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

be  brought  out  distinctly.  Those  familiar  with  Robin 
Adair,  Kelvin  Green,  and  similar  Scotch  songs,  will  at 
once  recognize  the  slurred  sixteenths  on  the  first  and 
fourth  beats  of  many  of  the  measures  as  characteristic 
of  all  Scotch  music.  These  should  be  played  precisely 
as  the  words  "Highland  I,addie"  are  pronounced,  with 
a  marked  accent  on  the  first  syllable,  gliding  to  the 
second,  which  is  much  lighter  and  detached  from  what 
follows.  On  this  account  the  piece  will  be  found  an 
excellent  study  in  rhythm. 

Around  the  Maypole,  Rustic  Dance, 
by  Fred  L.  Morey. 

Among  the  most  joyous  and  poetic  of  old  English 
festivals  was  the  annual  celebration  of  May-day. 
The  fairest  maiden  in  the  village  was  selected  by  her 
companions  as  Queen  of  the  revels,  crowned  with  May- 
flowers, and  invested  for  the  day  with  supreme  author- 
ity. (See  Tennyson's  "May  Queen.")  Under  her 
mild  and  mirthful  sway,  the  young  people  abandoned 
themselves  to  every  kind  of  innocent  and  jovial  merry- 
making, till  at  evening,  as  culmination  of  the  frolic, 
the  flower-wreathed  Maypole  was  erected  in  the  centre 
of  the  village  green,  and  around  it  all  joined  in  the  rustic 
dance,  circling  hand  in  hand,  to  the  rollicking  measures 
of  pipe  and  fiddle.  This  composition  is  intended,  as  its 
name  implies,  to  suggest  such  a  scene,  and  express  its 
merry  mood.  The  melody  and  harmonies  are  pur- 
posely kept  simple  and  unpretentious  to  fit  the  primi- 
tive, rural  character  of  the  festival ;  while  the  third,  or 
Trio,  strain,  has  a  certain  arch,  capricious  element, 


Second  and  Third  Grade  Pieces.          171 

hinting  of  the  playful  coquetries  of  some  village  belle, 
or  perhaps  the  May  Queen  herself. 

The  piece  should  be  played  at  moderate  tempo,  with 
a  bright,  cheerful  tone,  crisp,  distinct  rhythm,  and 
animated  swing,  as  if  to  mark  the  time  for  the  flying 
feet  of  the  dancers  around  the  Maypole. 

Jumping  Rope.  Edw.  Baxter  Perry. 

With  a  hop  and  a  skip 
Without  stumble  or  trip 

My  jump-rope  I  swing 

Keeping  time  while  I  sing, 

The  morning  is  bright 
And  my  heart  is  so  light 

For  school  doesn't  keep 
'Tis  the  first  day  of  Spring. 

This  composition  belongs  to  the  class  known  as  the 
graceful  or  playful  lyric. 

The  mood  expressed  throughout  is  the  exuberant 
light-hearted  gaiety  of  the  schoolgirl,  out  for  a  holiday 
in  the  breezy,  exhilarating  spring  weather.  It  should 
be  given  with  a  rhythmic  swing  indicating  the  move- 
ment implied  by  the  name,  and  with  all  the  capricious 
abandon  which  the  player  can  feel,  remember,  or  imag- 
ine, in  connection  with  the  springtime  and  the  days 
of  youth,  abounding  health,  and  high  spirits. 

The  Mermaid's  Song,  by  Edward 
B.  Perry. 

The  mermaid  sits  by  the  summer  sea, 
At  the  evening  hour  and  sings  and  calls, 

The  heart  of  the  youth  must  break,  Ah  me! 
For  it  owns  her  power  as  the  twilight  falls. 


172       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

The  sea  song  blends  with  her  tender  sighs 

As  she  lingers  there  while  the  west  grows  cold; 

With  the  blue  of  the  sea  in  her  melting  eyes 
And  a  gleam  in  her  hair  like  the  sunset's  gold. 

The  youth  well  knows  he  must  say  good  night 
To  the  world  above  and  with  her  must  go 

With  rapturous  dread,  and  fearsome  delight, 
To  a  life  of  love  in  the  depths  below. 

Let  the  melody  in  the  right  hand  suggest  the  plaintive 
but  sweetly  seductive  voice  of  the  Mermaid,  while  the 
left-hand  accompaniment  rises  and  falls  in  gentle  un- 
dulations, rippling  and  flowing  like  tranquil  waves. 


Undine,  by  Ferdinand  Dewey. 

This  is  named  for  that  mythical  water  fairy  of  ancient 
legend  who  was  the  personification  of  all  the  delicate 
witchery  of  silver  lake  and  stream,  all  the  fleeting 
grace  of  those  vague  floating  forms  compounded  of 
mist  and  moonlight,  to  which  the  primitive  imagination 
of  men  attributed  supernatural  life,  and  all  the  wistful 
sadness  of  murmuring  waves.  She  is  said  to  have  re- 
ceived or  developed  a  human  soul  as  the  result  of 
falling  in  love  with  a  mortal,  and  when  disappointed 
and  cast  off  by  her  earthly  lover,  to  have  returned,  with- 
out resentment  or  revenge,  to  endless  sorrow  and  loneli- 
ness beneath  the  water.  The  gentle,  touching  sadness 
of  the  much-forgiving  Undine  breathes  in  the  music 
of  this  simple  little  nocturne.  The  melody  may  be 
supposed  to  typify  her  plaintive  yet  winsome  voice, 
while  the  flowing  triplet  accompaniment  suggests  the 
soft  ripple  of  her  native  element.  The  composition 
will  be  found  invaluable  to  teachers  as  an  almost  un- 


Second  and  Third  Grade  Pieces.         173 

equaled  study  in  tone-production.  It  is  hardly  more 
than  third  grade  in  technical  difficulty,  so  within  the 
reach  of  the  majority  of  pupils;  yet  musically  it  is 
sufficiently  interesting  to  be  used  with  far  more  ad- 
vanced students  who  may  need  or  enjoy  something  in 
the  pure  lyric  vein.  The  melody  is  simplicity  itself, 
yet  warmly  poetic  and  so  clearly  divided  into  short, 
easily  grasped  periods  that  it  may  be  said  to  phrase 
itself.  There  are  no  tricky  cadences  to  distract  the 
attention  of  the  player  from  the  songful  quality,  and 
the  left-hand  accompaniment  is  unaffected  and  natural, 
affording  no  excuse  for  even  momentary  withdrawal 
of  the  mind  from  the  quality  and  shading  of  the  melodic 
phrases. 

Danse  Ecossaise,  by  Baker. 

This  is  an  attractive,  melodious,  though  light  and 
playful  little  work,  of  about  third  grade  difficulty, 
popular  with  pupils,  well  put  together,  and  a  good 
rhythmic  study,  for  it  has  the  genuine  characteristic 
Scotch  lilt  in  its  theme,  namely,  the  short,  unaccented 
note  passing  at  once  to  a  longer,  sharply  accented  one, 
which  is  the  distinguishing  peculiarity,  or  the  most 
noticeable  one,  in  all  Scotch  melodies. 

The  harmonies  are  varied  and  pleasing,  without 
being  too  complex  for  the  average  pupil,  and  it  con- 
tains no  dry  sections  and  no  tricky  embellishments  or 
cadenzas  beyond  the  grade  of  the  piece.  As  a  whole, 
the  mood  is  that  of  the  joyous,  frolicsome  highland 
dance. 


Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 
The  Music  Box,  by  Liebich. 

The  teacher  will  find  in  this  musically  rather  trivial, 
but  very  realistic  little  composition,  a  valuable  bit  of 
most  beneficial  technical  study,  disguised  under  a 
sugar  coating  of  surface  prettiness  and  real  graphic 
imitation,  which  will  reach  the  interest  and  stimulate 
the  work  of  certain  pupils  whom  otherwise  it  may  be 
hard  to  rouse. 

It  is  a  very  excellent  imitation  of  the  sound  of  the 
old-fashioned  music-box,  and  a  piece  of  pronounced 
realism  which  they  can  fully  understand,  and  the  in- 
tended effects  of  which  they  can  themselves  clearly 
produce.  This  will  often  arouse  the  imagination  and 
latent  artistic  perception  of  a  young  pupil  who  is  wholly 
impervious  to  a  deeper  mood  or  thought- 
It  is  the  wedge  that  opens  the  way  for  better  things ; 
moreover,  the  child  is  getting  a  good  £tude  for  finger 
development  without  knowing  it,  which,  as  every 
teacher  knows,  is  in  some  cases  an  important  step  in  the 
right  direction. 


Titania,  by  Wely. 

This  little  composition  by  the  once  great  pianist  is 
familiar  to  every  teacher  and  well-nigh  every  pupil 
above  the  third-grade. 

It  has  served  as  a  sort  of  modest  mile-stone  on  the 
path  of  pianistic  progress  for  two  generations,  and  still 
has  its  utilitarian  value  for  students  and  its  hosts  of 
friends.  It  possesses  some  of  the  general  qualities  of 


Second  and  Third  Grade  Pieces.          175 

the  number  by  Liebich  referred  to ;  it  is  a  good  chromatic 
e"tude,  well  constructed  and  practically  useful  for 
technical  purposes,  but  skilfully  disguised  and  sugar- 
coated  by  means  of  a  romantic  name,  and  attractive 
melodic  and  descriptive  characteristics.  The  ear  of 
even  the  most  superficial  pupil  is  pleased,  and  his  im- 
agination awakened,  while  he  is  being  adroitly  stimu- 
lated to  do  willingly  some  otherwise  distasteful  work 
in  the  development  of  the  much-needed  finger  facility 
so  essential  to  the  pianist. 

We  may  fancy  the  scene  suggested  by  the  music  as  a 
secluded  glade  in  the  heart  of  the  forest,  half  illuminated 
by  the  silvery  moonlight,  but  encircled  by  the  shadowy 
mystery  of  the  woodland. 

The  introduction  presents  to  us  the  capricious,  mis- 
chievous, but  daintily  charming  Titania,  queen  of  the 
fairies.  This  should  be  played  with  extreme  lightness 
and  a  playful  coquettish  freedom,  to  indicate  her 
personality. 

Then  follows  her  graceful  circling  dance,  as  she 
weaves  her  spells  and  traces  her  mystic  rings  about  the 
ancient  oak  in  the  centre  of  the  glade,  the  silent  witness 
of  so  many  fairy  revels  in  the  past.  This  bright,  airy 
dance  movement  should  be  given  with  the  utmost 
speed  compatible  with  accuracy;  and  with  a  clear, crisp, 
but  always  delicate  touch. 

The  trio  in  B  flat  introduces  a  different  mood  and 
personage.  His  Fairy  Majesty,  king  Oberon,  emerges 
from  the  shadows  in  mock  dignity,  and  half  real,  half- 
pretended  displeasure,  checks  the  dance  by  an  im- 
perious gesture,  and  proceeds  to  lecture  his  wayward 
wife  for  amusing  herself  so  well  in  his  absence.  He 


176       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

scolds  for  a  while,  and  then  is  mollified  and  won  by  her 
charms,  and  finally  joins  in  the  dance,  which  ends  in  a 
frolicsome  burst  of  hilarity. 

The  marked  contrast  of  this  more  grave  and  de- 
clamatory middle  movement  must  be  distinctly  em- 
phasized by  means  of  a  fuller  tone,  slower  tempo,  and 
more  emphatic  delivery. 

The  work  is  a  simple  but  attractive  picture  in  tone, 
devoid  of  any  great  depth  or  strength,  but  not  without 
merit  of  its  kind,  and  as  a  study  possesses  considerable 
technical  value. 

Heinrich  Hofmann, 
Aus   Schoner   Zeit. 

This  is  another  short  and  very  beautiful  lyric,  of 
perhaps  fourth-grade  difficulty,  in  a  sadly  pensive 
mood.  The  name  means  literally,  "Out  of  a  beautiful 
time,"  but  the  idea  for  which  it  stands  would  be  more 
aptly  expressed  in  English  by  the  words,  "Sweet 
Memories."  A  German  couplet  stands  as  motto  at  the 
head  of  the  music,  suggesting  its  character  and  origin, 
which  might  be  freely  translated  as  follows:  "By  the 
door  unheeded  a  zither  swings,  and  the  night  wind  sighs 
through  its  trembling  strings." 

The  dream-picture  called  up  both  by  the  words  and 
by  the  music  may  be  something  like  this:  A  modest 
peasant's  cottage  in  the  forest  of  Tyrol;  the  home  of 
childhood  revisited  in  after  years.  Silence  and  loneli- 
ness reign  in  the  familiar  scene,  where  memories  of 
departed  loved  ones  wander  like  phantoms.  By  the 
open  door  hangs  an  old  forgotten  zither,  its  gay  music 


Second  and  Third  Grade  Pieces.          177 

now  stilled  like  the  voices  of  the  dear  old  home  life  of 
the  bygone  years,  but  stirring  dreamily  in  its  sleep  at 
the  caress  of  the  night  wind  and  recalling  to  the  listener 
who  shall  say  what  vague,  far-away  fancies  and  longings. 
The  strings  murmur  faintly,  indistinctly,  in  sweet, 
shifting  harmonies,  through  which  a  plaintive  strain  of 
melody  is  heard,  like  the  echo  of  a  beloved  voice  sound- 
ing through  the  halls  of  memory. 

The  whole  effect  should  be  subdued  to  the  most 
delicate  of  half-tones,  and  the  accompaniment  par- 
ticularly must  be  a  mere  sigh  of  harmony.  There  is 
one  rather  unusual  and  tricky  cadenza,  but  with  care- 
fully selected  fingering  it  is  by  no  means  impracticable 
even  for  moderately  advanced  players. 

The  Will  O'  the  Wisp. 

This  name  (which  is  synonymous  with  the  French 
feu  follet  and  the  German  Irrlichter)  is  applied  to  those 
wandering,  elusive,  phosphorescent  lights  which  appear 
by  night  in  marshy  meadows  and  damp  forest  glades, 
and  which  have  been,  in  all  lands  and  ages,  the  source 
of  much  wonder  and  curiosity  and  the  origin  of  many 
superstitious  fears.  In  Scotland  they  were  formerly 
called  death  lights,  and  their  number,  at  any  given  time 
or  place,  was  supposed  to  indicate  the  number  of 
funeral  candles  that  would  be  lighted  in  that  community 
during  that  year. 

The  Germans  have  a  pretty  legend  that  they  are  the 
souls  of  candles  prematurely  extinguished,  which  fly 
to  these  lonely  places  to  live  out  the  remainder  of  their 
brief  earthly  existences,  cut  short  by  the  cruelty  or 


178       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

carelessness  of  man;  and  that,  in  these  fleeting  hours 
of  weird  nocturnal  revelry,  they  dance  and  sport  to- 
gether and  amuse  themselves  by  narrating  to  each 
other  the  scenes  of  human  joy  or  sorrow  which  they  il- 
luminated during  their  short  earthly  lives. 

This  idea  has  been  used  by  a  number  of  composers 
as  the  subject  of  pianoforte  compositions,  the  attempt 
being  first  to  produce  the  realistic  imitation  in  music 
of  the  dancing,  flickering,  mysteriously  appearing  and 
swiftly  vanishing  witch-lights  against  the  dark  back- 
ground of  the  night;  and  second,  in  some  cases,  to 
suggest,  in  addition,  the  stories  told  by  these  spirit 
candles  of  the  scenes  they  have  witnessed,  the  ball- 
room gaiety  or  bridal  happiness  or  burial  rites  upon 
which  they  have  shone. 

The  subject  is  rich  in  varied  possibilities  which  have, 
as  yet,  by  no  means  been  exhausted,  though  there  are  a 
number  of  compositions  based  upon  it. 

Probably  the  most  difficult  work  of  its  length  in 
existence  is  the  Irrlichter  by  Liszt,  one  of  his  trans- 
cendental studies.  A  bright  and  pleasing,  as  well  as 
useful,  little  piece  for  second-grade  pupils,  is  the  Will 
O'  the  Wisp  by  Jungman;  a  good,  though  simple  em- 
bodiment of  the  idea,  and  a  fine  study  in  light,  crisp, 
staccato  playing. 

The  one  by  Jensen  is  somewhat  more  difficult,  as 
well  as  more  subtle  musically.  Both  will  be  found  of 
practical  value  to  the  student. 


Inflection  in  Music. 


NCIDENTALLY  I  wish  here  to  call  the 
attention  of  teachers  with  very  young 
pupils  to  the  set  of  easy  and  pleasing 
little  pieces  by  Leibitz, 

It  will  be  found  to  be  of  value,  not 
only  in  interesting  the  children,  but 
in  accustoming  them  to  play  simple 
melodies  with  some  degree  of  intelligent  expression 
and  declamatory  style.  The  melodies  are  literally 
fitted  with  words,  which  may  be  sung  by  the  child 
if  desired,  and  which  serve  not  only  to  give  a  general 
idea  of  the  character  of  the  music  and  the  way  it 
should  be  played,  but  also  to  indicate  where  the  heavy 
and  light  accents  should  properly  fall.  The  child, 
when  playing,  thinks  of  the  words  and  tries  to  make 
the  notes  say  them;  thus  unconsciously  getting  the 
first  elementary  conception  of  inflection  in  melody 
playing;  a  most  important,  but  often  neglected  ele- 
ment, popularly  spoken  of  as  "the  ability  to  make 
music  talk,"  that  is,  to  put  some  individual  life  and 
significance  into  it  beyond  what  it  is  possible  to  indi- 
cate by  the  ordinary  marks  of  expression. 

No  two  consecutive  notes  of  a  melody  should  ever 
179 


180      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

be  played  exactly  alike;  for  the  measures,  precisely 
like  the  lines  in  poetry,  are  subdivided  into  metrical 
feet,  dactyls,  trochees,  &c.,  certain  notes  having  more 
importance  and  demanding  more  stress  or  accent 
than  others,  like  different  words  in  a  sentence  or  syl- 
lables in  a  word.  This  dynamic  differentiation,  prop- 
erly observed,  in  a  single  simple  phrase  of  music,  makes 
all  the  distinction  between  mere  machine  playing  and 
artistic  delivery. 

The  little  pieces  referred  to  emphasize  this  point  and 
render  it  clear  to  the  child  mind.  They  are  a  much- 
needed  step  in  the  right  direction. 

I  would  also  mention  as  most  useful  in  first  grade 
work  the  set  of  pieces  by  J.  M.  Blose,  Op.  15,  which 
many  teachers  are  finding  invaluable. 

Many  more  excellent  things  by  American  writers, 
for  first  and  second  grades,  might  be  mentioned.  I 
have  no  wish  to  discriminate,  but  lack  of  time  and  space, 
as  well  as  of  experience  in  this  grade  of  work,  prohibit 
my  giving  much  attention  to  it  in  this  volume. 


Dance  Forms 


The  Story  of  the  Waltz. 


|VBRY  form  of  musical  composition,  and 
there  are  many  such,  which  is  primarily 
intended  to  accompany  or  suggest  a  cer- 
tain definite  physical  action  and  move- 
ment, is  logically  developed  from,  and 
naturally  grows  out  of,  that  movement 
itself. 

The  human  body,  with  its  infinitely  varied  possi- 
bilities of  expression  by  means  of  attitudes,  gestures, 
and  movements,  may  be  said  to  have  been  the  first 
artistic  instrument,  and  was  used  to  convey  ideas,  emo- 
tions, and  impressions  through  a  universal  and  highly 
developed  sign-language,  long  before  speech  was  in- 
vented, and  ages  before  modern  fine  arts  were  even 
dreamed  of  by  the  most  visionary  of  prophets. 

Men  marched  bravely  and  proudly  to  battle,  ex- 
pressing courage  and  defiance  in  every  line  and  motion 
of  their  war-inspired  figures;  or  slowly  and  dejectedly 
behind  the  bier  of  king  or  hero,  expressing  sorrow  in 
every  reluctant  step  and  drooping  pose,  ages  before  the 
first  band  or  even  drum-corps  headed  the  column. 

Men  danced  the  war  dance,  the  love  dance,  the  hunt- 
ing and  harvest  and  snake  dances,  and  even  the  dance 
of  religious  frenzy,  long  before  the  first  progressive 


184      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

savage  devised  the  rhythm-marking  "tom-tom"  to  ani- 
mate the  dancers  and  heighten  the  effect. 

The  dance  was  first  of  all  the  arts,  for  it  is  an  art, 
when  properly  considered.  It  was  the  primitive  but 
accurate  expression  of  life-experiences  through  motion. 

Dance  music  consisted  originally  of  merely  a  marked 
rhythm,  beaten  out  on  some  instrument  of  percussion, 
some  kind  of  drum,  probably  in  the  first  instance  a  hol- 
low log  pounded  with  a  club,  this  rhythm  growing  out 
of,  and  demanded  by  the  dance  itself,  and  intended  to 
guide,  control,  and  stimulate  the  dancers. 

Little  by  little  vocal  cries  were  added,  in  time  with 
the  dance  and  expressing  its  mood,  the  cry  of  pain,  or 
pleasure,  or  desire;  the  shout  of  triumph  or  defiance; 
the  wail  of  death-agony;  the  whoop  of  delirious  frenzy. 
These  were  gradually  developed,  refined,  and  combined 
into  increasingly  expressive  and  beautiful  melodic 
phrases,  till  the  song  evolved  from  the  dance. 

The  element  of  harmony  was  slowly  added,  and  music 
as  an  independent  art  was  born  with  a  body  of  beauty 
and  an  immortal  soul  of  emotional  expression. 

Every  good  dance  form,  however,  even  if  not  in- 
tended to  accompany  an  actual  dance,  and  no  matter 
how  much  it  may  be  idealized,  amplified,  and  elaborated, 
must  remain  true  in  the  main  to  its  physical  heredity 
and  antecedents;  that  is,  it  must  be  based  upon  the 
rhythm  and  tempo,  and  express  the  general  funda- 
mental mood  of  the  dance  from  which  it  springs; 
though  it  may,  and  in  modern  times  always  does,  add 
many  collateral  and  supplementary  suggestions  arising 
out  of,  or  conceivably  incident  to,  the  original  dance. 

The  waltz  is  the  love-dance  of  modern  life,  expressing 


The  Story  of  the  Waltz.  185 

the  romance,  the  poetry,  the  subtile  glamour  and 
fascination,  of  sex  attraction,  in  its  refined,  idealistic, 
but  irresistible  potency. 

In  spite  of  much  controversy  there  can  be  little 
doubt  that  it  originated  in  Germany,  as  the  name 
waltz,  derived  from  the  German  word  walzen  (to  turn 
or  whirl),  clearly  indicates. 

It  was  introduced  into  the  social  life  of  Vienna  in 
1780,  and  despite  fierce  opposition  and  abuse  from  cer- 
tain quarters,  soon  gained  a  sure  and  permanent  foot- 
hold in  popular  favor  and  spread  its  dominion  through- 
out Europe,  wellnigh  supplanting  most  other  dances, 
probably  because  of  the  universality  and  strength  of 
the  element  which  it  embodies. 

The  most  distinctive  characteristic  of  the  waltz,  as  a 
dance,  is  the  complete  isolation  of  the  couples;  and 
this  is  as  it  should  be,  symbolizing  its  significance. 

In  other  dances,  especially  the  older  forms,  the  fig- 
ures are  executed  by  several  couples,  more  or  less  col- 
lectively and  interdependently.  Partners  are  temporar- 
ily shifted;  at  times  the  evolutions  are  more  complex 
and  the  social  element  more  in  evidence.  In  the  waltz, 
each  couple  revolves  in  its  own  independent  orbit,  en- 
veloped in  its  peculiar,  exclusive  atmosphere  of  swift, 
graceful  motion,  sensuous  music,  intimate  mutual  ab- 
sorption, as  much  alone  for  the  moment,  in  the  midst 
of  the  whirling  crowd,  as  if  on  a  desert  island.  This 
is  characteristic  of  the  mood  it  is  intended  to  express, 
and  forms  the  most  important  element  of  fascination 
in  this  dance. 

But  in  connection  with  this  original,  simple,  concrete 
idea  of  the  love-dance,  many  other  subsidiary  emotions 


1 86      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

and  suggestions  naturally  arise,  associated  with  it  and 
incident  to  it,  as,  for  example,  the  ardent  wooing  of  the 
man,  the  gentle  tenderness  or  the  witching  coquetry  or 
playful  mockery  of  the  woman,  the  bitterness  of  misun- 
derstanding, rebuff,  and  disappointment,  the  ecstasy  of 
reunion  after  long  parting,  the  fear  and  pain  of  im- 
pending separation,  the  anguish  of  a  stolen  farewell, 
the  sudden,  startling  call  "to  arms,"  in  the  midst  of  the 
gaiety,  the  fateful,  tragic  message  or  ominous  secret, 
imparted  under  cover  of  the  jest  and  laughter  of  the 
ball-room.  These  and  many  more,  of  almost  infinite 
variety,  are  possible  accessory  elements,  which  may  in- 
terweave themselves  with  the  simple  pattern  of  the 
waltz  as  primarily  conceived. 

Waltz  music,  originally  intended  as  an  accompani- 
ment and  rhythmic  guide  to  the  dance,  and  concerned 
merely  with  the  expression  of  the  one  simple  idea,  has 
gradually  evolved  and  expanded  so  as  to  include  and 
utilize  all  these  secondary  and  incidental  suggestions, 
till  to-day  the  best  waltzes  are  no  longer  strictly  dance 
music,  but  complete,  elaborate  art  works,  tone  pictures 
of  ball-room  scenes  and  moods,  with  the  waltz  move- 
ment and  emotional  motive  as  their  principal  theme, 
of  course,  but  with  all  the  intricate  complexities  of 
human  life  and  passions  vividly  portrayed. 

Among  the  light  Viennese  school  of  writers,  catering 
to  the  rather  trifling  and  frivolous  taste  of  that  second 
Paris,  the  crown  as  "waltz-king"  was  appropriated  by 
the  elder  Strauss,  and  seemed  likely  to  become  hered- 
itary in  that  family;  and  for  actual  dance  purposes  their 
waltzes  remain  to-day  unequalled,  strikingly  rhythmic 
and  enspiriting,  embodying  fully  the  sprightly  grace, 


The  Story  of  the  Waltz.  187 

the  languorous,  half-artificial  tenderness,  the  exag- 
gerated, flirtatious  spirit  of  the  primitive  waltz,  at  its 
first  victorious  entrance  into  the  social  centers  of 
Europe. 

The  Strauss  waltzes  will  always  remain  representative 
types  of  their  class,  but  as  genuine  music  they  are  of 
very  "light  weight"  and  have  only  very  ephemeral 
value. 

Even  before  their  supremacy,  Schubert  and  von 
Weber  had  raised  the  waltz  into  the  realm  of  real  mu- 
sic, developing  and  expanding  its  form,  introducing  into 
it  the  suggestive,  descriptive,  more  profoundly  emo- 
tional elements  which  gave  to  it  a  place  among  the  dis- 
tinct and  recognized  musical  art  forms. 

Among  their  productions  in  this  form  Weber's  "Invi- 
tation to  the  Dance"  stands  as  the  most  remarkable, 
world-famous,  and  epoch-making  example. 

Then  came  Chopin,  with  his  series  of  inimitable 
piano-forte  waltzes,  which  will  always  remain  standard 
classic  types  of  this  form,  embodying,  as  they  do,  not 
only  the  fundamental  idea  of  the  waltz,  in  all  its  se- 
ductive grace  and  subtle  tenderness  and  witchery,  but 
also  almost  every  possible  shade  and  variety  of  mood, 
which  might  conceivably  be  experienced  by  the  indi- 
vidual dancers  under  diverse  conditions;  from  the 
heart-breaking  sadness  in  the  'cello  theme,  forming  the 
opening  and  principal  subject  in  the  little  waltz  in  A 
minor,  to  the  sparkling  gaiety  and  frolicsome  abandon 
of  the  joy-intoxicated  debutante  in  the  concert  waltz 

Most  of  the  pieces  described  in  this  chapter  will  be  found  in 
Descriptive  Analyses  of  Piano  Works,  by  Edw.  Baxter 
Perry. — ED. 


1 88       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

in  B  flat  major;  from  the  manifold  realistic  as  well  as 
emotional  suggestions  in  the  waltz  in  A  flat,  founded 
upon  Byron's  "Battle  of  Waterloo,"  to  the  simple,  naive 
delight  in  rhythmic  motion  and  innocent  coquetry  ex- 
pressed in  the  little  waltzes  in  G  flat  and  D  flat  major, 
and  the  subtler,  more  exotic  fascination  of  those  in  C 
sharp  minor  and  B  minor. 

These  waltzes  will  always  be  found  invaluable 
studies  for  pupils  of  all  grades  above  the  second,  for 
they  include  almost  every  variety  of  style  and  degree  of 
difficulty,  and  are  the  best  introduction  to  what  has 
been  aptly  called  "the  true  Chopinism  of  Chopin." 

Schulhoff,  Wieniawski,  Rubinstein,  Godard,  and  a 
host  of  others  have  contributed  liberally  and  ably  to 
this  most  popular  form  of  idealized  dance  music,  till  it 
now  offers  to  the  pianist  the  richest,  most  varied  selec- 
tion of  material  for  parlor  or  concert  use  of  any  of  the 
dance  forms,  with  the  possible  exception  of  the  Polon- 
aise. Its  development  may  be  said  to  have  culmin- 
ated with  Moszkowski,  whose  four  masterly  waltzes 
for  the  piano,  all  concert  numbers  of  some  magnitude, 
fairly  surpass  all  previous  productions  in  ornate  com- 
plexity of  construction,  in  technical  brilliancy,  in 
wealth  of  musical  and  emotional  content,  and  variety  of 
fanciful  suggestions.  It  is  difficult  to  imagine  their 
being  excelled  by  any  subsequent  writer. 

Just  one  word  more  concerning  the  subject  matter 
of  the  waltz  and  its  symbolic  significance. 

I  repeat  that  it  is  openly  and  avowedly  the  love 
dance  of  modern  civilization,  based  upon  and  expressing 
the  mystery  and  magic  of  sex  attraction. 

Certain  people  are  inclined  to  sneer  at  this  emotion 


The  Story  of  the  Waltz.  189 

and  its  use  as  an  art  subject.  Yet  the  fact  remains  that 
love,  with  its  corollary  emotions,  is  and  must  remain 
the  oldest,  most  universal  and  most  potent  factor  in 
human  existence,  the  motive  power  in  most  important 
human  actions,  the  determining  element  in  most  human 
experiences.  This  fundamental  truth  has  been  recog- 
nized by  all  great  authors  from  Shakespeare  and  Victor 
Hugo  down.  Our  musical  critics  may  scoff  if  they 
choose,  as  indeed  they  sometimes  do,  at  the  idea  that 
Chopin  founded  so  colossal  and  dignified  a  work  as 
his  Sonata  Op.  35,  on  what  they  are  pleased  to  call* 'so 
trivial  a  subject  as  a  love  story."  But  a  theme  of  such 
vital  and  universal  interest  to  the  race,  which  has  been 
deemed  worthy  to  serve  as  the  motive  in  nearly  all  the 
great  dramas  and  works  of  fiction  since  literature  began, 
may  surely  be  legitimately  utilized  by  the  musician, 
and  nowhere  does  it  find  more  facile  or  diversified 
expression. 


The  Story  of  the  March. 


|HE  march  is  probably  the  oldest  and  cer- 
tainly the  most  universally  employed  of 
all  the  forms  of  secular  music.  The  name 
march  is  derived  from  the  French  word 
marcher,  to  step. 

The  distinctive  rhythm  of  the  march 
had  its  origin  in  the  steady,  authorita- 
tive beat  of  drums,  cymbals,  or  tomtoms,  accompany- 
ing and  regulating  the  tread  of  moving  bodies  of  foot 
soldiers,  formerly  spearmen  and  archers,  later  our 
modern  infantry. 

In  process  of  time,  to  these  instruments  of  percussion 
were  added  the  trumpet,  the  fife,  and  in  some  instances 
the  bagpipe,  as  in  Scotland,  supplementing  the  element 
of  rhythm  with  that  of  melody  of  a  stirring,  inspiring 
character. 

Then,  little  by  little,  as  the  desire  for  harmony  de- 
veloped, other  instruments  of  deeper,  more  sonor- 
ous tone  were  introduced,  like  the  horn  and  trom- 
bone, till  the  modern  military  band,  composed  of  five 
varieties  of  brass  instruments  and  four  of  wood-wind, 
came  into  being,  in  which,  however,  the  drums  still 
play  an  important  part. 

The  practical  use  and  importance  of  martial  music, 
190 


The  Story  of  the  March.  191 

especially  the  march,  in  all  military  manoeuvres  and 
on  the  field  of  battle,  have  been  fully  recognized  by 
all  army  experts  in  all  ages.  Its  purpose  is  two-fold: 

Firstj  to  stimulate  courage,  ardor,  and  enthusiasm 
in  the  troops. 

Second,  to  secure  and  facilitate  concerted  action, 
a  regular,  orderly,  simultaneous  movement  of  large 
bodies  of  men,  by  keeping  them  in  step  with  a  uniform, 
commanding  rhythm,  which  spurs  the  laggard,  checks 
the  impatient,  controls  the  rate  of  advance,  and  insures 
precision  and  mathematical  certainty  in  the  execution 
of  army  manoeuvres.  For  this  reason,  a  good  band  is  as 
essential  a  part  of  a  well-equipped  regiment  as  its  arms 
or  ammunition-wagon. 

There  are  three  distinct  types  of  the  march  in  gen- 
eral use,  among  practically  all  nations,  employed  for 
different  purposes  and  occasions,  each  having  its  own 
special  characteristics  and  tempo. 

First  and  most  common,  the  ordinary  parade  march, 
leisurely,  dignified,  yet  stirring,  adapted  to  a  rate  of 
march  of  seventy-five  steps  a  minute. 

Second,  the  forced  march  or  quickstep,  more  in- 
spiring and  exciting,  with  a  tempo  allowing  for  one 
hundred  and  eight  steps  to  the  minute. 

Lastly,  the  storming  march,  the  French  pas  de 
charge,  with  a  hundred  and  twenty  steps  to  the 
minute. 

All  these  are  distinctively  military  marches,  actu- 
ally or  hypothetically  used  in  connection  with  the 
various  movements  of  troops. 

In  addition  to  them,  there  are  the  funeral  march, 
slow,  impressive,  and  mournful,  and  the  wedding 


192      Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

march,  brilliant,  joyous,  and  hopeful,  with  occasional 
touches  of  tender  sentiment. 

This  wide  diversity  of  mood  and  movement,  pos- 
sible within  the  legitimate  limitations  of  the  march, 
makes  of  it  one  of  the  broadest,  most  elastic  forms 
of  musical  expression.  The  rhythmic  tramp  of  march- 
ing feet  must  always  serve  as  its  basic  idea,  its  physical 
germ,  so  to  speak,  out  of  which  all  other  ideas  sug- 
gested in  it  must  be  logically  evolved,  and  to  which 
they  must  all  bear  a  definite  relation. 

But  these  secondary  ideas  and  resultant  moods 
may  cover  and  include  a  vast  range  of  thought  and 
emotion. 

For  instance,  men  may  march  exultantly  to  vic- 
tory, or  sullenly  to  certain  defeat;  to  the  storming 
of  a  fortress,  or  in  the  feverish  panic  of  a  rout;  to 
the  coronation  of  an  emperor,  or  the  execution  of 
a  comrade;  to  a  wedding  or  a  funeral.  All  the  emo- 
tions incident  to  these  various  occasions  may  be  ex- 
pressed in  the  music  of  the  march. 

As  a  definite,  well-established  musical  form,  recog- 
nized and  adopted  by  all  modern  nations,  the  march 
reached  its  full  development  about  the  middle  of  the 
1 8th  century,  since  which  time  it  has  undergone  few 
alterations,  and  fine  specimens  of  every  type  of  march 
are  to  be  found  in  the  writings  of  nearly  all  the  leading 
composers  from  Handel  to  Wagner.  It  is  always  in 
two-four  or  four-four  time,  and  is  constructed  on  the 
following  general  plan: 

First,  an  introduction  of  from  four  to  sixteen  meas- 
ures, consisting  mainly  of  a  fanfare  of  trumpets,  often, 
though  not  always,  accompanied  by  drum  effects. 


The  Story  of  the  March.  193 

This  introduction,  however,  may  be  omitted,  as  is  the 
case  with  most  funeral  marches.  The  first  subject,  or 
principal  theme,  is  from  sixteen  to  thirty- two  measures 
in  length,  divided  into  distinct  periods  of  four  or  eight 
measures,  with  no  cadenzas  or  episodes  of  any  kind  to 
break  the  uniformity  or  interrupt  the  steady  tramping 
of  the  rhythm.  Then  follows  the  second  theme,  most 
frequently  in  the  dominant,  and  usually  in  a  lighter, 
brighter  vein,  after  which  the  first  subject  is  repeated. 
Then  comes  a  trio,  more  lyric  in  character,  more  quiet, 
and  somewhat  more  slowly  played,  forming  a  marked 
and  effective  contrast  with  the  opening  movement, 
which  is  again  repeated  at  the  close  of  the  work,  with 
often  a  brief  but  brilliant  coda  or  finale  added.  Tech- 
nically speaking,  this  form  is  based  upon  that  of  the 
fully  developed  rondo,  which,  in  its  turn,  had  its  origin 
in  the  Folk-song. 

The  Mendelssohn  Wedding  March. 

No  work  of  its  kind  is  so  familiar  to  the  general 
public,  throughout  the  civilized  world,  as  the  Wed- 
ding March  by  Mendelssohn.  Since  its  creation, 
about  eighty  ago,  it  has  been  the  one  composition  used 
at  all  weddings,  where  music  had  any  part  in  the  cere- 
mony, and  at  how  many  thousands  of  weddings  it  has 
been  heard,  it  would  be  impossible  even  to  guess.  No 
other  march  has  ever  been  found  so  acceptable. 

In  stately  city  churches  and  simple  village  chapels, 

in   hall   and  private   parlor,   in  palace   and  cottage, 

from  the  eastern  confines  of  Russia  to  far  California, 

its  jubilant,  yet  ideally  lofty  strains  have  voiced  the 

13 


194      Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

mood  of  the  happy  occasion  for  countless  human 
hearts. 

This  march  is  a  fragment,  and  the  most  familiar 
one,  from  Mendelssohn's  music  to  "The  Mid-Summer 
Night's  Dream,"  an  early  but  supremely  able  work, 
replete  with  delicate  mysticism  and  dainty  fairyland 
fancies,  which  accounts  for  the  suggestions  of  that 
style  apparent  in  it — notably  in  the  trio.  It  was 
written  to  accompany  the  march  of  the  noble  wedding 
party  in  the  play,  a  brilliant  and  joyous  company, 
hence  the  atmosphere  of  pride  and  splendor  as  well  as 
gaiety  which  envelops  it.  Those  who  would  appreciate 
it  fully  should  familiarize  themselves  with  the  scene 
in  Shakespeare's  drama.  The  work  was  written  for 
orchestra,  but  there  have  been  numerous  piano  ar- 
rangements. 

The  introduction  gives  us  the  gladsome  bugle  calls 
and  trumpet  signals  which  appear  so  often  at  the 
opening  of  march  movements,  as  already  stated;  but 
in  this  case  with  no  suggestion  of  the  drums.  The 
first  movement,  or  subject,  is  proud,  triumphant, 
exultant;  telling  of  love  the  conqueror,  of  obstacles 
overcome,  of  happiness  assured  and  imminent;  while 
the  trio,  with  its  delicate  trills  and  subtle  wood-wind 
effects,  hints  of  a  background  of  shadowy  woodland 
mystery,  of  fairy  intrigue  and  influence,  which  color 
the  whole  texture  of  the  story  and  are  treated  by 
Mendelssohn  with  a  masterly  finesse,  which  proves 
him  to  be  peculiarly  at  home  in  that  realm  of  fasci- 
nating unrealities. 


The  Story  of  the  March.  195 

The  Bridal  March  from  "Lohengrin,'1 
by  Wagner. 

In  recent  years  this  march  has,  to  some  small  extent, 
encroached  upon  the  universal  supremacy  in  public 
favor  formerly  maintained  by  the  Mendelssohn  march. 
It  is  the  only  other  famous  wedding  march,  and  is 
preferred  by  those  who  seek  novelties  and  change  in 
all  the  experiences  of  life,  rather  than  the  conservative, 
time-honored  observances,  and  who  specially  affect  the 
modern  school  in  music.  But  there  is  a  good  and 
sufficient  reason,  inherent  in  the  music,  why  this  march 
will  never  supplant  the  one  by  Mendelssohn  in  general 
usage,  a  reason  of  which  the  public  is  not  definitely  con- 
scious, but  which  is  instinctively  felt;  namely,  that  it 
is  not  as  broadly  and  fully  adapted  to  any  and  every 
wedding  occasion,  is  not  as  characteristically  a  wedding 
march  in  tone  and  mood. 

The  music  is  of  a  high  grade  of  excellence,  markedly 
rhythmic,  simply  melodious,  and  easily  understood,  also 
it  is  bright  and  joyous  and  so  far  well  fitted  for  its 
purpose;  but,  like  all  of  Wagner's  music,  it  is  exactly 
and  exclusively  adapted  to  the  particular  occasion  and 
mood  it  was  written  to  reflect.  It  is  distinctively  local 
in  its  coloring  and,  while  perfectly  in  keeping  with  the 
scene  for  which  it  was  intended,  is  not  so  generally  in 
harmony  with  all  occasions  of  the  kind.  It  is  desig- 
nated as  Brautzug  (bridal  train  or  march),  and  has 
special  reference  to  the  bride. 

It  accompanies  Klsa  and  her  bridesmaids  in  their 
progress  from  the  palace  to  the  chapel,  where  her 


196      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

wedding  with  Lohengrin  is  to  take  place,  and  portrays 
the  personality  of  the  innocent,  white-souled,  happy- 
hearted,  but  rather  visionary,  heroine;  a  type  of  deli- 
cately feminine  but  rather  helpless  maiden,  of  which 
Wagner  was  particularly  fond  in  his  early  works — 
rather  the  modern  German  idea  of  maidenhood  than 
the  stronger  and  more  heroic  model,  on  which  his  later 
Brunhilde  was  moulded. 

The  music  is  light,  tripping,  daintily  playful,  but  far 
from  profound  or  serious.  The  mood  it  embodies  is 
that  of  the  fanciful  girl,  hardly  more  than  a  child, 
pleased  and  impressed  by  the  pomp  and  glitter  of  the 
ceremony,  the  flowers  and  favors  and  bright  costumes, 
and  fascinated  by  the  mystery  of  the  future,  but  by 
no  means  realizing  the  intensely  serious  nature  of  the 
step  she  is  taking.  There  is  no  touch  of  strong  or 
deep  emotion,  or  of  vital  reality,  in  these  half-graceful, 
half-playful  strains,  and  the  usual  tender  trio  is  en- 
tirely lacking.  While  it  is  ideally  beautiful  and  ap- 
propriate in  its  proper  place,  this  march  taken  sepa- 
rately is  obviously  only  a  fragment  and  loses  much  of 
its  charm  and  pertinence  when  parted  from  its  proper 
setting  and  connection,  like  a  section  cut  from  some 
great  picture. 

The  Dead  March  from  "Saul," 
by  Handel. 

This  short  but  characteristic  funeral  march,  the  first 
notable  work  of  its  kind,  formerly  universally  known 
and  much  played,  is  rarely  heard  in  our  own  day, 
though  still  familiar  by  name.  It  is  an  extract  from 


The  Story  of  the  March.  197 

Handel's  first  great  successful  oratorio,  which  was  first 
presented  in  London  at  King's  Theatre,  January  16, 

I739- 

The  plot  and  text  of  the  oratorio  were  based  upon 
the  well-known  Bible  narrative  of  Saul  and  David, 
and  deal  with  the  vicissitudes  of  Saul's  reign,  his  wars, 
and  intrigues;  his  relations  with  David,  now  friendly, 
now  the  reverse;  and  with  the  more  than  brotherly 
love  of  David  and  Jonathan.  Its  climax  is  reached 
with  the  death  of  Saul  and  Jonathan  in  the  battle  with 
the  Philistines,  and  David's  lament  for  their  loss,  espe- 
cially for  the  latter. 

"The  Dead  March,"  as  it  is  called,  symbolizes  the 
fall  of  the  king  and  prince,  as  well  as  the  crushing  defeat 
of  the  Jews,  the  grief  of  the  nation,  and  David's  deep 
personal  sorrow  for  his  lost  friend. 

The  emotional  motives  of  the  march  are  to  be  traced 
to  two  familiar  quotations  from  David's  lamentation. 

"How  are  the  mighty  fallen  in  the  midst  of  the 
battle!" 

"I  am  distressed  for  thee,  my  brother  Jonathan. 
Very  pleasant  hast  thou  been  unto  me ;  thy  love  to  me 
was  wonderful,  passing  the  love  of  women.  How  are 
the  mighty  fallen!" 

Their  expression  in  the  music,  when  regarded  from 
our  modern  standpoint,  and  compared  with  similar 
efforts  by  a  Chopin  or  a  Wagner,  is  decidedly  prim- 
itive and  inadequate — not  to  say  commonplace. 

The  very  tonality  selected  is  wholly  inappropriate 
according  to  every  law  of  aesthetics,  the  work  being  in 
C  major,  the  only  funeral  march  in  existence,  so  far  as 
known  to  the  writer,  entirely  in  a  major  key. 


jg8      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

But  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  piano  score 
gives  a  very  imperfect  idea  of  the  orchestral  effect; 
also  that  it  was  at  a  time  when  music,  as  a  medium 
of  emotional  expression,  was  still  in  its  infancy;  its 
material,  like  that  of  the  English  language  in  the  time 
of  Chaucer,  still  in  process  of  formation,  its  resources 
scarcely  even  guessed  at  by  the  best  musicians. 

This  march  is  one  of  the  earliest  steps  in  the  develop- 
ment of  tonal  art,  and  as  such  deserves  our  respect. 
Moreover,  though  antiquated  in  style,  and  meager 
in  the  means  employed,  it  possesses  a  certain  simple 
dignity  and  directness,  not  without  impressiveness. 
It  furnishes  a  good  example  of  the  effective  massing 
of  the  solid,  if  common,  harmonies,  imposing  in  their 
grave  simplicity,  characteristic  of  all  Handel's  larger 
works. 

FUNERAL  MARCH,  BY  CHOPIN. 

I. 

Bells  that  toll  o'er  a  nation's  tomb, 
Solemn,  slow,  as  the  knell  of  doom, 
Dirge,  that  voices  a  dawnless  gloom, 

Poland's  woes  lamenting. 
Strong  as  rage  for  a  loved  one  slain, 
Strong  as  hearts  that  exult  in  pain, 
Daring  death  though  the  cause  be  vain, 
Poland's  wrongs  resenting. 

II. 

Sad  as  tears  for  a  nation  shed, 
Sad  as  dreams  of  a  hope  that's  fled, 
Sad  as  thoughts  of  our  long-lost  dead, 

Still  for  Poland  sighing. 
Brave  as  blades  that  in  stern  delight, 
Flash  and  fall  in  the  van  of  fight, 
Keen  for  vengeance  and  for  the  right 

Poland's  foes  defying. 

*  The  famous  Funeral  March  by  Beethoven  is  a  part  of  his 
Sonata  Op.  26,  fully  described  in  "  Descriptive  Analyses  " 


The  Story  of  the  March. 
III. 

Then  a  strain,  like  a  tender  prayer 
Welling  up  from  a  soul's  despair, 
Suppliant  sigh  for  a  land  once  fair, 

Heavenward  now  ascending. 
Sobbing  strain  with  passionate  swell, 
Striving  still  of  the  past  to  tell, 
Ere  their  bravest  and  noblest  fell, 

Poland's  life  defending. 

IV. 

Then  once  more  with  relentless  weight, 
Crushing  chords  like  the  voice  of  fate, 
Speak  in  dissonance  desolate, 

Wrath  and  anguish  blended. 
Sad  and  slow  let  the  cadence  fall, 
Sombre,  soft,  like  a  velvet  pall, 
Silent  darkness  is  over  all, 

Poland's  pain  is  ended. 

— E.  B.  P.,  March,  1897. 

Chopin's  Funeral  March. 

This  composition,  unquestionably  the  best  funeral 
march  yet  written  for  the  piano,  originally  appeared  as 
the  third  movement  in  Chopin's  great,  dramatic,  alle- 
gorical tone-poem,  the  Sonata  in  B  flat  minor,  Op.  35. 

It  is,  however,  a  very  complete  and  powerful  work 
in  itself,  and  is  published  and  most  often  played  sepa- 
rately, the  whole  sonata  being  too  difficult  for  any  but 
the  most  advanced  pianists. 

A  full  analysis  of  the  sonata,  with  the  interesting 
Polish  narrative  on  which  it  is  founded,  as  well  as  the 
allegorical  significance  of  both,  may  be  found  in  my 
volume  of  "Descriptive  Analyses  of  Piano  Works." 

Taken  independently,  this  march  is  the  strongest  and 
noblest  expression  of  profound  and  passionate  sorrow, 
as  well  as  the  most  perfect  type  of  its  kind  to  be  found 
in  piano  literature. 


2OO       Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

It  is  supposed  to  accompany  the  march  of  the  funeral 
procession  bearing  the  bride  and  heroine  of  the  story 
to  her  last  long  rest.  It  begins  with  the  distant  muffled 
tolling  of  funeral  bells,  then  the  solemn,  heart-breaking 
music  grows  gradually  stronger  as  the  procession  draws 
nearer,  taking  on  more  and  more  the  inflexible  tramping 
cadence  of  the  funeral  march,  with  an  occasional  sug* 
gestion  of  muffled  drums,  rising  at  last  to  a  stupendous 
climax  of  pain  and  despair,  then  pausing  by  the  open 
tomb. 

Next  follows  an  exquisitely  tender  and  touching 
little  Trio,  in  D  flat  major,  sweet  and  simple  as  the  song 
of  a  child,  symbolizing  prayer  at  the  grave,  thrilling 
with  tearful  memories  of  happier  days.  Then  in  heavy, 
crashing  chords,  inexorable  as  the  voice  of  fate,  the 
march  movement  is  resumed,  slowly  diminishing,  dying 
into  silence,  as  the  black-robed  procession  of  mourners 
return  to  the  village,  their  last  sad  offices  completed. 

The  bride  in  this  story  is  an  allegorical  personification 
of  Poland,  so  fondly  loved  and  bitterly  lamented,  and 
the  grief  and  despair  are  for  the  death  of  a  nation, 
expressed  with  a  passionate  intensity,  and  yet  with  a 
strength  and  nobility  of  utterance  rarely  equalled  and 
never  surpassed,  even  by  Chopin. 

Regarded  from  a  technical  standpoint,  the  march  is 
not  difficult,  but  it  demands  an  emotional  capacity  and 
insight,  as  well  as  a  command  of  tone  quality,  possessed 
by  few  players,  and  it  is  often  atrociously  murdered, 
even  by  our  leading  concert  pianists. 


The  Story  of  the  March.  201 


Marche  Militaire,  by  Schubert. 

This  is  another  world-famous  march  used  in  many 
lands  and  in  many  forms  and  arrangements.  It  is 
scored  for  brass  band  and  orchestra,  also  as  a  piano 
solo  and  four-hand  arrangement,  as  well  as  a  brilliant 
concert  number  in  Tausig's  superb  paraphrase.  It  is 
always  enjoyed  and  admired  (in  spite  of  being  almost 
hackneyed)  for  its  freshness  and  sparkling  vitality,  its 
irresistible,  rhythmic  swing,  its  simple,  beautiful,  spon- 
taneous melodies,  as  clear  as  crystal,  as  bright  as  sun- 
light on  steel. 

It  is  a  perfect  example  in  form,  content,  and  mood, 
of  the  parade  march,  not  rapid,  but  pompous,  splendid, 
full  of  martial  spirit. 

This  march  was  written  in  honor  of  the  Austrian 
Imperial  body-guard,  a  crack  regiment  of  grenadiers 
or  heavy  infantry,  officered  by  some  of  the  highest 
nobles  of  the  realm — a  proud,  dashing  set  of  blades. 

The  ranks  were  composed  of  picked  men,  selected  for 
their  lofty  stature  and  stalwart  proportions.  They 
were  superbly  uniformed,  wearing  glittering  helmets, 
breast  plates,  and  back  pieces  of  polished  steel,  and  were 
drilled  to  the  last  degree  of  military  precision.  The 
regiment  was  maintained  as  much  for  display  on  state 
occasions,  to  add  pomp  and  splendor  to  court  functions, 
as  for  service  in  the  field  in  time  of  need.  They  were 
supposed  to  be  invincible  in  war,  and  known  to  be  so 
with  the  ladies  at  home. 

The  music,  written  as  a  compliment  to  them,  ex- 
presses the  spirit  of  this  martial  body,  and  conveys  the 


202      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

impression  which  their  appearance  in  line  of  march 
was  calculated  to  produce. 

It  opens  with  an  ingenious  introduction  of  six 
measures,  giving,  even  in  the  piano  score,  a  distinct 
suggestion  of  the  beat  of  drums  in  reiterated  chords  in 
the  right  hand,  exactly  reproducing  the  most  common 
and  simple  rhythm  employed  by  the  drummers  at  the 
beginning  of  so  many  marches — a  rhythm  familiar  to 
every  schoolboy  in  every  land,  and  imitated  by  every 
boy  that  ever  marched  with  a  wooden  gun.  Inter- 
woven with  this  is  a  stirring  trumpet  call,  a  ringing 
summons  to  war  and  victory. 

Then  comes  the  march  proper,  stirring,  brilliant, 
with  its  catchy  melody  and  swinging  rhythm,  growing 
stronger  and  louder  as  the  parade  draws  nearer. 

The  light,  dainty,  almost  playful  Trio  in  the  sub- 
dominant  suggests  the  grace,  beauty,  and  gaiety  of  the 
fair  spectators  crowding  windows  and  balconies  to 
witness  the  passing  pageant,  with  flutter  of  fans  and 
kerchiefs,  scattering  smiles  and  glances  and  bouquets 
upon  the  favorite  officers  as  they  pass. 

Then  a  sonorous  repetition  of  the  first  movement 
closes  this  march,  which  will  live  as  long  as  "Schubert, 
the  melodious"  holds  any  place  in  the  memory  of  the 
musical  world. 

Rakoczy  March  (Pronounced 
Rah-kow'-tsee),  by  Franz  Liszt. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  stirring  and  spirited  concert 
marches  in  the  repertoire  of  the  modern  pianist.  It  is 
generally  attributed  to  Liszt,  because  chiefly  known  in 


The  Story  of  the  March.  203 

his  version  of  it  for  the  piano,  but  it  is,  in  reality,  much 
older  than  Liszt's  time,  and  is  one  of  the  many  frag- 
ments of  wild,  original,  gipsy  music  rescued  by  him 
from  oblivion,  and  revivified  for  the  musical  world  of 
our  day  in  his  masterly  adaptation  for  the  piano.  Its 
authorship  is  anonymous,  but  it  was  composed  (one 
can  not  say  written,  as  they  never  wrote  anything)  by 
one  of  those  gifted  but  unknown  gipsy  musicians,  who 
were  for  a  time  so  closely  identified  with  the  social  life 
of  Hungary  in  the  palmy  days  of  her  independence  and 
prosperity.  They  were,  in  a  sense,  adopted  as  the 
national  musicians,  were  the  special  proteges  of  the 
court  and  the  great  nobles,  and  from  them  comes  all 
the  so-called  Hungarian  music,  though  they  were  of  a 
totally  different  race. 

Rakoczy  was  a  famous  Hungarian  general  and  pa- 
triot in  the  days  of  her  long,  desperate  struggle  for 
continued  independence,  of  whose  daring  ability  and 
phenomenal  achievements  fabulous  tales  are  told. 
This  march  was  composed  in  his  honor,  named  for  him 
and  dedicated  to  him,  and  is  a  splendid  tribute  to  his 
nemory. 

It  is  a  "storming  march,"  fierce,  yet  sombre,  full  of 
barbaric,  half-fanatical  patriotism  and  the  lust  of 
battle. 

It  celebrates  the  swift  marches  through  the  gloom  of 
mighty  forests,  the  midnight  attacks,  the  resistless 
charges  and  the  sudden  tempests  of  death  and  flame 
descending  upon  the  sleeping  foe,  which  made  Rakoczy, 
at  the  head  of  his  wild  riders,  the  terror  of  the  invader 
and  the  idolized  hero  of  his  people.  The  mood  is 
impetuous,  uncompromising,  darkly  exultant,  the  very 


204      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

spirit  of  the  night  attack,  the  delirious  Berserk  frenzy 
of  the  charge  expressed  in  startlingly  weird  harmonies, 
full  of  the  rattle  of  the  war-drums  and  the  ring  of 
brazen  trumpets  and  dissonant  clank  of  contending 
hosts. 

This  march  is  to  be  found  in  various  arrangements 
for  the  piano,  the  most  complete  and  stupendous  being 
the  Fifteenth  Hungarian  Rhapsody;  but  there  are  also 
several  more  or  less  simplified  editions,  and  it  has  been 
effectively  scored  for  both  band  and  orchestra. 

Other  famous  marches  of  more  modern  times  are 
"The  Turkish  Grand  March,"  by  Beethoven,  from 
"The  Ruins  of  Athens,"  and  "The  Tannhaeuser 
March,"  by  Wagner;  both  described  in  detail  in  my 
volume  of  Descriptive  Analyses  already  referred  to. 


The  Story  of  the  Polonaise. 


[HIS  distinctively  Polish  musical  form, 
which  has  been  so  closely  identified  with 
Poland's  history  through  all  her  mani- 
fold vicissitudes  during  more  than  three 
centuries,  originated  in  1573  in  Cracow, 
then  the  Polish  capital,  on  the  occasion 
of  the  coronation  of  the  young  French 
prince,  Henri  d'Anjou,  as  king  of  Poland. 

The  great  nobles,  always,  unfortunately,  at  feud 
among  themselves,  which  was  ultimately  the  cause  of 
Poland's  downfall,  were  wholly  unable  to  agree  upon 
one  of  their  own  number  to  fill  the  throne  left  vacant  by 
the  death  of  the  last  of  the  Jagiellos,  and  finally  united 
in  electing  the  young  prince  to  the  office,  which  was 
intended  to  be  little  more  than  that  of  a  figurehead  to 
the  ship  of  state. 

The  coronation  ceremony,  which  took  place  in 
October  of  that  year,  was  one  of  the  most  magnificent 
affairs  ever  witnessed,  for  Poland  was  then  at  the  height 
of  her  power,  wealth,  and  splendor,  and  barbarically 
oriental  in  her  love  of  lavish  display  and  extravagant 
personal  adornment. 

It  was  no  uncommon  thing  for  a  knight  to  wear  the 
205 


206      Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

entire  value  of  his  estates  and  possessions  in  jewels  at 
a  court  function. 

One  of  the  important  features  of  this  grand  festival 
was  a  presentation  ceremony  to  introduce  the  members 
of  the  court  and  aristocracy  to  the  new  king,  a  recep- 
tion of  regal  proportions. 

All  the  great  lords  and  ladies  of  the  realm,  arrayed 
in  their  most  sumptuous  apparel,  with  all  the  available 
jewels  in  evidence,  assembled  in  one  of  the  lower  halls 
in  the  royal  castle,  formed  in  a  glittering  procession, 
marched  in  stately  pomp  up  the  grand  staircase,  through 
various  halls,  galleries,  and  ante-chambers,  finally  up  the 
length  of  the  vast  magnificent  throne-hall  to  the  dais, 
where  the  king  awaited  them,  there  to  be  presented  to 
his  majesty  by  the  grand  master  of  ceremonies.  This 
march  was  accompanied  by  suitable  music  written  for 
the  occasion  by  a  local  composer;  music  intended  not 
only  to  mark  the  rhythm  of  the  march,  but  to  add  to 
the  pomp  and  pride  and  beauty  of  the  occasion,  and  to 
embody  the  peculiar  racial  characteristics  and  national 
traits  of  the  Poles,  thus  in  a  way  supplementing  the 
introductory  feature. 

It  was  a  musical  presentation  of  the  Polish  people 
to  their  new  monarch.  Then  and  there  was  born  the 
Polonaise,  which,  from  that  germ,  crude  and  primitive 
though  it  may  have  been,  has  gradually  developed  into 
a  definite,  complete,  and  quite  elaborate  musical  form, 
recognized  and  used  the  world  over,  the  common  prop- 
erty of  all  composers^SjL 

But  the  true  Polonaise,  no  matter  when,  where  or  by 
whom  it  may  be  written,  manifests  distinct  traces  of  its 
original  heredity,  natal  environment,  and  early  associa- 


The  Story  of  the  Polonaise.  207 

tions;  always  "  harks  back,"  so  to  speak,  to  those  olden 
days  of  Polish  pomp  and  splendor,  is  always  Slavonic 
in  its  general  tone ,  and  aristocratic  in  its  manner  and 
mood.  Vx 

Its  distinguishing  rhythm  is  a  measure  of  six  eighths, 
though  sometimes  written  in  three-four  time,  of  which 
the  second  eighth  is  divided  into  two  sixteenths.  It  is 
always  a  promenade  march,  not  a  dance.  In  later  times 
it  was  used  as  the  opening  number  at  state  balls  at 
court  and  at  the  palaces  of  the  nobles,  not  only  in 
Poland,  but,  to  some  extent,  in  other  lands,  but  has 
always  retained  its  original  characteristics  even  to  the 
present  day,  though  it  is  now  used  rather  as  a  musical 
art  form  than  as  a  familiar  feature  of  the  modern  ball. 
Precisely  as  in  the  case  of  the  waltz,  however,  as  time 
went  on,  the  music  of  the  Polonaise  was  broadened  and 
elaborated  so  as  to  include  in  its  scope  the  expression 
not  only  of  the  original  mood  and  scene,  but  additional 
ideas,  feelings  and  fancies,  even  incidents  connected 
with  or  arising  out  of  it. 

For  example,  one  may  recall  the  days  of  Poland's 
glory  with  very  widely  different  emotions;  with  pride 
and  exultation  over  her  past;  with  heart-breaking  sor- 
row at  her  present  degradation ;  with  tearful  sympathy 
for  her  wrongs  and  sufferings;  with  bitter  indignation 
against  her  oppressors.  Any  of  these  moods,  as  well 
as  many  others,  may  be  legitimately  expressed  in  the 
Polonaise. 

<%nChopin,  in  whose  hands  the  Polonaise  reached  its 
highest  development  and  perfection,  has  given  us  a 
great  variety  of  moods  and  suggestions,  all  based  on 
the  original  Polonaise  idea  and  embodied  in  that  form. 


208      Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

They  are  all  ideal  Polonaises,  but  no  two  of  them  are 
alike  in  emotional  content. 

The  Military  Polonaise,  Op.  40,  No.  1, 
Chopin. 

In  his  Military  Polonaise,  Opus  40,  No.  I,  which  is 
perhaps  the  best  known,  he  tells  us  of  the  martial 
spirit  and  prowess,  the  courage  and  chivalry  of  the 
Polish  knights  in  their  magnificent,  gem-studded  armor, 
sweeping  the  field  of  battle  on  their  matchless  steeds, 
with  the  clash  of  steel,  the  blast  of  trumpets,  bearing 
the  Polish  standard  to  victory. 

Polonaise  in  C  Minor,  Op.  40,  No.  2, 
Chopin. 

The  Polonaise  in  C  minor,  Op.  40,  No.  2,  is  a  broad, 
noble,  but  profoundly  gloomy  work  of  the  darkly 
majestic  type. 

The  theme,  in  octaves,  voices  the  stern,  well-nigh 
despairing  indignation  of  a  strong,  dauntless  race, 
crushed  to  earth  by  the  overwhelming  weight  of  num- 
bers, but  sullenly  biding  its  time,  and  gathering  the 
remnant  of  its  strength  for  one  last  desperate  struggle, 
heroic,  though  hopeless,  to  avenge  its  many  bitter 
wrongs;  with  pride  and  courage  still  unbroken,  but 
with  a  full  realization  of  its  impotence. 

It  is  the  same  spirit  that  led  the  Polish  students  in 
the  streets  of  Warsaw  to  throw  themselves  unarmed 
upon  the  Russian  bayonets  by  the  hundreds,  preferring 
a  futile  death  to  a  life  of  shame  among  a  vanquished 
people. 


The  Story  of  the  Polonaise.  209 

The  lighter,  more  capricious  trio,  with  its  occasional 
brief  touches  of  plaintive  tenderness,  suggests  a 
fleeting  thought,  half  pathetic,  half  satirical,  of  the 
days  that  "might  have  been.'* 

Polonaise  in  C  sharp  Minor,  Chopin, 

No  Polonaise  is  a  greater  favorite,  especially  among 
those  who  incline  towards  the  lyric  style  in  music,  than 
that  in  C  sharp  minor,  on  account  of  its  great  variety 
and  markedly  poetic  mood.  It  opens  with  a  bold, 
heroic  introduction,  expressing  the  martial,  defiant 
spirit  of  the  Polish  cavaliers,  then  changes  abruptly  to 
a  tender  lyric  strain,  suggesting  the  grace  and  charm 
and  delicate  beauty  of  the  "eternal  feminine,"  never 
and  nowhere  more  potent  than  in  the  chivalric  days  of 
Poland's  power  and  splendor. 

Then  follows  a  brief  but  strong  and  masterly  climax 
in  a  somberly  dramatic  mood,  beginning  with  a  whis- 
pered hint  of  gloom  and  mystery  and  impending  danger, 
then  rising  suddenly  through  a  series  of  sequences  to 
a  crash  'of  minor  and  diminished  harmonies,  thrillingly 
significant  of  the  sudden  shock  of  conflict.  Then  a 
radical  transition  to  an  exquisitely  sweet  and  tender 
strain,  breathing  of  love  and  romance,  like  a  sudden 
gleam  of  sunlight  through  the  storm  clouds. 

The  trio  is  an  intensely  impassioned  duet  between  the 
knight  and  his  lady,  full  of  Slavonic  fervor,  yet  vibrant 
with  an  almost  desperate  sorrow,  the  reflex  of  the 
omnipresent  dangers  and  strife  through  which  the  path 
of  true  love  must  lead,  too  often,  to  bitter  partings  and 
into  the  shadow  of  sudden  death. 
14 


2io      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

The  composition  is  less  of  a  Polonaise  in  the  strict 
sense  than  a  picture  of  Polish  life  which  the  Polonaise 
calls  before  the  mind. 

Polonaise,  Op.  26,  No.  2,  Chopin. 

A  notably  original  and  weirdly  fascinating  work  by 
Chopin  in  Polonaise  form  is  the  one  in  B  flat  minor. 
It  opens  with  a  curious  fantastic  movement,  darkly 
tragic  in  mood,  indeed  voicing  a  shuddering  despair 
too  black  and  terrible  to  be  attractive  to  the  majority 
of  young  players,  which  is  probably  the  reason  why  the 
work,  though  extremely  interesting  and  of  only  mod- 
erate difficulty,  is  very  little  used. 

One  of  Chopin's  compatriots  states  that  this  first 
strain  is  intended  to  imitate  the  doleful  clank  of  the 
qhains  upon  the  vanquished  Polish  patriots  in  their  long 
march  to  Siberia. 

It  is  followed  by  a  long,  reiterated  and  insistent  move- 
ment in  choral  form  and  unequivocally  religious  vein, 
a  suggestion  of  the  pathetic  attempt  of  hearts  crushed 
by  defeat,  smarting  with  injustice  and  humiliation,  tor- 
tured by  keenest  personal  grief,  striving  to  find  comfort 
and  consolation  in  the  promises  of  faith. 

Andante  Spianato  and  Polonaise, 
Op.  22,  Chopin. 

One  of  the  very  best  and  also  one  of  the  most  diffi- 
cult and  brilliant  of  the  Chopin  Polonaises  is  the  one 
in  E  flat,  usually  designated  by  the  above  title. 

The  Andante  Spianato  is  simply  a  quiet  introduction 


The  Story  of  the  Polonaise.  211 

prefixed  to  the  Polonaise  proper,  spianato  being  an 
Italian  word  not  often  used  in  musical  terminology, 
which  means  tranquil,  and  qualifies  andante.  It  has  no 
reference  to  spinning,  as  has  been  inferred  by  some  on 
account  of  the  name  and  the  character  of  the  accom- 
paniment. 

This  movement  is  a  tender  lyric  in  Chopin's  sweetest, 
most  exquisite  vein,  ornamented  by  a  series  of  delicate 
embellishments. 

It  appears  to  be  a  sort  of  waking  dream,  indulged  in 
by  the  young  composer  at  the  moment  of  the  creation 
of  this  great  Polonaise,  when  his  thought  and  fancy 
were  engrossed  with  the  life-history  and  characteristics 
of  his  beloved  country.  A  dream  of  those  happier  days, 
long  past,  touched  by  a  transient  gleam  of  hope  that 
they  might  return.  The  whole  work  belongs  to  his 
early,  more  optimistic  period  before  he  was  twenty, 
before  his  long  exile  had  begun,  before  Constantia  had 
broken  his  heart  and  shattered  his  ideals,  before  his 
home  had  been  sacked  and  burned  by  the  Russians,  the 
period  of  youth  and  hope  and  aspiration,  when  life 
still  glowed  with  the  rosy  tints  of  dawn.  Then  a  sudden 
blast  of  trumpets  and  crash  of  cymbals  recall  us  to  the 
gorgeous  court  pageant  of  1573,  heretofore  described, 
announcing  that  royalty  has  taken  its  seat  in  the  great 
hall,  the  ceremony  has  begun,  and  the  splendid  proces- 
sion may  start  on  its  imposing  march.  Then  comes  the 
Polonaise,  brilliant,  stirring,  triumphant,  replete  with  a 
wealth  of  constantly  varying  melody,  rich  in  harmonic 
coloring,  well-nigh  overladen  with  embellishment,  like 
the  costumes  of  the  lords  and  ladies  who  defile  in  a 
glittering  line  before  the  eyes  of  our  fancy;  superb 


212      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

knights  in  jewel-studded  armor,  beautiful  ladies  in  silk 
and  velvet  of  every  hue,  flashing  with  gems. 

From  moment  to  moment  the  music  changes  in  char- 
acter to  suggest  the  shifting  kaleidoscopic  impressions 
produced  by  this  moving  pageant,  now  bold  and  proud 
and  martial,  now  tender  and  graceful,  again  playful, 
coquettish  or  impassioned,  while  the  procession  winds 
on  up  the  grand  staircase  and  across  the  magnificent 
throne  hall. 

Now  and  then  a  sharp  dissonant  clash  of  steel  on 
steel  indicates  the  salute  of  the  knights  to  their  new 
monarch  with  the  war-like  din  of  sword  on  shield.* 

Polonaise  in  E  Major,  by  Franz  Liszt. 

Among  the  well-nigh  innumerable  Polonaises  of  every 
degree  of  merit  and  difficulty,  written  by  different  com- 
posers of  various  lands  and  periods,  this  in  B  major, 
by  Liszt,  is  probably  the  best,  aside  from  those  by 
Chopin,  and  it  is  certainly  the  most  widely  known.  It 
is  a  standard  concert  number  the  world  over;  a  work 
of  the  first  magnitude  in  breadth,  musical  significance, 
and  technical  difficulty,  and  it  is  the  only  one  within 
the  writer's  acquaintance  in  which  identically  the  same 
theme  is  made  to  serve  both  as  first  subject  and  as  trio 
melody.  This  is  a  unique  conceit,  and  carried  out  with 
Liszt's  own  clever  ingenuity. 

The  idea  is  to  suggest  the  distinctive  traits  and  char- 
acteristic attributes  of  the  Polish  race,  manifested  under 
the  modifying  influence  and  conditions  of  sex.  In  other 

*  The  greatest  of  the  Chopin  Polonaises,  the  Op.  53,  is  a 
standard  concert  number  with  all  pianists,  and  is  fully  analyzed 
in  "  Descriptive  Analysis  "  by  same  author. 


The  Story  of  the  Polonaise.  213 

words,  the  racial  temperament  in  its  masculine  and 
feminine  embodiment.  The  characteristic  theme  sym- 
bolizes the  national  spirit,  remaining  essentially  and 
fundamentally  the  same  in  both  cases,  while  the  widely 
varying  treatment  and  setting  clearly  differentiate  be- 
tween the  sexes  in  which  it  finds  embodiment. 

In  the  first  subject  this  theme  appears  in  bold,  force- 
ful chords,  instinct  with  a  resolute,  martial  spirit,  with 
the  pride,  heroic  courage  and  fierce  joy  in  conflict, 
typical  of  the  dashing  steel-clad  cavalier. 

In  the  trio  it  reappears  note  for  note,  but  in  a  higher 
register,  treated  in  light,  delicate,  playful  mood,  with 
a  highly  elaborate  and  ornate  setting,  sparkling  with 
dainty  embellishments,  to  represent  the  feminine  incar- 
nation of  the  Polish  racial  type,  the  charming,  capri- 
ciously brilliant,  witchingly  winsome  Polish  lady. 

Even  the  musically  untrained  ear  may  easily  learn  to 
follow  this  dominant  theme  through  all  its  modifica- 
tions and  transmigrations,  and  enjoy  its  varied  poetic 
suggestions,  as  well  as  its  tonal  fascination;  while  to 
the  student  of  the  art  it  is  a  most  interesting  example 
of  musical  symbolism. 

The  second  subject,  in  heavy,  rugged  chords  and 
octaves,  is  in  the  style  of  Liszt,  rather  than  Polish — 
the  Hungarian  point  of  view — vigorous,  but  a  little 
pompous  and  supercilious. 

It  may  be  supposed  to  represent  the  rough,  wild, 
primitive  conditions  of  those  early  days  on  the  eastern 
frontier  of  civilization,  when  the  strong  arm  was  the 
only  law  and  logic,  and  the  good  sword  the  only  arbi- 
tration. 


214      Stones  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 


Polonaise,  by  E.  A.  MacDowell. 

There  has  been  one,  and  only  one,  Polonaise  written 
on  this  side  the  Atlantic  which  fully  deserves  to  rank 
with  the  masterpieces  in  this  form  by  the  Old- World 
composers,  namely,  that  by  MacDowell. 

Though  not  of  extreme  difficulty,  in  fact,  within  the 
possible  playing  repertoire  of  most  fairly  advanced 
amateurs,  it  is  a  broad,  effective  concert  number, 
worthy  of  a  place  on  any  artist's  program,  and  far  less 
used  than  it  should  be. 

Its  opening  theme  is  markedly  original,  yet  thor- 
oughly characteristic  of  the  Polonaise,  conceived  in  its 
gloomily  retrospective  mood.  Its  sombre  majesty  and 
forceful  intensity  bring  irresistibly  to  the  mind  the 
dark,  tragic  history,  the  desperate  heroism,  the  gallant 
but  futile  struggle,  and  the  ultimate  hapless  doom  of 
a  proud  and  noble  race. 

It  is  a  stern,  indignant  protest  against  tyranny,  in- 
justice, and  cruelty,  as  strongly  and  feelingly  expressed 
as  if  MacDowell  had  himself  been  a  native  son  of  Poland, 
with  an  undertone  of  fatalism  eminently  in  keeping 
with  the  Slavonic  temperament.  In  fact  it  always  re- 
calls to  me  those  wonderful  lines  of  Swinburne : 

More  dark  than  a  dead  world's  tomb, 
More  deep  than  the  great  sea's  womb, 
Fate. 

The  trio,  as  is  customary  in  the  polonaise,  introduces 
a  suggestion  of  a  lighter,  more  playful  vein.  It  is 
bright,  vivacious,  almost  humorous,  indicating  a  brief 
abandonment  to  an  almost  reckless  gaiety  on  the  very 


The  Story  of  the  Polonaise.  215 

verge  of  the  disaster  which  is  recognized  as  inevitable, 
yet  is  ignored,  even  scouted  for  the  moment,  with  that 
incredible  courage  and  half  frivolous,  half  cynical 
humor,  characteristic  alike  of  the  French  and  Polish 
nobility,  even  on  the  way  to  the  guillotine,  or  that  far 
more  terrible  living  death,  Siberian  exile. 

This  trio  closely  imitates,  in  mood  and  style,  the 
music  of  the  Hungarian  Gipsies;  indeed,  one  might 
easily  fancy  it  to  be  of  Hungarian  origin. 

This  peculiar  touch  is  a  rather  unusual  and  daring 
innovation  in  the  Polonaise,  but  is  entirely  legitimate 
and  appropriate,  as  will  be  understood  when  it  is  re- 
membered that  those  musical  nomads  from  across  the 
Hungarian  border  were  often  engaged  at  the  castles 
of  the  Polish  grandees  to  furnish  the  music  for  their 
balls  and  festivals,  and  were,  of  course,  often  called 
upon,  as  we  may  assume  to  be  the  case  in  this  instance, 
to  accompany  the  brilliant,  stately  march  of  the  Polo- 
naise. The  long,  wild,  sweeping  cadenza,  which  leads 
back  to  the  first  theme,  is  unmistakably  symbolic  of  the 
rush  and  roar  of  the  bitter  winter  wind  from  the 
northern  steppes,  raging  about  the  castle  walls,  moan- 
ing dismally  among  the  towers  and  battlements — the 
ominous  voice  of  Nature  allegorically  significant,  per- 
haps, of  the  rushing  wings  of  death  and  destruction  so 
imminently  impending. 


The  Story  of  the  Gavotte. 


|HB  Gavotte  is  an  antique  French  dance 
named  for  the  Gavots,  or  people  of  the 
pays  de  Gap,  a  province  in  southeastern 
France,  now  forming  a  part  of  Dauphine. 
This  slow,  grave,  but  pompous  dance 
was  for  generations   the  special  posses- 
sion and  pride  of  the  peasants  of  that 
section,  forming  a  part  of  all  their  rustic  merry  mak- 
ings, wedding  festivals,  and  the  like. 

It  is  in  common  time,  beginning  always  on  the  third 
beat  of  the  measure,  with  a  strong  accent  on  the  first 
of  those  following. 

Its  strongly  marked  rhythm  and  its  mood  of  heavy 
gaiety,  and  rather  bombastic  dignity,  indicate  the 
strength  and  energy,  the  latent  martial  spirit,  and  the 
somewhat  exaggerated  pride  and  self -complacency  of  the 
peasantry  of  southern  France,  whose  character  is  far 
more  akin  to  the  fiery  yet  taciturn  Spanish  mountaineers 
than  to  that  of  the  flippant  Parisian  populace.  In 
fact,  there  is  a  tradition  not  fully  authenticated,  but 
plausible,  and  seemingly  borne  out  by  the  style  of  the 
music,  that  the  Gavotte  was  imported  across  the  Pyre- 
nees from  Spain,  where,  in  earlier  times,  it  figured  as  a 
sword  dance,  in  which  only  the  men-at-arms  partici- 

216 


The  Story  of  the  Gavotte.  217 

pated,  the  rhythm  being  marked  by  the  clash  of  sword 
on  shield. 

As  a  musical  form  it  reached  its  full  development  and 
general  recognition  in  the  days  of  Bach,  who  used  it 
frequently  in  his  various  suites. 

Perhaps  the  best  known  and  most  usable  of  the  Bach 
gavottes  are  the  one  in  G  minor  from  his  English  Suite 
and  the  transcription  by  Saint-Saens  of  his  gavotte 
in  B  minor,  originally  written  for  violin. 

In  modern  times,  no  Gavotte  has  been  so  univer- 
sally popular  as  that  in  E  minor,  by  Silas.  It  is  a 
strikingly  spirited  and  characteristic  composition, 
evidently  based  on  the  idea  of  the  original  use  of  the 
Gavotte  as  a  Spanish  sword  dance,  just  referred  to. 

The  first  and  second  subjects  give  the  martial  spirit 
and  splendor  of  the  Spanish  tourney,  the  clash  of  steel, 
the  flash  and  glitter  of  swift  sword  play;  while  the 
trio  in  E  major  introduces  what  appears  to  be  a  dia- 
logue in  duet  form,  between  one  of  the  swordsmen  and 
a  lady  among  the  spectators. 

This  is  a  charming  bit  of  melodic  writing  and  a  fine 
example  of  simple,  but  thoroughly  musical  counter- 
point. 

For  teaching  material  in  this  line  I  would  refer  the 
reader  to  the  "Gavotte  Imperial"  by  Morey,  elsewhere 
mentioned  in  these  pages,  also  the  excellent  and  com- 
paratively easy  Gavotte  in  F  sharp  minor,  by  Orth. 
The  "Gavotte  Moderne"  by  Liebling,  a  most  original 
and  effective  work,  and  the  brilliant  Gavotte  by 
D' Albert  from  his  Suite  for  piano,  are  available  for 
pupils  above  the  fourth  grade. 


Story  of  the  Tarantelle. 


|HIS  fierce,  fiery,  and  exceedingly  rapid 
dance,  indigenous  to  southern  Spain  and 
Italy,  but  now  cultivated  and  popular  in 
all  lands,  as  a  definite  and  recognized 
musical  form,  originated  in  an  ancient 
and  widely  prevalent  belief,  or  legend, 
among  the  credulous  peasants,  concern- 
ing the  bite  of  the  tarantula.  It  was  supposed  that 
the  venom  of  this  spider,  which  is  in  most  cases  fatal 
to  the  victim,  produced  in  him  a  delirious  mania  for 
dancing,  which  must  be  indulged  and  encouraged  to  the 
utmost  as  the  only  possible  means  of  saving  his  life. 
The  excitement  and  violent  exercise  of  the  dances  pro- 
duced profuse  perspiration,  thus  lessening  the  fever 
and  aiding  nature  in  the  effort  to  throw  off  the  poison. 
When  any  one  of  their  number  was  bitten,  it  was 
customary  for  the  peasants  of  the  village  or  country 
side  to  assemble  in  haste,  form  a  ring  and  take  turns  in 
dancing  with  the  poor  wretch,  till  each  became  weary 
and  gave  place  to  the  next. 

The  dancers  were  stimulated  to  their  utmost  speed 
and  to  a  perfect  frenzy  of  excitement,  by  the  wildest, 
fastest  music  which  could  be  produced,  and  by  the 

218 


Story  of  the  Tarantella.  2ig 

frantic  shouts  and  applause  of  the  spectators,  till  at 
last  the  victim  dropped  in  complete  exhaustion.  This 
dance  was  called '  'The  Tarantella,"  and  its  half-delirious 
excitation  appealed  so  strongly  to  the  fiery  tempera- 
ment of  the  south  that  it  was  gradually  adopted  as  a 
local  feature  of  village  festivals  and  country  fetes, 
without  the  physical  necessity  which  first  produced  it; 
and  the  accompanying  music  crystallized  into  a  definite 
form,  with  a  distinctive  character  and  rhythm,  which 
is  now  known  and  used  the  world  over. 

It  is  always  a  prestissimo  movement,  having  no 
trio  or  lyric  theme  of  any  kind,  and  usually,  though  not 
invariably,  in  a  minor  key.  It  is,  of  course,  always 
stirring  and  impetuous  to  the  last  degree,  with  strongly 
marked  rhythmic  effects  suggesting  its  original  spirit 
and  purpose. 

The  best  specimens  of  this  form,  within  the  writer's 
acquaintance,  for  use  with  pupils  of  third  and  fourth 
grades,  are  the  well-known  Tarantelle  in  A  flat,  by 
Heller,  and  the  less  familiar  but  equally  effective  Taran- 
telle in  A  minor  by  Thorne. 

Pupils  should  be  told  the  story  of  the  origin  and 
purpose  of  the  dance,  and  encouraged  to  feel  and  ex- 
press its  wild  mood  and  feverish  excitement. 

For  more  advanced  students  I  would  suggest,  as 
fine  studies  and  telling  numbers  for  public  use,  the 
Tarantelle  by  Fred  L.  Morey,  and  the  Tarantelle  by 
S,  B.  Whitney,  also  that  by  Gustave  Schumann  (not 
Robert).  Perhaps  the  best  recent  contribution  to 
piano  literature,  in  this  form,  is  the  Tarantelle  by  A. 
G.  Salmon.  Among  other  noted  Tarantelles  are  those 
of  Franz  Liszt,  Joachim  Raff,  and  I,.  B.  Mills.  A 


22O      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

little  Tarantella  in  A  Minor  by  Pieczonka  has  met  with 
immense  favor  in  America.  Closely  allied  to  the  Tar- 
antelle  is  the  Saltarelle  and  the  Farandole;  a  popular 
example  of  the  latter  is  the  well-known  composition  of 
Raoul  Pugno. 

As  all  musicians  know,  the  greatest  Tarantelles  are 
those  by  Chopin  and  Liszt,  but  they  are  concert  numbers 
and  technically  too  difficult  for  any  but  the  most  ad- 
vanced students. 


The  Story  of  the  Minuet. 


|HIS  ancient,  dignified,  and  stately  dance 
is  supposed  by  many  to  have  originated 
in  England,  in  fact  is  often  spoken  of  as 
an  "old  English  dance,"  because  it  was 
much  in  vogue  and  a  universal  favorite 
in  England  in  former  days,  especially 
during  the  eighteenth  century,  and  be- 
cause it  seems  peculiarly  suited  to  the  elegant  and 
polished  but  rather  punctiliously  formal  customs  and 
atmosphere  of  English  social  life  at  that  period.  It 
is  closely  identified  in  our  minds  with  the  sumptuous 
drawing  rooms,  the  elaborate  costumes,  the  exagger- 
ated, often  stilted  courtesy  of  intercourse  in  those 
olden  days  in  England,  and  even  in  our  own  country 
in  Colonial  times ;  with  powder,  patches  and  point-lace 
ruffles,  with  curled  wigs  and  velvet  "  small-clothes" 
and  gold-hilted  rapiers ;  with  the  days  when  a  gentle- 
man turned  an  epigram  or  the  point  of  his  antagonist's 
sword  with  the  same  smiling  nonchalance. 

The  true  minuet  is  fairly  redolent  of  lavender- 
scented  snuff  and  mint  julep,  so  much  is  it  a  part  of 
the  old  regime,  but  in  reality  it  is  English  only  by  adop- 
tion and  inherent  fitness.  It  originated  in  the  French 
province  of  Poitou  the  middle  of  the  iyth  century. 

221 


222      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

Its  name  is  derived  from  menu,  meaning  small,  as  the 
steps  of  the  dance  were  short  and  mincing.  Its  dis- 
tinguishing characteristic  was  a  slow,  stately  grace. 

As  a  dance,  for  practical  ball-room  use,  it  went  out 
of  vogue  in  our  grandmothers'  time  and  is  now  rarely 
seen  except  on  the  stage ;  but  as  a  musical  form,  unlike 
most  of  the  obsolete  dances,  it  still  holds  a  certain  place 
in  popular  favor,  even  in  our  day 

It  was  much  used  by  Bach,  Handel,  Haydn  and  Mo- 
zart and  reached  its  highest  development  in  the  hands 
of  Beethoven. 

But  an  occasional  belated,  sporadic,  but  perfect  and 
beautiful  blossom  of  this  form  appears  among  the 
modern  works  of  living  writers,  side  by  side  with  the 
waltz  and  the  descriptive  fantasy,  like  the  old-fashioned 
primrose  and  hollyhock  in  the  midst  of  the  latest 
products  of  horticulture. 

The  Minuet  is  generally  written  in  J,  though  some- 
times in  |  time. 

The  first  subject  consists  of  two  periods,  usually  of 
eight  bars,  followed  by  a  second  subject,  practically  a 
second  minuet,  of  a  more  quiet,  lyric  character,  form- 
ing a  contrast  with  the  first,  after  which  the  first  sub- 
ject is  repeated. 

This  second  contrasting  strain,  of  which  there  are 
sometimes  more  than  one,  alternating  with  repetitions 
of  the  first  section,  is  called  a  Trio,  not  only  in  the 
minuet,  but  in  marches  and  all  other  dance  music,  and 
an  explanation  of  this  term  may  be  in  place  here;  for 
though  in  general  use,  it  seems  to  be  little  understood 
by  the  average  student. 

A  Trio  meant  originally  a  composition  for  three  in- 


The  Story  of  the  Minuet.  223 

struments,  and  these  more  quiet,  contrasting,  middle 
movements  in  the  various  dance  forms,  such  as  the 
Minuet,  the  Gavotte,  etc.,  were  at  first  written  for  only 
three  voices,  or  in  three-part  harmony. 

Later  this  restriction  was  abandoned,  but  the  name 
and  general  character  of  the  movement  were  retained. 
Hence  we  speak  of  the  Trio  of  a  dance  or  even  of  an 
Impromptu,  though  the  entire  work  is  played  upon  a 
solo  instrument  like  the  piano. 

Considered  as  a  musical  art  form,  the  Minuet,  like 
every  other  dance,  must  conform  to  the  rhythm  and 
general  character,  and  express  the  usually  prevalent 
mood,  of  the  special  type  of  actual  dance,  out  of  which 
it  grew,  but  as  explained  in  connection  with  the  waltz 
and  other  dances,  it  may  also  incidentally  express, 
in  addition  to  this  fundamental  idea,  any  emotion, 
fancy,  thought,  or  even  action,  which  might  naturally 
be  attributed  to  any  one  or  more  of  the  dancers  during 
their  participation  in  it,  or  be  suggested  by  the  time 
and  scene ;  hence  its  scope,  in  spite  of  seeming  limita- 
tions, is  quite  varied  and  extensive. 

We  find,  indeed,  that  the  Minuet  changes  materially 
in  tone,  with  the  passing  of  the  years,  reflecting  the 
temper  of  the  times  in  which  it  was  produced,  and  the 
personality  of  the  different  composers.  In  the  hands 
of  Bach  and  Handel  it  was  stately  and  pompous,  but 
cold  and  rigidly  formal;  in  those  of  Haydn  it  became 
more  cheerful,  even  brightly  playful.  Mozart  gave  it  a 
more  graceful,  tender  and  dreamy  character;  while 
Beethoven,  in  many  of  his  minuets,  made  open  sport 
of  the  prim,  straight-laced  formalism  of  the  old  days, 
giving  to  them  a  decided  flavor  of  rough  and  rugged 


224      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

humor.     In  fact,  with  him  the  Minuet  evolved  into 
the  modern  Scherzo. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  best  known  and  most 
interesting  Minuets  now  in  general  use  for  teaching 
purposes: 

Minuet  by  Boccherini. 

This  is  an  old,  but  still  popular  and  attractive  num- 
ber, of  moderate  difficulty,  with  an  exquisite  sensuous 
melody,  and  a  captivating  rhythmic  swing,  expressing 
chiefly  the  languorous  grace  and  tender  witcheries  of  the 
fair  daughters  of  the  sunny  south,  for  whom  the  stately 
figures  of  the  Minuet  served  as  a  fitting  field  of  con- 
quest, an  appropriate  setting  for  their  charms.  Of  all 
Minuets  now  in  use,  this  is  the  most  in  harmony  with 
the  spirit  of  the  dance  as  used  in  Italy.  The  red 
blood  and  the  rich  red  wine  of  the  south  are  in  it.  We 
cannot  but  associate  it  with  the  sumptuous,  pleasure- 
loving  lives  of  the  old  Venetian  and  Florentine  no- 
bility. 

Minuet  in  B  Minor  by  Schubert. 

This  is  a  work  of  greater  strength  and  more  marked 
contrasts  than  the  foregoing,  vigorously  Teutonic  in 
character,  containing  two  markedly  different  elements. 
The  first  subject,  in  octaves  and  chords,  is  bold,  vigor- 
ous, almost  stern  in  character,  yet  with  a  certain 
rugged  gravity.  It  reminds  one  of  some  old  feudal  war 
baron  of  medieval  days,  more  wonted  to  camps  and 
fields  of  strife  than  to  the  ladies'  hall,  yet  striving  with 
a  sort  of  half  grim,  half  humorous  solemnity,  to  tone 


The  Story  of  the  Minuet.  225 

down  his  rough  manners  and  moderate  his  martial 
stride,  in  keeping  with  the  decorous  demands  of  the 
occasion  and  the  movements  of  the  dance. 

The  graceful  melodious  trio  portrays  his  partner,  a 
sprightly,  winsome  maiden  in  all  her  festive  finery  of 
silk  and  lace  and  jewels,  with  a  touch  of  playful  co- 
quetry in  her  smile.  The  personality  is  piquante,  yet 
tender  and  charming.  The  two  form  a  most  effective 
contrast. 

The   Minuet  by  Paderewski. 

The  most  popular  minuet  of  the  present  time  for  the 
piano  the  world  over  is  the  one  in  G  major  by  Pader- 
ewski, partly  because  of  the  fame  of  its  composer,  and 
partly  because  of  its  own  intrinsic  merit.  It  is  light, 
graceful,  and  pleasing,  rather  than  markedly  strong  or 
original,  and  is  doubtless  the  more  of  a  universal 
favorite  for  that  reason.  The  melodies  are  extremely 
simple  and  easily  grasped,  though  attractive,  and  the 
harmonies  are  based  mainly  upon  the  tonic  and  domi- 
nant seventh  chords.  The  cadenzas  are  sparkling  and 
effective,  but  not  especially  difficult ;  hence  it  is  a  useful 
and  available  study  for  pupils  of  even  the  fourth  grade. 

It  is  distinctly  a  Minuet  a  la  Franfaise,  best  char- 
acterized, perhaps,  by  the  word  charming.  The 
Slavonic  temperament,  in  its  lighter  moods,  is  more 
closely  akin  to  the  French  than  to  that  of  any  other 
race,  and  it  is  a  significant  fact  that  the  French  lan- 
guage, French  thought,  and  French  social  customs  and 
fashions  have  been  predominant  in  the  higher  circles 
in  Poland  and  Russia  for  more  than  a  century. 


226      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

It  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  that  Paderewski,  who 
is  Polish  by  birth  and  nature,  but  largely  French  by 
education,  long  residence,  and  at  least  superficial 
predilections,  should  have  given  us  a  Minuet  which,  in 
spite  of  its  modern  hybrid  origin,  "reverted  to  type," 
as  the  scientists  say,  that  is,  returned  to  the  original 
French  ideal  and  spirit.  In  listening  to  the  spirited 
yet  polished  phrases  of  this  music,  in  which  playful 
vivacity  and  refined  elegance  are  so  equally  blended, 
one  may  easily  fancy  himself  back  in  the  days  of  Louis 
XV,  amid  the  glitter  and  gaiety  of  the  court  ball-room, 
where  the  sparkle  of  lights  and  jewels  is  matched  by  the 
scintillations  of  wit  and  repartee;  where  clever  epi- 
grams and  florid  compliment  are  bandied  back  and 
forth  with  swift,  accustomed  skill,  like  balls  in  a  tennis 
court,  while  gallant  cavaliers  lead  their  fair  partners 
through  the  mazes  of  the  dance,  to  the  throbbing  music 
of  flutes  and  violins,  which  covers  the  whispered  inter- 
change of  the  fleeting  sentiment,  born  of  the  hour  and 
scene,  half  jest,  half  serious. 

The  composition  should  be  played  at  a  very  moderate 
tempo,  with  a  certain  capricious  freedom  and  playful 
abandon,  yet  with  smoothness  and  careful  finish  of 
detail,  with  extreme  lightness  and  flute-like  delicacy 
in  the  opening  theme,  and  only  a  relative  degree  of 
power  in  the  climaxes.  Any  suggestion  of  profound 
or  intense  emotions,  or  of  genuinely  bravura  style,  is 
out  of  place. 


The  Story  of  the  Minuet.  227 

Minuet  from  Sonata  Op.  7,  Grieg. 

In  speaking  of  the  Minuet,  one  cannot  ignore  the 
remarkably  unique  and  original  movement  bearing 
that  name  in  Grieg's  Sonata  in  E  minor.  It  is  typically 
Norse  in  character;  wild,  grotesque,  yet  weirdly  fas- 
cinating. It  is  a  Minuet  in  form  and  rhythm,  but  not 
in  spirit,  in  the  ordinary  sense. 

The  first  theme,  in  heavy  chords  and  octaves,  is 
sombre,  fantastic,  and  ponderous,  like  a  midnight 
dance  of  the  earth  giants,  who,  according  to  Norse 
mythology,  inhabited  the  darksome  caves  and  gorges 
of  the  mountains,  a  rude,  malevolent  race  that  waged 
perpetual  war  against  the  Gods. 

The  Trio  is  one  of  Grieg's  masterpieces  in  the  line 
of  simple,  tenderly  appealing,  yet,  in  a  way,  uncanny 
melodies,  like  the  sweet,  plaintive  voice  of  one  of  the 
forest  fairies,  or  "little  people,"  as  they  were  called, 
who  were  ever  striving  to  protect  humanity,  and  es- 
pecially children,  from  the  brutal  power  of  the  giants 
and  the  vindictive  machinations  of  the  small  but 
vicious  trolls. 

Minuet  by  W.  H.  Sherwood. 

Those  who  enjoy  a  bit  of  brilliant,  wholesome  humor 
and  genuine  rollicking  fun  in  music  will  find  a  treasure 
in  this  extremely  clever  and  effective  Minuet  by  Sher- 
wood, the  theme  of  which  is  taken  from  the  century- 
old,  popular  English  song  known  as  "Buy  a  broom." 

I  would  also  call  attention  to  two  fine,  thoroughly 
musical  Minuets,  in  modern  style,  by  Edgar  Sherwood, 


228      Stories  of  Standard  Teaching  Pieces. 

which,  like  most  good  American  compositions,  deserve 
to  be  far  better  known,  and  more  used  than  they  are. 

When  will  our  musical  public  learn  that  a  foreign 
origin  is  not  the  only  criterion  of  merit ! 

Other  Dance  Forms. 

In  my  treatment  of  Dance  Forms  in  this  volume  I 
have  not  spoken  of  the  Mazurka,  although  many  ex- 
cellent compositions  have  been  and  still  are  written 
in  this  form;  partly  because  I  have  given  the  main 
facts  about  it  in  my  analysis  of  Godard's  Second  Ma- 
zurka on  page  105,  partly  because  no  author  could  write 
of  the  Mazurka  with  the  same  authority  and  eloquence 
as  Liszt  in  his  familiar  little  book  on  Chopin. 

I  have  also  given  no  attention  to  the  Polka,  because 
although  at  times  a  very  popular  dance,  it  has  never 
evolved,  like  the  waltz,  into  a  legitimate  musical  art 
form,  the  best  example  in  that  line  being  Raff's  Polka 
de  la  Reine.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Galop. 

In  regard  to  the  Sarabande,  Courante,  Gigue,  etc.,  once 
subdivisions  of  the  Suite,  they  are  now  practically 
obsolete,  both  as  dances  and  forms  of  musical  composi- 
tion. 


Composers'  Index 

PACK 

BACH,  JOHANN  SEBASTIAN  :  Loure  in  G 24 

BAKER,  G. :  Danse  Ecossaise 173 

BEETHOVEN,  LUDWIG  VAN:  Andante  Favori 29 

BLOSE,  J.  M. :  Nocturne 155 

BOCCHERINI,  LUIGI:  Minuet 224 

CAMPBELL,  LEROY  B. :  Baba  Yaga,  Capriccioso 154 

CHOPIN,  FREDERIC: 

The  Military  Polonaise,  Op.  40,  No.  1 208 

Polonaise  in  C  Minor,  Op.  40,  No.  2 208 

Polonaise  in  C  Sharp  Minor 209 

Polonaise,  Op.  26,  No.  2 210 

Andante  Spianato  and  Polonaise,  Op.  22 210 

Funeral  March 199 

D' ALBERT,  EUGENE  :  Melodic 134 

DEWEY  FERDINAND: 

The  Night  Has  a  Thousand  Eyes 141 

Undine 172 

GODARD,  BENJ.: 

Second  Mazurka 105 

Au  Matin 107 

At  the  Spinning  Wheel,  Op.  85 108 

Cavalier  Fantastique 108 

L/Indienne 110 

Trilby 112 

Pan's  Flute 116 

GRIEG,  EDVARD: 

The  Wedding  Day 147 

Minuet  from  Sonata,  Op.  7 227 

HANDEL,  GEO.  F.: 

The  Largo 22 

The  Harmonious  Blacksmith 22 

The  Dead  March  from  "Saul " 196 


230  Composers'  Index 

PAGE 

HAYDN,  FRANZ  Jos. :  Gipsy  Rondo 25 

HOFMANN,  HEINRICH:  Aus  Schoner  Zeit 176 

JENSEN,  ADOLF: 

Dryad 142 

Will  O'  the  Wisp 177 

JUNGMANN:  Will  O'  the  Wisp 177 

LIEBICH:  The  Music  Box 174 

LISZT,  FRANZ: 

Rakoczy  March 202 

Polonaise  in  E  Major 212 

Liebes  Traum,  No.  3 96 

Consolation,  No.  6. . .  97 


MACDOWELL,  EDW.  A. :  Polonaise 214 

MENDELSSOHN,  FELIX: 

Spring  Song 34 

Spinning  Song 35 

Hunting  Song 36 

Venetian  Gondola  Song,  Opus  30,  No.  6 38 

Opus  53,  No.  2 40 

Consolation 42 

II  Duetto 43 

Prelude  in  E  Minor 44 

Rondo  Capriccioso 44 

Wedding  March 193 

MOREY,  FRED.  L. : 

Gavotte  Imperial  in  A  Minor 167 

Song  of  the  Kankakee 167 

A  Hieland  Laddie 168 

Around  the  Maypole:  Rustic  Dance 170 

MOZART,  WOLFGANG  A. :  Sonata  in  C  Major  Op.  1 12 27 

NEVIN,  ETHELBERT: 

Narcissus 127 

Barcarolle 128 

Dragon  Fly 129 

Love  Song 130 

In  My  Neighbor's  Garden 130 


Composers'  Index  231 

PADEREWSKI,  IGNACE:  PAGE 

Cracovienne 152 

Minuet 225 

PERRY,  EDWARD  BAXTER: 

Die  Lorelei 157 

^olienne 159 

The  Portent 160 

Autumn  Reverie 161 

Ballade  of  Last  Island 163 

Jumping  Rope 171 

The  Mermaid's  Song 171 

RACHMANINOFF,  SERGEI  V.:  Prelude,  Op.  3,  No.  2 133 

RAFF,  JOACHIM:    Eclogue  in  G  Flat 139 

SAPEU,NIKOFF,  VASSILI:  Dance  of  the  Elves 143 

SCHUMANN,  ROBERT: 

Carnaval 47 

No.    1.  Preamble 51 

No.    2.  Clown 51 

No.    3.  Arlequin 52 

No.    4.  Valse  Noble 52 

No.    5.  Eusebius 52 

No.    6.  Florestan 53 

No.    7.  Coquette 54 

No.    8.  Replique 54 

No.    9.  Sphinxes 54 

No.  10.  Papillons 55 

No.  11.  A.S.C.H.— S.C.H.A.      Lettres      Dan- 

santes 55 

No.  12.  Chiarina 56 

No.  13.  Chopin 56 

No.  14.  Estrella 57 

No.  15.  Reconnaissance  (Recognition) 57 

No.  16.  Pan  talon  et  Colombine 58 

No.  17.  Valse  Allemande 58 

No.  18.  Paganini 59  , 

No.  19.  Aveu  (Avowal) 59 

No.  20.  Promenade 59 

No.  21.  Pause 60 

No.  22.  Marche  des  Davidsbiindler  Centre  les 
Philistins  (March  of  the  Hosts  of  David 

Against  the  Philistines) 60 


232  Composers'  Index 

PAGE 

Fantasy  Pieces,  Opus  12 64 

Aufschwung 65 

Des  Abends 67 

Traumeswirren 69 

Warum 70 

Grillen 72 

Ende  vom  Lied 73 

Novelletten 74 

Novellette  in  F.     Op.  21,  No.  1 76 

Novellette  in  E.     Op.  21,  No.  7 76 

Novellette  in  F  Sharp  Minor.     Op.  21,  No.  8. .  77 

Novellette  in  B  Minor.     Op.  99 77 

The  Arabesque 78 

Nachstiick  in  F  Major 81 

The  Traumerei 83 

Romance  in  F  Sharp 86 

Cradle  Song  in  E  Flat 88 

Vogel  als  Prophet  (Bird  as  Prophet) 90 

SCHUBERT,  FRANZ  PETER: 

March  Militaire 201 

Minuet  in  B  Minor 224 

SCHUBERT- LISZT  : 

Soiree  de  Vienne,  No.  6 93 

Serenade 99 

Du  bist  die  Ruh 100 

SCHYTTE,  LUDVIG: 

At  Evening. 120 

Forest  Elves 121 

Berceuse  (Cradle  Song) 122 

Across  the  Steppes 123 

Allegro  from  Sonata,  Op.  53 124 

SHERWOOD,  W.  H. :  Minuet 227 

SINDING,  CH.  :  Rustle  of  Spring 145 

TSCHAIKOWSKY,  PETER! 

Doumka 149 

Troika  en  Traineaux 150 

VERDI-LISZT:   Rigoletto  Fantasie 102 

WAGNER,  RICHARD:  Bridal  March  from  "Lohengrin" ,  195 

WAGNER-LISZT:  Abend  Stern 101 

WEI<Y,  LEFEBURE:  Titania 174 


Alphabetical  Index 

PAGE 

Across  the  Steppes.     Schytte 123 

^Eolienne.     Edw,  Baxter  Perry 159 

Andante  Favori.     Beethoven 29 

Andante  Spianato  and  Polonaise,  Op.  22.     Chopin 210 

Allegro  from  Sonata,  Op.  53.     Schytte 124 

Arabesque.     Schumann 78 

Around  the  Maypole:   Rustic  Dance.     Fred.  L.  Morey. . . .  170 

At  Evening.     Schytte 120 

At  the  Spinning  Wheel,  Op.  85.     Godard 108 

Au  Matin.     Godard 107 

Aufschwung.     Schumann 65 

Aus  Schoner  Zeit.     Heinrich  Hofmann 176 

Autumn  Reverie.     Edw.  Baxter  Perry 161 

Baba  Yaga,  Capriccioso.     LeRoy  B.  Campbell 154 

Ballade  of  Last  Island.     Edw.  Baxter  Perry 163 

Barcarolle.     Nevin 128 

Berceuse  (Cradle  Song).     Schytte 122 

Bridal  March  from  "  Lohengrin."     Wagner 195 

Carnaval.     Schumann 47 

Cavalier  Fantastique.     Godard 108 

Consolation  No.  6.     Liszt 97 

Consolation.     Mendelssohn 42 

Cradle  Song  in  E  Flat.     Schumann 88 

Cracovienne.     Paderewski 152 

Dance  of  the  Elves.     Sapellnikoff 143 

Danse  Ecossaise.     Baker 173 

Dead  March  from  "  Saul."     Handel 196 

Des  Abends.     Schumann 67 

Doumka.     Tschaikowsky 149 

Dragon  Fly.     Nevin 129 

Jensen 142 

233 


234  Alphabetical  Index 


Du  bist  die  Ruh.     Schubert-Liszt 100 

Duetto  (il).     Mendelssohn 43 

Eclogue  in  G  Flat.     Raff 139 

Ende  vom  Lied.     Schumann 73 

Evening  (Des  Abends).     Schumann 67 

Evening  Star  (Tannhauser).     Wagner- Liszt 101 

Forest  Elves.     Schytte 121 

Fantasy  Pieces,  Opus  12.     Schumann 64 

Funeral  March.     Chopin 199 

Gavotte  Imperial  in  A  Minor.     Morey 167 

Gipsy  Rondo.     Haydn 25 

Grillen.     Schumann 72 

Harmonious  Blacksmith.     Handel 22 

Hieland  Laddie,  A.     Fred.  L.  Morey 168 

Hunting  Song.     Mendelssohn 36 

In  My  Neighbor's  Garden.     Nevin 130 

Jumping  Rope.     Edw.  Baxter  Perry 171 

Largo  in  G.     Handel 22 

Liebes  Traum  No.  3.     Liszt 96 

L'Indienne.     Godard 110 

Lorelei,  Die.     Edw.  Baxter  Perry 157 

Loure  in  G.     Bach 24 

Love  Dream  (Liebes  Traum).     Liszt 96 

Love  Song.     Nevin 130 

Marche  Militaire.     Schubert 201 

Melodic.     D' Albert 134 

Mermaid's  Song,  The.     Edw.  Baxter  Perry 171 

Military  Polonaise,  Op.  40,  No.  1.     Chopin 208 

Minuet.     Boccherini 224 

Minuet  from  Sonata,  Op.  7.     Grieg 22/ 

Minuet.     Paderewski 225 

Minuet  in  B  Minor.     Schubert 224 

Minuet.     Sherwood 227 

Music  Box,  The.     Liebich 174 


Alphabetical  Index  235 

PAGE 

Nachstiick  in  F  Major.     Schumann 81 

Narcissus.     Nevin 127 

Night  Has  A  Thousand  Eyes,  The.     Ferdinand  Dewey 141 

Nocturne.     J.  M.  Blose 155 

Novelletten.     Schumann 74 

Pan's  Flute.     Godard 116 

Polonaise  Militaire,  Op.  40,  No.  1 208 

Polonaise  in  C  Minor,  Op.  40,  No.  2.     Chopin 208 

Polonaise  in  C  Sharp  Minor.     Chopin 209 

Polonaise,  Op.  26,  No.  2.     Chopin 210 

Polonaise  in  E  Major.     Franz  Liszt 212 

Polonaise.     E.  A.  MacDowell 214 

Portent,  The.     Edw.  Baxter  Perry 160 

Prelude  in  E  Minor.     Mendelssohn 44 

Prelude,  Op.  3,  No.  2.     Rachmaninoff 133 

Rakoczy  March.     Franz  Liszt 202 

Rigoletto  Fantasie.     Verdi-Liszt 102 

Romance  in  F  Sharp.     Schumann 86 

Rondo  Capriccioso.     Mendelssohn 44 

Rustle  of  Spring.     Ch.  Sinding 145 

Second  Mazurka.     Godard 105 

Serenade.     Schubert-Liszt 99 

Soaring  (Aufschwung).     Schumann 65 

Soiree  de  Vienne  No.  6.     Schubert-Liszt 93 

Sonata  in  C  Major,  Op.  1 12.     Mozart 27 

Song  of  the  Kankakee.     Morey 167 

Song  Without  Words,  Op.  53,  No.  2.     Mendelssohn 40 

Spinning  Song.     Mendelssohn 35 

Spring  Song.    Mendelssohn 34 

Thou  Art  the  Rest.     Schubert-Liszt 100 

Titania.     Wely 174 

Traumerei,  The.     Schumann 83 

Traumeswirren.     Schumann 69 

Trilby.     Godard 112 

Troika  en  Traineaux.     Tschaikowsky 150 

Undine.     Ferdinand  Dewey 172 


236  Alphabetical  Index 

PAGE 

Venetian  Gondola  Song,  Op.  30,  No.  6.     Mendelssohn 38 

Vogel  als  Prophet  (Bird  as  Prophet).     Schumann 90 

Warum.     Schumann 70 

Wedding  Day.     Grieg 147 

Wedding  March.     Mendelssohn 193 

Whims  (Grillen).     Schumann 72 

Why  (Warum).     Schumann 70 

Will  O '  the  Wisp.     Jensen 177 

Will  O '  the  Wisp.     Jungmann 177